Environmental Assessment Public Disclosure Authorized & Management Plan
annexes
t
c
e
j E1050
o v3 rev
r Public Disclosure Authorized
P
c
i
r
t
c e
l e
Public Disclosure Authorized
o
r
d
y
H
2
n
u
Public Disclosure Authorized e
h
T
m
a N March 2005
List of Annexes
List of Annexes
Annex A: References ...... A1-6
Annex B: Contributors to the EAMP ...... B1-2
Annex C: Project Key Technical Data ...... C1-4
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure ...... D1-18
Annex E: Hydrological Data ...... E1-10
Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations ...... F1-10
Annex G: Water Quality Modelling Assumptions and Results ...... G1-4
Annex H: Forest & Vegetation Types ...... H1-4
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species of the NNT Area ...... I1-20
Annex J: Fish Species & Migration ...... J1-8
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements ...... K1-18
Annex L: Pest Management Plan ...... L1-18
Annex M: Public Consultation and Disclosure Events ...... M1-4
Annex N: Environmental & Social Panel of Experts, Dam Safety Review Panel & International Advisory Group ...... N1-6
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan ...... O1-36
i List of Annexes
ii Annex A
- - - - - A-1 Socio- New
Bulletin Application of
EAMP Annexes EAMP Environ. Impact A Culture in Search of
Use of the Instream Flow
An Inventory of Wetlands of the Lao
Socio-Economic and Cultural Survey: Nam
Vientiane: IUCN/WCS. Vientiane: The Nam Theun Social and Environmental Training Training in Data Management and Analysis
A State-wide Survey to Estimate the Density of Experimental Environmental Flows and related Training and Capacity Building in Conservation Training Nakai – Nam Theun Conservation Project [Phase Project Conservation Theun Nam – Nakai Training and Capacity Building in the Field Tech Field the in Building Capacity and Training
Land Capability Assessment of Rese�lement Sites.
Recherches Recherches dans la Province de Cammon. Alabama, Ponds. Fish Warmwater in Quality Water Biodiversity Conservation, Protected Areas and The
and Monitoring of Natural Resources, and Data Analysis in the Nakai a soil loss model to logging in humid tropical catchments. 14, 15-27. Singapore: Geomorphology, Singapore Journal of Tropical Burnside, R., 1996. Boonratana, R. 1997. Survival: The Phuan of Thailand and Laos. Univer New Haven: Yale CARE Inter CARE area. Project 2 Theun Nam Survey, Cultural and economic Ecosystem Monitoring and Research of the Cox River below Lyell Dam. An independent Expert Panel Report to the Department Australia: Centre of Water Conservation. Integrated of Sydney, Catch Land and Vientiane, Lao PDR: NTEC. Lao Vientiane, CARE International, (Chamberlain, J.R., C. Alton, L. Silavong, and B. Philavong.), 1996. niques of Wildlife Conservation and Management in the Nakai - Nam ment Management, University Sydney of (Hawkesbury), Western 359 p. sity. Breazeale, Kennon & Snit Smuckarn, 1988. Studies, Monograph Series 31. Asia sity Southeast Brooks, S.M., K.S. Richards, and Spencer, T. 1993. 2]: Wildlife Monitoring Techniques and Participatory Conservation at de l’Ecole Francaise d’Extreme Orient (BEFEO), XXXI, pp. 273-278, pp. XXXI, (BEFEO), Orient d’Extreme Francaise l’Ecole de the Sumatran Rhinoceros, Asian elephant and Banteng in Sabah. WCS. York: 1998. R. Boonratana, Vientiane, Lao PDR: IUCN-The World Conservation Union. Conservation World Lao PDR: IUCN-The PDR. Vientiane, Colani, M. 1932. Hanoi. Richmond. 1979. C.E., Boyd, national/Lao PDR.61pp. Chape, S., 1996. Nakai- Nam Theun NBCA. Boonratana, R. 2000. Theun NBCA, Lao PDR. Thakhek: DUDCP. Boonratana, R. 2002. – Nam Theun NBCA, Lao PDR. Thakhek: DUDCP. Boonratana, R. 2003. Incremental Incremental Methodology: a Tool for 6: 347-363. Negotiation. Assess. Rev. Chamberlain J R; Alton C; Silavong L; Philavong B, 1996. Development Imperative in Lao PDR : Forging the Union. Conservation Links. World Lao PDR: IUCN-The Vientiane, Claridge, G. (compiler), 1996. USA: Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn Univer Vientiane, Lao PDR. Vientiane, Area. Theun 2 Project Cavendish, M.G. and M.I. Duncan, 1986. Project (Year 2000 Project (Year Activities): Wildlife Movements/Seasonal Migration IUCN. Vientiane: Study and Staff Training. 2001. R. Boonratana, for the Staff of the Nakai – Nam Theun NBCA, DUDCP. Lao PDR. Thakhek: Jacobs Hoese, S.W.L. Erskin, D.F. Booth C.A., A.G. Church, W.D. and A.J. Marr, 1998. ------Pro
Pistes
Fish Health Management
1996 IUCN Red List of Threat of List Red IUCN 1996
Environmental Environmental Guidelines for Lao PDR Agricultural Support
Report of the Lao Primary Health
Lao PHC Expansion Report Project
BirdLife’s online World Bird Database: Mekong River Commission, GR/R
Australian and New Zealand Guidelines
Hydrology, Hydrology, Hydraulics, Erosion and Sedi
. Large Dam Large Fisheries of the Lower Mekong Coun
The Biodiversity of Mammals in the Se San Catch The Community of Wild Ruminants in the Gir For
Interim Guidelines on to Exposure 50/60 Hz Electric
Competence Standards for Protected Area Occupations
Annex A: References Annex Gland, Switzerland: IUCN. Los Baños: ARCBC. Los Baños: Final Report. Submi�ed to Norplan, October 1995. Final Report. Submi�ed Project Preparatory Technical Assistance. Project Preparatory Technical Expansion Project. Care Asian Development Bank, 2000. Berkmüller, K., S. Southammakoth, and V. Vongphet, 1995. Vongphet, K., S. Berkmüller, Southammakoth, and V. ment of Vietnam. Unpub. report to Seatec International/SKM and Consultants, Ltd. Bangkok. 38 p. Worley BirdLife International, 2003. tected Area System Planning and Management in Pro Cooperation Lao Forestry IUCN/Lao-Swedish Mid-1995. to Report PDR : Status gramme, Vientiane. Bernacsek, G., 1997. tries - Review and Assessment. New Haven, est, India. Unpub. University, Ph.D. dissertation. Yale USA. 226 p. CT, Berwick, S., 2000. ment Transport. ment Impact Transport. Studies for the Theun Hinboun Power Project, for Fresh and Marine Water Quality. and Marine Water for Fresh Australian National Health (NHMRC), 1989. and Medical Research Council de dinosaures dans les niveaux du Crétacé inferieur de Muong Phalane, Province de Savannakhet (Laos). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 325, serie Ia, International. 97023. Berwick, S., 1974. ened Animals. and Magnetic Fields. 1996. Groombridge, B. and J. Baillie, May 2000. Asian Development Bank/NACA, 1991. Environment. Asian Development Bank, 1999. in SE Asia. Asian Development Bank, 1982. 815-821. ARCBC, 2002. Hong Kong: AAP Limited, June/July Limited, AAP Kong: Hong 2002. Magazine, Asia Action 2002. Allain R., Taquet P., Ballail B., Dejax Thamvirith P Khenthavong et P, Sayarath Horn P, B. 1997. J., Richir P., Veran M., Lao PDR. AB Hydroconsult, 1995 in the Asia-Pacific Region. Report on a Regional Study and Workshop on Workshop and Study Regional a on Report Region. Asia-Pacific the in Fish Disease and Fish Health Management. Bangkok: ADB Agricult. Dep. No. Aquaculture Rep. 1/Network of Centres Ser. in Asia- the Region (NACA). Pacific Australian and New Zealand Environment and Council (ANZECC), Conservation 2000. TA No. 342. Final Report, Final 342. No. TA Schemes). Irrigation (Pump Project Facilities August 1982. One (Main Report). Volume Asian Development Bank, 1990. Selected Industrial and Power Development Projects. Office of the the site for bird conservation. Version 2.0. Cambridge, UK: BirdLife Project Preparatory Technical Assistance. Meeting. Project Preparatory and Technical Round Table EAMP Annexes
Corbe�, G.B. and J.E. Hill, 1992. The Mammals of the Indomalayan EDF, 2001b. Modelling of Dissolved Oxygen in the Nam Kathang and Realm. Natural History Museum Publications and Oxford. Oxford Sé Ban Fai Rivers (Laos). December, 2001. A University Press. EDF, 2002a. Forecasted Impact of the Nam Theun 2 Project on the Water Davies, A.G. and Payne, J.B., 1982. A Faunal Survey of Sabah (IUCN/ Quality. Synthesis Report. March 2002. WWF Project #1692). Kuala Lumpur: WWF-Malaysia.
Annex EDF, 2002b. Study on a Physical Model of the Labyrinth Weir. NT2 de Beer, J.H., 1992. Sustainable Harvesting and Marketing of Non-tim- Hydropower Project, Lao PDR. Report No. HP-75/2001/063/A. ber Forest Products in Lao PDR. EMDP, 2002. Ethnic Minorities Development Plan for the Nam Theun Delacour, J. 1929. On the birds collected during the fourth expedition to 2 Project Area. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project Social Development French Indo-china. Ibis (12)5: 193-220, 403-429. Plan. Delmas, R., 2000. Estimate of Greenhouse Emissions from the Projected Evans, T. D., Duckworth, J. W. and Timmins, R. J. 2000. Field obser- Nam-Theun 2 Reservoir Compared to Emissions from Thermal Alterna- vations of larger mammals in Laos, 1994-1995. Mammalia 64: 55-100. tives, at a 100 year time-scale. Laboratoire d’ Aerologie. Evans, T. D., Robichaud, W. G. and Tizard, R. J. 1997. The White- Delmas, R., and C. Galy-Lacaux, 2000. Emissions of Greenhouse winged Duck Cairina scutulata in Laos. Wildfowl 47: 81-96. Gases from the Petit Saut Reservoir Compared to Emissions from Ther- Evans, T. D. and Timmins, R. J. 1998. Records of birds from Laos dur- mal Alternatives, Submi�ed to Global Biogeochemical Cycles. ing January-July 1994. Forktail 13: 69-96. Driessen, P.M. and R. Dudal (Eds.), 1991. The Major Soils of the Evans, T., K. Sengdala, O.V. Viengkham and B. Thammavong, World. Lecture Notes on their Geography, Formation, Properties and 2001. A Field Guide to the Ra�ans of Lao PDR. Royal Botanic Gar- Use. Wageningen, The Netherlands: Agricultural University Wage- dens, Kew, UK. ningen. Evans, G., 2002. A Short History of Laos. Chiang Mai: Silkworm Drilling, N. E. 2001. Ecology and Conservation of the White-winged Duck in Sumatra: Final Report. Report to the Forest Conservation Books. Division (PHPA), Bogor, Indonesia. FAO, 1990. Geology and Soils in Lao PDR. Food and Agriculture Duckworth, J.W., R.E. Salter, and K. Khounboline, 1999. Wildlife Organization Publications. in the Lao PDR: 1999 Status Report. Vientiane, Lao PDR: IUCN/ FAO, 1996. A Policy and Programme Framework for Socio-Economic WCS/CPAWM. Development of the Central Region of Laos, Agricultural Component. Duckworth, J. W., Timmins, R. J. and Evans, T. D. 1998a. The Bangkok, Thailand: Food and Agriculture Organization, Regional conservation status of the River Lapwing Vanellus duvaucelii in Office for Asia and the Pacific. southern Laos. Biological Conservation 84: 215-222. Francis, C.M., K. Khounboline and N. Aspey, 1996. Report on Duckworth, J. W., Tizard, R. J., Timmins, R. J., Thewlis, R. M., the 1996 Survey of Bats and Small Mammals in the Nakai-Nam Theun Robichaud, W. G. and Evans, T. D. 1998b. Bird records from Laos, NBCA and Nearby Areas. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wildlife Conserva- October 1994-August 1995. Forktail 13: 33-68 (including errata sheet tion Society. distributed with Forktail 14). GOL, 2001. A report on the Xe Bang Fai Socio-economic, Health and Dunbar M.J., A. Gustard, M.C. Acreman, C.R.N. Ellio�, 1998. Fisheries Survey, 2001. Review of Overseas Approaches to Se�ing River Flow Objectives. Envi- Goldsmith, E. and N. Hildyard, 1991. The Social and Environmental ronmental Agency R&D Technical Report W6B (96)4. Wallingford, Effects of Large Dams. Wadebridge, Cornwall, UK: Camelford Eco- United Kingdom: Institute of Hydrology. 80 p. logical Centre. Three volumes. Earth Systems Australia (2004). Nam Theun 2 Physical Cultural Gondoin, B., 1996. Water Use Investigation on the Nam Theun River, a Resources Survey. October 2004. Trip Along the NT River. Vientiane, Lao PDR. NTEC. EcoLao, 2002. Nam Theun Hydro Electric Power Project: Review of Pest Goodland, R., 1996. The Big Dams Debate, The Environmental Sus- and Pesticide Managment Issues in the Reservoir and the Rese�lement tainability Challenge for Dam Engineers. Cambridge, Mass.: Boston Tracts on the Nakai Plateau. Vientiane, Lao PDR. February, 2002. Society of Civil Engineers. EDF, 1994. Process Design - Geological Report, Open Air Works. Vien- Groves, C.P. 2001. Primate Taxonomy. Washington: Smithsonian tiane, Lao PDR: Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project. Institution Press. EDF, 1995. Geological and Geotechnical Report, Damsite, Vol. 1 Basic Hamilton, D. and G. Schladow, 1997. Prediction of Water Quality in Design Report No. EFTGG/95078. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Nam Theun Lakes and Reservoirs: Part 1 - Model description. Ecological Modeling 2 Hydroelectric Project, September 1995. 96 (91-110). EDF, 1996a. Nam Theun 2 Hydrological Risk Assessment, Nam Theun Hamilton, D.P., S.G. Schladow and I. H. Fisher, 1995. Controlling Reservoir Inflow Simulation Configuration With 4 Units. Grenoble, the Indirect Effects of Flow Diversions on Water Quality in an Austral- France: October 1996. ian Reservoir. Environmental International 21(5): 583-590. EDF, 1996b. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project - Report on 1996 Field Heung K L; Escalada M M; Sensoulivong V; Schiller J (2001). Investigations. Insect Management Beliefs and practices of rice farmers in Laos. Lao EDF, 1999. Nam Theun 2 Concept Design - Complementary Geological National Rice Research Program and Lao-IRRI Project, Vientiane. and Geotechnical Investigations. 16pp. EDF, 2000. Influence of Nam Theun 2 Operation on Energy Output of Hydreco, 2001a. Water Quality in the Nam Theun, the Nam Kathang, Theun Hinboun. October, 2000. the Xé Bangfaï, and the Nam Leuk at the End of the Rainy Season. EDF, 2000. Report “Influence of Xe Bang Fai Floods on Nam Theun 2 November, 2001. Operations” – 1989/1999 Analysis. Hydreco, 2001b. Water Quality in the Nam Theun, Nam Ngum, Nam EDF, 2001a. Report on Mission to Laos, Study of the Water’s Physico- Leuk, Theun Hinboun, Nam Kathang & Xe Bang Fai at the End of the Chemical Quality in the Rainy Season. September 2001. Dry Season. Mission Report 2 April – 1 May 01.
A-2 Annex A: References EAMP Annexes
Inskipp, T., N. Lindsey and W. Duckworth, 1996. An Annotated in Lao PDR. FAO Vegetable IPM Programme in S E Asia, NAFES, Checklist of the Birds of the Oriental Region. Sandy, UK: Oriental Bird Salakham, Lao PDR. Annex Club. Lahmeyer International and Meritec, 2000. Review of Basic Design, Interim Commi�ee for Co-ordination of Fisheries in the Lower Reservoir Operation, Nam Theun 2. November 2000. Mekong Basin, 1984. Development and Management of Fisheries in Lahmeyer International and Meritec, 2003. Owner’s Engineer, THB A Nam Ngum Reservoir, Lao PDR. MKG/112, November 1984. 127 p. Output as a Function of NT2 Installed Capacity and Flow from Interme- IUCN, 1997. Environmental and Social Action Plan for the Nakai-Nam diate Catchment. Effect of Different NT2 Installed Capacities and Hydro- Theun Catchment & Corridor Areas, Volume 1: Management Strategy. logical Assumptions on the Energy Output of THB. Vientiane, Lao PDR. June 1997. Lahmeyer International and Worley International, 1998. Nam IUCN, 1998a. Environmental and Social Management Plan for the Theun 2 – Study of Alternatives, Final Report. March, 1998. Nakai Nam Theun Catchment and Corridor Areas. Vientiane, Lao Lao-IRRI, 1997 Annual Technical Report (1998). Lao-IRRI Project, PDR. May 1998. Vientiane. IUCN, 1998b. Social Action Plan for the Nakai-Nam Theun Conserva- Lao-IRRI, 1998 Annual Technical Report (1999). Lao-IRRI Project, tion Area. Vientiane, Lao PDR. May 1998. Vientiane. IUCN, 1999. Nakai-Nam Theun Conservation Area Programme - Phase Lao-IRRI, 1995. Lao PDR National Rice Research Program and Lao- 2 : Community Development and Biodiversity Conservation : Pilot Field IRRI Project, 1995 Annual Technical Report. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Lao- Activities - Final Report. Submi�ed to GoL and World Bank. IRRI Project. Jarvie J.K.,/IUCN, 1997. Environmental and Social Action Plan for the Lao-IRRI, 1996. Lao PDR National Rice Research Program and Lao- Nakai Nam Theun 2 Catchment and Corridor Areas. Technical Report of IRRI Project, 1996 Wet Season Research Program. In-Brief. Vientiane, the Botanist – Plant Ecologist. Vientiane, Lao PDR. July 1997. Lao PDR: Lao-IRRI Project. Jarvie, J.K. 1997. Environmental and Social Action Plan for the Nakai- LECS2, 1999. The Households of Lao PDR. Social and Economic Indica- Nam Theun 2 Catchment and Corridor Areas, Technical Report of the tors. Lao Expenditure and Consumption Survey 1997/98. Botanist - Plant Ecologist. Vientiane, July, 1997. IUCN. Lekagul, B. and J. A. McNeely. 1977. Mammals of Thailand. Bang- Jha, A., Imberger, J., and Romero, J., 1999. Limnological study of kok: Saha Karn Bhaet Co., Ltd. Lake Burragorang Final Report. Report to Sydney Water Corpora- Lekagul, B. and J.A. McNeely, 1977. Mammals of Thailand. Bang- tion. University of Western Australia, Centre for Water Research kok, Thailand: Association for the Conservation of Wildlife. Reference WP 1374 AJ. Lewis, D.P., 1995. Bakun Hydro-Electric Project. Environmental Johnson, W.C. and J.A. Brophy, 1982. Altered Hydrology of the Mis- Impact Assessment – Upstream Hydrology & Reservoir Water Quality souri River and its Effects on Floodplain Forest Ecosystem. Virginia Sub-study, February 1995, Final Report. Report submi�ed to Univer- Water Resources Res. Center. Bulletin 139. VPI&SU, Blacksburg. sity of Malaysia, Sarawak. University of Western Australia, Centre Khammouane Provincial Health Department, 2001. Report on for Water Research Reference WP-982-DL. Health Check-up of Populations Living in Ban Nong Bua, Sailom, Ling,S. 1999. A Biological System of Prioritisation for Protected Areas Pamanton, Nam Theun 2 Project Area. 26 February – 2 March, Tech- in the Lao PDR. Centre for Protected Areas and Watershed Man- nical Bureau. agement/Wildlife Conservation Society Cooperative Program, Khounboline, K. 2002. Ecology, Behavior and Conservation of Asian Vientiane. Elephant in Nakai Plateau, Khammouane Province, Lao PDR. Unpub- Lohachit C (1997). Freshwater Snails in the Nam Theun 2 Project Area lished Master’s dissertation. Kunming Institue of Zoology. of Khamouane and Bolikhamxai Provinces, Lao PDR. Dept of Social King, B.F., Woodcock, M. and Dickson, E.C., 1975. A Field Guide to and Environmental Medicine, Madihol Univ., Bangkok, Thailand the Birds of South-East Asia. Collins, London. 27pp + Annexes. Knight Piesold, 2001. Nam Theun II Hydroelectric Project : Theun Louis Berger International Inc., 1997. Economic Impact Study of Hinboun Energy Study. June 2001. Nam Theun 2 Dam Project. July 1997. Ko�elat, M. and T. Whi�en, 1996. Freshwater Biodiversity in Asia, With Special Reference to Fish. World Bank Technical Paper 343. Wash- ington, DC: World Bank. MacKinnon, J. and K. MacKinnon, 1986. Review of the Protected Ko�elat, M., 1996. Potential Impact of the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Area System in the Indo-Malaysian Realm. Gland, Switzerland: Project on the Fish and Aquatic Fauna of the Nam Theun and Xe Bang IUCN. Fai Basins, Lao PDR. Cornol, Switzerland. Mackinnon, J., (Ed). 1997. Protected Areas Systems Review of the Ko�elat, M., 1997. Distribution of Fishes Previously Considered Indo-Malayan Realm. Asian Bureau for conservation, Canterbury Endemic to the Nam Theun and Xe Bangfai Basins, Lao PDR. England. Ko�elat, M., 1998. Fishes of the Nam Theun and Xe Bangfai Basins, Malaysian Environmental Consultants (2003). Natural Habitats Laos, With Diagnoses of Twenty-two New Species (Teleostei: Cyprini- Accounting Study. Report for the Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project. dae, Balitoridae, Cobitidae, Coiidae and Odontobutidae). Ichthyological Vientiane, Lao PDR. Exploration of Freshwaters, 9: 1-128. Margules Groome Poyry, 1996. Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project: Ko�elat, M., 2001. Fishes of Laos. Wildlife Heritage Trust. Forestry Report. Manuka, Australia: MGP Ltd. Ko�elat, M., 2002. Distribution and Status of the Fishes Previously Marsh, C.W., 1996. An Integrated Conservation and Community Considered Endemic to the Nam Theun Basin, Lao PDR. Development Program: Review of Issues and Strategy for Implementa- Kumar, Ko�elat,2004. tion. Vientiane, Lao PDR: IUCN, May 1996. McCully, P., 1996. Silenced Rivers: The Ecology and Politics of Large Baseline survey - Vegetable production and protection Dams. London, UK: Zed Publishing.
Annex A: References A-3 EAMP Annexes
McKay, G.M. 1973. Behavior and Ecology of the Asiatic Elephant in ORSTOM, 1993. Development Plan for the Tonle Sap and Chakdomuk Southeastern Ceylon. Smith. Cont. Zool. 125:1-113. (Phase I), Final Report. Report prepared by in association with A Mekong River Commission, 2000. Catch and Culture. BCEOM. Phnom Penh, Cambodia: Mekong Secretariat. Meredith, M., 1995. Preliminary Management Plan for Nakai Nam Ounekham, K. and S. Inthapatha, 2003. Important Bird Areas in Lao PDR. Vientiane: DoF/BirdLife/WCS.
Annex Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Lao PDR. World Con- servation Society. Ovesen, J., 1993. Social Anthropological Survey, Nam Theun 2 Hydro- power Feasibility Study. Department of Cultural Anthropology, Milhous R.T., M.A. Updike, D.M. Schneider, 1989. Physical Habi- Uppsala University, Sweden. Undertaken for Norpower, EDL, tat Simulation System Reference Manual. Version 2. Instream Flow Hydro-power Project Office, Ministry of Industry and Handicra�s. Information Paper 26. USDI Fish Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 89(16). April 1993. Ministry of Health, 2000. Health Strategy Paper. Presented in Vien- POE, 1997a. Report of the International Environmental and Social Panel tiane, Lao PDR, May 2000. of Experts. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Ministry of Industry and Handi- Morton N., 2003. Pest Management Report for the Nam Theun 2 cra�. February 1997. Hydroelectric Project. Vientiane, Lao PDR. POE, 1997b. Second Report of the International Environmental and NEPO, 2000. Thailand Power Pool and Electricity Supply Industry Social Panel of Experts. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Ministry of Industry Reform Study – Phase 1. March 2000. and Handicra�. July 1997. Newman, E.I., 1993. Applied Ecology. Blackwell Scientific Publish- POE, 1998. Third Report of the International Environmental and Social ers. Panel of Experts. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Ministry of Industry and Handicra�. January 1998. Nisbet, R., S. Berwick and K.L. Reed, 1986. Spatial Analysis for Determining “Region-of-Influence” When Predicting Impacts on Wild- Poulsen, A., O. Poeu, S. Viravong, U. Suntornratana and N. T. life and Other Resources. Boulder, CO, USA: Proc. Thorne Ecological Tung, 2002. Deep Pools as Dry Season Fish Habitats in the Mekong Foundation, 91-97. Basin. MRC Technical Paper No. 4. Phnom Penh, Cambodia: Mekong River Commission. 24 p. NOFIP, 1992. Forest Cover and Land Use in the Lao PDR - Final Report on the Nationwide Reconnaissance Survey. Lao - Swedish Forestry Co- Prosser, J.R., 1997. Estimation of Residual Biomass and its Distribution in Nam Theun 2 Reservoir. Projection to end of 1999/2000 Logging operation Programme-Forest Inventory Report No 5, Ministry of Season. Agriculture and Forestry, Department of Forestry, National Office of Forest Inventory and Planning. Rainboth, W.J., 1996. Field Guide to Fishes of the Cambodian Mekong. Rome, Italy: Food and Agriculture Organization of the United NOFIP, 1994. Data from the National Office for Forest Inventory Nations. and Planning. Research Management and Research, 1997. Xe Bang Fai Socio-Eco- NOFIP, 1997. Data from the National Office for Forest Inventory nomic Survey. July 1997. and Planning. Rese�lement Action Plan (RAP), 2002. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric NOFIP, 2002. Forest Cover and Land Use in Lao PDR-2002 map. Min- Project Social Development Plan. istry of Agriculture and Forestry, National Office of Forest Inven- Rese�lement Action Plan (RAP), 2003. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric tory and Planning. Project Social Development Plan. Norasene, P. and T.J. Warren, 2001. Fish Migration and Species Com- Richmond, B., 2001. An Introduction to Systems Thinking: STELLA. position in a Major Mekong Tributary: A Rapid Assessment of Lower Hanover, NH: High Performance Systems Inc. 165 p. Sedong River. Fisheries Wing, CPUE. Final Report, 27pp. RMU, 1998. Results of the 1998 Socio-economic Census. Rese�lement Norconsult, 1999. Theun-Hinboun Power Project, Project Completetion Management Unit in conjunction with NTEC. Report, Lao PDR. Theun-Hinboun Power Company Ltd., August Roberts, T., 1996. An Independent Environmental Assessment of the 1999. Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project in Laos, With Particular Reference to Norplan, 1994. Studies on Fisheries and Water Quality of Theun Hin- Aquatic Biology and Fishes. boun Project. Roberts, T.R. and Vongsay, 1995. Fish Species in the Nam Theun 2 Norplan, 1995. Impact Studies for the Theun-Hinboun Hydropower Hydropower Project Area – Upper Nam Theun and Xe Bang Fai Water- Project, Laos. Dra� Final Report. November, 1995. sheds. Norpower, 1993. Nam Theun 1/2 Hydropower Project Feasibility Study Roberts, T.R., 1999. Fishes of the Cyprinid Genus Tor in the Nam Theun (Dra�), Lao PDR. Ministry of Industry and Handicra�s, May 1993. Watershed (Mekong Basin) of Laos, With a Description of a New Species. NTEC, 1997. Village Consultation & Participation on Downstream Raffles Bulletin of Zoology, 47: 225-236. Channel Issues and Transmission Line Corridor of NT2 Project. April Robichaud, W. 2002. Biodiversity of the Nakai-Nam Theun National 1997. Protected Area and the Nakai Plateau, Lao PDR. Report for the NT2 Electricity Consortium. Vientiane, Lao PDR. NTEC, 1999. Rese�lement Action Plan Activities Report. October 1999. Romero, J., and Imberger, J., 1999. Lake Pamvotis Final Report. Report prepared for A.S. Onassis Public Benefit Foundation, Office NTEC, 2000. Nam Theun 2 Timber Volume Within Reservoir Bounda- of the Mayor of Ioannina, Eprios, Greece and the Minister for the ries. Summary of GOL Data - Logging Quantities and Areas. June Environment of Greece. University of Western Australia, Centre 2000. for Water Research Reference WP 1364JR. NTEC, 2001. Above Ground Biomass Estimates in the Reservoir. Le�er Romero, J., L. Dallimore, D. Horn, J. Imberger and T. Wrigley, Report. 29 May 2001. 2000. Review of Prediction of Nam Theun 2 Reservoir Water Quality, Olivier, R.C.D., 1978. On the Ecology of the Asian Elephant. Unpub- Part 1: Numerical Modelling. Nedlands, Australia: Centre for Water lished doctoral dissertation, Cambridge University. Research, University of Western Australia.
A-4 Annex A: References EAMP Annexes
Romero, J., L. Dallimore, D. Horn, J. Imberger and T. Wrigley, SMEC, 2000. Nam Theun Hydropower Project, Hydrometeorlogical 2001. Review of Prediction of Nam Theun 2 Reservoir Water Quality, Data Collection and Assessment. Progress Report No. 15. March Annex Part 2: Numerical Modelling. Nedlands, Australia: Centre for Water 2000. Research, University of Western Australia. SMEC, 2001. Review of the Nam Theun 2 Flood Estimates. February
Salter, R. E. and B. Phanthavong. 1989. Needs and Priorities for a 2001. A Protected Area System in Lao PDR. Lao/Swedish Forestry Coopera- SMEC, 2002a. Hydrology Review No. 5. May 2002. tion Programme, Vientiane. SMEC, 2002c. Impact of Flows on Xe Bang Fai River. Salter, R.E., 1993. Wildlife in Lao PDR. A Status Report. Vientiane, SMEC, 2003. SMEC Hydrology Summary Report. December 2002/ Lao PDR: IUCN. January 2003 (unpublished). Memo to NTEC. Saurin, E. 1951. Sur un Moule de Hache Trouve a Nhommalat (Laos). SMEC, 2004. Further Study on Xe Bang Fai River Bank Regression. Bulletin de l’Ecole Francaise d’Extreme Orient (BEFEO), XLV, pp. August 2004. 71-75, Paris. SMEC, 2004b. Hydrological study of lower Xe Bang Fai. Volume I, Saurin, E. 1952. Station Neolithique avec Outillage en Silex a Nhom- Report. Volume 2, Data. malat (Cammon, Laos). Bulletin de l’Ecole Francaise d’Extreme Ori- Snodgrass, W.J., 1987. Analysis of Models and Measurements for Sedi- ent (BEFEO), XLVI, pp. 297-302, Paris. ment Oxygen Demand in Lake Erie. J. Great Lakes Res. 13(4): 738- Schepartz, L. A., Miller-Antonio, S. and Bakken, D. A. 2000. 756. Upland resources and the early Palaeolithic occupation of Southern Sparkes, S., 1997. Observations Relating to the Rese�lement of People China, Vietnam, Laos, Thailand and Burma. World Archaeology Vol. on the Nakai Plateau. 2nd Edition. Vientiane, Lao PDR: NTEC, July 32(1): 1-13. 1997. Schladow, G. and D. Hamilton, 1997. Prediction of Water Quality Sparkes, S., 1997. Observations Relating to the Rese�lement of People in Lakes and Reservoirs: Part 11 – Model Calibration, Sensitivity and on the Nakai Plateau. Vientiane: NTEC. Application. Ecological Modeling 96 (111-123). Sparkes, S., 1998. Public Consultation and Participation (PCP) on the Seatec International, 1997. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project Envi- Nakai Plateau. Vientiane, Lao PDR: NTEC, April-May 1998. ronmental Assessment and Management Plan (Dra�). Steidel, M.W, 1996. Reconnaissance Mission for Irrigation Capability Seatec International, 2000. Rapid Biodiversity Appraisal Report. Assessment. Vientiane, Lao PDR: NTEC Internal document, 1996. Asian Development Bank PPTA 31362-01-VIE Se-San 3 Hydro- power Project. STS Consultants, 2001. Final Report on Drilling Three Wells in the Pilot Village, Nakai District. Seatec International, 2000. Strengthening Social and Environmental Management in Lao PDR. Asian Development Bank TA No. 3133. July Stuart-Fox, M., 1996, Buddhist Kingdom, Marxist State: The Mak- ing of Modern Laos. Bangkok: White Lotus. 2000. Sukumar, R. 1989. The Asian Elephant: Ecology and Management. Seatec International, 2000/2001. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project University Press, Cambridge. Environmental Assessment and Management Plan (Dra�). Taki, Y., 1974. Fishes of the Lao Mekong Basin. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Seidensticker, J., 1984. Managing Elephant Depredation in Agricul- USAID, Agriculture Division. 232 p. tural and Forestry Projects. Washington, DC: World Bank. TEAM, 1995. Nam Theun Hydroelectric Project Environmental Assess- SEMFOP, 2005. Social and Environmental Framework Operational ment and Management Plan. July 1995. Plan. Nam Theun 2 Watershed Management Protection Authority. Tharme R.E., 1997. Review of IFR Methodologies. (In) Metsi Consult- Seng, P., 1988. Regional Flood Frequency Analysis of Mekong River ants. Lesotho Highlands Water Project. Task 1 Report: IFR Meth- Basin, Laos. M.E. Dissertation, University of Roorkee, India. odology and Parameters. Consulting services for the establishment November 1988. and monitoring of the instream flow requirements for river courses Shaffer, M.L., 1981. Minimum Population Sizes for Species Conserva- downstream of LHWP dams. Report No. 648-02. Lesotho: Lesotho tion. BioScience. 31: 131-134. Highlands Development Authority. Sharp, D., 2003. Dam Medicine. The Lancet 362 p184 Tharme R.E., in prep. A Global Perspective on Environmental Flow Shoemaker, B., I.G. Baird and M. Baird, 2001. The People and Their Assessment: Emerging Trends in the Development and Application of River – A Survey of River-based Livelihoods in the Xe Bang Fai River Environmental Flow Methodologies for Rivers. Rhodes Gi�, South Basin in Central Lao PDR. Vientiane, Lao PDR. Africa: Freshwater Research Institute. Sinclair Knight Merz, 1996. Baseline Water Quality Survey of the Thewlis, R. M., Timmins, R. J., Evans, T. D. and Duckworth, J. W. Nam Theun River System. 1998. The conservation status of birds in Laos: a review of key species. Bird Conservation International 8(supplement): 1-159 Singh, 2004. Compensatory forestry in Nam Theun 2 Hydropower devel- opment Project in Lao PDR. Report TA-4213-LAO/GMS for ADB. Thewlis, R.M., R.J. Timmins, and J.W. Duckworth, 1998. The Con- servation Status of Birds in Laos: a Review of Key Species. Bird Conser- Nam Theun 2 Owners Hydrological Risk Study Final SMEC 2002b. vation International 8 (supplement): 1-159. Report. June 2002. Timmins, R. J. and T. D. Evans, 1996. A Wildlife and Habitat Survey SMEC, 1984. Nam Theun River Basin, Lao PDR: Pre-feasibility Geo- of Nakai-Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Kham- logical Study. Prepared for the United Nations Economic and Social mouane and Bolikhamsai Provinces, Lao PDR. Wildlife Conservation Commission for the Asia Pacific (UNESCAP). Society, Vientiane. SMEC, 1991. Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project Feasibility Study Timmins, R.J. and T.D. Evans, 1996. A Wildlife and Habitat Survey of – Environment Assessment. Cooma, Australia: Snowy Mountains the Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Khammouane Engineering Corporation Limited. and Bolikhamsai Provinces, Lao PDR. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wildlife SMEC, 1996. Xe Bang Fai Hydrology Assessment. September 1996. Conservation Society.
Annex A: References A-5 EAMP Annexes
Trân Vân B., Phengthavongsa, B., Vò Khóc, Vò Chou, Homsom- WCS, 1995c. Preliminary Management Plan for Nakai Nam Theun bath, I., 2002. The Mesozoic Nam Theun basin, middle Laos: stratigra- National Biodiversity Conservation Area. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wild- A phy and development history. Vietnam Journal of Geology Series B, life Conservation Society. No. 19-20. WCS, 1996a. Additional Surveys and Recommendations on Birds and Trankell, I., 1993. On the Road in Laos : an Anthropological Study of Mammals for the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project. Vientiane, Lao Annex Road Construction and Rural Communities. Uppsala Research in Cul- PDR: Wildlife Conservation Society. tural Anthropology (12). Stockholm, Sweden. 100 p. WCS, 1996b. Survey of Nocturnal Mammals In and Near the Nakai- Treesucon, U. and P.D. Round, 1990. Report on Threatened Birds in Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Central Lao PDR, Thailand. Tigerpaper 17: 1-9. With Notes on Other Wildlife Observed and Recommendations for Man- agement of the Area. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wildlife Conservation UNDP, 1994. Shi�ing Cultivation Systems and Rural Development in Society and Department of Forestry – Centre for Protected Areas the Lao PDR, Report of the Nabong Technical Meeting, July 14-16, 1993. and Watershed Management. Vientiane, Lao PDR: United Nations Development Program. WCS, 1996c. Report on 1996 Survey on Bats and Small Mammals in the UNDP, 2002. Human Development Report – Deepening Democracy in a NNT-NBCA and Nearby Areas. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wildlife Con- Fragmented World. United Nations Development Program. servation Society. Urwin, N. and S. Berwick, 2002. Rapid Biodiversity Appraisal of WCS, 1997. Environmental and Social Action Plan for Nakai-Nam Limestone Karsts at Hon Chong, Vietnam. Sydney Australia: Sinclair Theun Catchment & Corridor Areas, Saola Conservation Action Plan for Knight Merz. Lao PDR. Wildlife Conservation Society. Vermeulen, J. and Whi�en T., 1999. Directions in Development Wetzel, R., 1983. Limnology 2nd Ed. Wiley, New York. – Biodiversity and Cultural Property in the Management of Limestone Whitmore, T.C., 1984. Tropical Rain Forests of the Far East. Second Resources Lessons from East Asia, The World Bank Washington, Edition. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press. D.C.120p. WHO, 1999. Country Health Information Profiles, Manila Revision. Vonxay P; Makino Y; Kanemura K; Saito M; Fukunaga T (1995). World Health Organization. Sero-epidemiological study of arbovirus infections in Khammouane Prov- Wikramanayake, E., E. Dinerstein, C.J. Loucks, D.M. Olson, J. ince, Lao PDR. Ryukyu Med. J. 15(1) 19-22. Morrison, J. Lamoreux, M. McKnight, and P. Hedao. (eds.), 2002. Warren, T., 2003. A Monitoring Study to Assess the Localised Impacts Terrestrial Ecoregions of the Indo-Pacific: A Conservation Assessment. Created by the Nam Theun - Hinboun Hydro-scheme on Fisheries and Washington, D.C.: Island Press. Fish Populations. Final Report, 68p. Winters, K., A. Javam, C. Beverly, J. Imberger and J. Antenucci, Warren, T., 2003. Annual Report #1 (covering period from Oct 2001 to 1997. Prediction of the Water Quality Characteristics of the Proposed November 2002) of the NT2 pre-impoundment baseline (CPUE) study Nam Theun Reservoir System. Final Report. Nedlands, Australia: of the fishery resources of the Xe Bang Fai River. Vientiane, Lao PDR. Centre for Water Research, University of Western Australia. 34 p. World Bank, 1991. Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, Volume 3: Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Energy and Industry Warren, T., and LARREC, 2001. Pre-Impoundment Fisheries Study of Projects. the Xe Bang Fai River. Inception Report. World Bank, 1997. Laos – Public Expenditure Review: Improving Effi- Warren, T.J., 1995. Construction of the Nam Theun 1 Hydroscheme: an ciency and Equity in Spending Priorities. February 1997. Assessment of Some of the Impacts on Fish and Fisheries of the Nam Kad- ing/Theun Catchment. Vientiane, Lao PDR. 49 p. World Bank, 2000. World Bank Logging Survey Mission: Technical Report. Lao PDR Nam Theun Social and Environmental Project. May Water Resources Consulting Services, 1997. Groundwater in the 2000. Rese�lement Areas of the Nakai Plateau. World Bank second logging survey. D‘Silva, E., K. Bys- WCD, 2000. Certainty and Uncertainty in the Science of Greenhouse outh, Centre on Integrated Rural Development for Asia Gas Emissions from Hydroelectric Reservoirs – Report on the State of the and the Pacific(CIRDAP),1992. PovertyAlleviationThrough Art for the World Commission on Dams, Final Report. World Commis- Agricultural Projects. Economic Development Institute policy semi- sion on Dams. nar report No. EDI 30. WCS, 1995a. A Wildlife and Habitat Survey of the Area to be Affected by Worley International, 2000. Hydropower Development Strategy the Theun-Hinboun Hydro-power Project. Report to the Hydropower Study. Final Report. Office of the Ministry of Industry and Handicra�s, Lao PDR. Vien- Wright, S., 1922. Coefficients of Inbreeding and Relationship. Ameri- tiane, Lao PDR: NORPLAN, Wildlife Conservation Society. can Naturalist 56:330-338. WCS, 1995b. Investigations into the Terrestrial Ecology of the Area Yamauchi, S. and D. Lee, 1999. Tourism Development in the Lao Peo- Affected by the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Scheme. Vientiane, Lao ple’s Democratic Republic. DESA Discussion Paper No. 9, Environ- PDR: Wildlife Conservation Society. mental and Social Affairs. United Nations.
A-6 Annex A: References Annex B ------1 B EAMP Annexes EAMP of Multinational Environmental & Social monsoonal climatic regions. Dr Wrigley for recommended downstream criteria beneficial uses and undertook of these the criteria with predicted comparison results from water quality model ity study. The six volume study was completed in late 1991 and included an assessment of geological, engineering, environmen tal and social, and hydrological issues. Since 1994, SMEC been ling. In addition, Dr Wrigley was responsible for the sections of the the of sections the for responsible was Wrigley Dr addition, In ling. ecology. relating to fisheries and aquatic EAMP Dr John Porter – , Hydrologist is a Senior Hydrologist with SKM. His fields of expertise include: yield estimation; reservoir system simulation and water allocation studies; basin management stud ies; basin modelling and streamflow extension; rainfall and flood estimation; stochastic data generation and responsi statistical was Porter Dr hydrology; management. floodplain and studies flood ble for co-coordinating and writing all sections of the report relat ing to hydrology. ber 2003 and March 2004 versions of the He EAMP. had over 35 years of experience in preparing EIAs for hydropower develop ments. While working with conducted more Harza than 50 environmental assessments for new Engineering and Company, he existing hydropower projects. Dr Bizer had extensive experience in aquatic habitats, riparian flow assessments, water fish quality, populations, terrestrial ecology and and Vietnam. hydrology. Argentina, China, Lao PDR, Nepal, USA, Venezuela He worked in His experience included revisions of environmental assessments ADB. Bank His and for clients the also World included the United Agency for States International (USAID), Development the IUCN, Montgomery and Cooperation International for Bank Japanese the Watson Harza Engineering Company. Through IUCN, Dr Bizer participated in the work of the World Commission on Dams, for dams large for measures mitigation of review a prepared he which and the financing of those measures. Some of the more significant projects on which he worked include the 3,300 MW Ertan Hydro Project Hydropower Susitna MW 1,600 the China, in Project power in Alaska, the 1,000 MW Zhanghewan Pumped Storage Project in China, and the 1,000 MW Taian Pumped Storage Project, also in China. In Lao PDR, he participated in the environmental analysis component of the Hydropower Development Strategy For Study. monitoring plans in developing many of these projects he assisted for their construction and operation, and supervised implementa tion of mitigation and monitoring programmes. Consultant Specialists Snowy Mountains Engineering Corporation Australia, (SMEC), of provides multidisciplinary consulting services project in management, engineering, environmental science activities, and and has been development engaged in assignments SMEC which throughout with agencies international Major years. the 30 for world is registered as a consultant include the United Bank Nations, and World ADB. SMEC became involved with the when late they Project 1980’s were commissioned to undertake in a feasibil the Multinational Environmental & Social Multinational Environmental Assessment Services (2003) Dr John Bizer (deceased) Assessment Services (MESAS) the was chief re-writer of the Octo , ------Annex B: Contributors to the EAMP B: Contributors Annex is a senior engineer and project manager with more than 20 years experience. He has spent ten years as Manager consulting of companies international and has a broad range of responsible for managing the preparation of EAMP. Looby was experience. Mr Advisor Leader (2002), Dr Ludwig Project Harvey – Deputy Team sions concerning wildlife, and provided the assessment of wildlife of assessment the provided and wildlife, concerning sions tal regulatory procedures and guidelines in Asian the region over the last thirty years. Dr Ludwig is the author of some 200 profes sional papers in the environmental field. His work in the Mekong subregion started in the 1970s with his Mong Dam. Study for Pa work on the Feasibility Mr Mohit Kumar Coordinator – & Technical Institutional Special logical and Environmental Study of the Pak Mun Project, all in ist, is a specialist in the field of aquatic His ecology. professional career of 20 years includes work in both temperate and tropical impacts due to the Project. Aquatic Dr – Ecologist Timothy Quality & Wrigley Special Water ronmental projects. Ecologist, Mr has Neil 26 Urwin of years – professional Terrestrial experience focusing on Environmental Analysis, of which he has spent ten years in developing countries, including assignments in Southeast Asia. His environmental assessment work has focused ecology the within particularly management, resources natural on sector. Dr Stephen Berwick – Wildlife Specialist, evaluated the wildlife to be impacted by the Project. He reviewed and relating to evaluated fauna data in the inundation area, verified existing conclu ist, is a senior environmental scientist at Seatec International. He specialises in EIA, policy development and capacity building. Mr logistical and technical providing in instrumental been has Kumar support for many large Thai and multilateral bank-funded envi , has been instrumental in the establishment of environmen of establishment the in instrumental been has (1997), the following. Mr Kieran Looby – Team Leader (2002), Project Director (2000) Staff from Seatec International and include EAMP the Sinclair of preparation the Knight with involved been Merz have who (SKM) Thailand. Merz & Sinclair Knight Seatec International 2003) (1997 to March TEAM Consulting Engineering & Engineering TEAM Consulting Ltd (1990, 1995-96) Co., Management (TEAM) Ltd. Co., Management and Engineering Consulting TEAM is a well established Thai consulting operating entity, since 1978. extensive accumulated has TEAM operations, of years 25 Through expertise and experience in consulting services in various fields including infrastructure, water resources management and EIA. engaged in the preparation of the Project preliminary TEAM were period the during EAMP the and 1990 in assessment environmental with consultants independent 300 over of total a With 1996. to 1995 diverse professional capabilities, TEAM contributed to the early TEAM projects Other document. this of development the of stages has had involvement in include the Feasibility Study and for EIA Sak the Dam Pa Project, the Khlong Tha Dam Project and the Eco EAMP Annexes
engaged as the primary hydrological consultant. As a part of Aruna Technology Ltd. – Chronology of Logging and Assessment SMEC’s hydrological reporting, numerous routine hydrological of Biomass on the Nakai Plateau. Aruna Technology Ltd. supports data reports have been prepared, including yearly reviews as well public and private sector institutions for sustainable development as summary reports. In addition, specialised studies have been in the Greater Mekong Sub-region. Their experience is focused on undertaken by SMEC for the Project, such as analyses of flooding water resources engineering, agriculture, environmental assess- and geomorphological studies. ment, surveying, cartography, GIS and project management. Aruna Dr Maurice Ko�elat is a fish biologist who has worked on taxon- provides the tools, expertise and experience in spatial information omy and ecology of Asian freshwater fishes since 1979. He is an technology, especially remote sensing including satellite imagery independent consultant, Managing Editor of Ichthyological Explo- and aerial photography, GPS receivers and GIS so�ware. Aruna ration of Freshwaters, Honorary Research Associate of the Depart- interpreted the satellite imagery and are undertaking the ground ment of Biological Science of the National University of Singapore truthing exercise for the Chronology of Logging and Assessment and President of the European Ichthyological Society. He has con- of Biomass on the Nakai Plateau. ducted field-work on aquatic biodiversity in Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Vietnam, Philippines, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, China and Dr Ramesh Boonratana – Technical Reviewer. Dr. Boonratana fields B India, and worked for several months in Lao PDR between 1996 of expertise include anthropology and biology, with specialisation and 2003. Dr Ko�elat is the author of more than 200 scientific in wildlife conservation. For the past 20 years, he has been working papers on Asian fishes and five books. Dr Ko�elat conducted sev- on biodiversity and natural resources conservation, research, and
Annex eral biological surveys of fish within the Project area, firstly in 1996 management issues. He has conducted several wildlife surveys and more recently in 2003. His biological surveys have focused on and studies, focusing mainly on large mammals. This experience studying the biodiversity of the fish fauna within the Project area includes long-term studies on Rhesus Macaque, Proboscis Mon- and identifying the presence of any endemic species. Dr Maurice key, the Tonkin Snub-nosed Monkey, the Sumatran Rhinoceros, Ko�elat is also the author of Fishes of Laos, published in 2001, and the Asian Elephant. More specifically, he has worked in the which presents the 481 species of fishes recorded in Lao PDR. Nakai-Nam Theun area on several assignments since 1998, and is Dr Garry Bernacsek is a fisheries specialist with experience in Asia quite familiar with the conservation and management issues there. and Africa, in particular with regard to impacts of large dams on Dr. Boonratana was responsible for the technical review of the ter- fisheries and aquatic environment. His involvement for the cur- restrial biodiversity issues of the EAMP. rent Project was with the analysis of impacts on fish migration and Mr Neil Morton prepared the Pest Management Plan. Mr Morton, a review of the aquatic habitats and fish diversity section of the EAMP. entomologist and pest management specialist, has over 30 years experience in pest management. He has technical expertise in ento- Malaysian Environmental Consultants Sdn. Bhd. The Natural mology; integrated pest management; biological and chemical pest Habitat Study for the Project has been undertaken by Malaysian control; phyto-sanitary and quarantine work; pesticide application; Environmental Consultants Sdn. Bhd. (MEC), involving the fol- agrochemicals; and farmer oriented research and development. He lowing specialists. has developed pest monitoring and management systems for many Kishokumar Jeyaraj, Director of MEC, is an environmental con- pests on several crops world-wide. Mr Morton recently worked in sultant specialising in forestry and mapping. He has over 14 years Lao PDR and Cambodia for the World Bank’s Environment Divi- experience throughout Asia. His clients include WWF, DANIDA, sion, assessing crop protection issues. UNDP and JICA. Terran GIS – Mapping, Data Management & Visualisation, Report Mr Meredith is an environmental specialist with over 12 years of experience in environmental management. His clients include Forma�ing & Presentation: Mr Rorie Wust, of Terran GIS, is a GIS WCS and the WWF. In 1995 he was involved with the development and data management specialist, with experience in both geology of the preliminary management plan for the NNT NBCA. and exploration geochemistry. He has over 13 years of experience in these fields, with over ten years in Southeast Asia. Since 1994, Mr Mr Tunku Yaacob’s background is in environmental science, with a focus on the analysis of natural habitats utilising satellite imagery Wust has worked extensively throughout Lao PDR, principally on and mapping. GIS development and data visualisation. His clients include CARE International, UNDP and IUCN. Some projects within Lao PDR on Dr Jarvie is a specialist in the field of natural resource manage- which Mr Wust has participated in include the Sepon Gold Mine ment, with particular emphasis on forestry. He has over 15 years of Project, GIS based flood prediction and management downstream experience in the environmental field and is the author of over 50 professional publications. His extensive experience includes field of the Theun-Hinboun Hydropower Project, and map production research and management recommendations in protected areas and thematic mapping for protected area management for IUCN. and forest concessions in Indonesia, Malaysia, Cambodia and Lao For the present Project, Mr Wust was primarily involved in the PDR. His involvement in Lao PDR has included a social survey for development of maps, data management and visualisation. Ter- IUCN, to investigate timber and other uses of forest by govern- ran GIS was responsible for overall forma�ing and presentation of ment and communities inside the NNT NBCA, and the develop- the October 2003 March 2004, November and March 2005 EAMP ment of an ecology and botanical section for the IUCN ESMP. documents.
B-2 Annex B: Contributors to the EAMP Annex C -1 C EAMP Annexes EAMP Technical Data Technical
3 /s /s 3 3 2 /s 3 Radial Concrete and steel lined 1 to 2 Approx. 80m 1 x 2.5 m to 2 x 1.8 m 13 El 542.25 m 4.4 km (approx.) 4,013 km 7,526 million m El 538.0 m El 525.5 m inflow and with all spillway gates open Not to exceed El 538.4 m with 5,000 year flood peak Approx. 9.0 m x 6.6 m 1.2 m/s 8.8 m 1,498.5 m 5.7 m/s Concrete lined 8.8 m and increasing 125 m Concrete lined 7.15 – 8.80 m 1141 m 5.7 m/s in concrete lined sections 8.6 m/s in steel lined sections Not to exceed El 541.5 m El 493 m (approx.) 39 m 325 m 8,630 m 15,984 m No less than 4 Installed on at least 2 of the radial gates El 526.85 m Energy dissipating valve 2 to 10 m Earth or earth and rockfill Concrete Gravity: Roller Compacted or conventional placed concrete Compacted Concrete Gravity: Roller Project Feature Project Annex C: Project Key Technical Data Technical Key C: Project Annex Type of gates Type (MOL) Capacity at Minimum Operating Level Number of gates Flap gates Sill level of Spillway gates Length Diameter Type Branches Riparian Release Equipment
Spillway
AREA THEUN CATCHMENT NAKAI-NAN Crest level crest length Total Area to Nakai Dam site MOL (MWL) Level Maximum Water Allowable Velocities Size of gates Maximum velocity through trashracks Length Maximum velocity Conduit Surge Shaft Power Type Diameter Height Tunnel Conduit Pressure Power Type Diameter Length Maximum velocity level Foundation height Maximum Crest length Number Maximum Flood (PMF) 24 hour peak inflow Probable MANIFOLD Units Pelton TUNNELS Tunnel Conduit Headrace Power Diameter NAKAI RESERVOIR Surface Levels (FSL) Supply Level Full Average annual runoff NAKAI SADDLE DAMS Type
NAKAI DAM Type level Crest Design inflow 5,000 year flood peak inflow EAMP Annexes
Project Feature Technical Data
Francis Units Branches 2 to 4 Length Approx. 55 m Diameter 2 x 5.1 m to 4 x 3.6 m NAM THEUN 2 POWER STATION Type External surface station Distance upstream from Nakai Dam Approx. 40 km Approximate Size Length 120 m x width 35 m x height 50 m (maximum) Number of units 6 Rated net head 348 m Francis Units Number of units 4 Axis Vertical Unit rate power output at generator 251.3 MW Terminals Capacity at FSL 996 MW Capacity at MOL 966 MW Average annual generation 5,636 GWh Synchronous speed 333 rpm Transformers Single Phase: 12 x 18/500 kV + 1 spare Pelton Units Number of units 2
C Axis Vertical Unit rate power output at generator 42.7 MW Terminals Capacity at FSL & MOL 75 MW for sale to EDL plus at least 6.5 MW for non-revenue capacity Annex Average annual generation 300 GWh Synchronous speed 375 rpm Transformers Three Phase: 2 x 6.6 kV/115 kV POWER STATION TAILRACE CHANNEL Bottom Width 70.2 m Length 340 m Type Open cut, shotcrete lined batters Discharge capacity 345 m3/s REGULATING DAM Total crest length 360 m Embankment Section Type Earth and rockfill Crest elevation El 179.5 m with rock bund to El 180.5 m Gate Structure & Dam Type Concrete Gravity Dam Crest Elevation El 179.5 m Gates & Releases Regulating Dam Downstream Channel Release 3 bottom sluice Regulating Dam Riparian Release (Nam Kathang) 1 sluice Regulating Dam Spillway (Nam Kathang) 4 bottom sluice Regulating Dam Irrigation Release 1 radial – 5 m3/s REGULATING POND Live volume At least 8 million m3 FSL El 178.0 m DOWNSTREAM CHANNEL Type Open cut (lined and unlined) and tunnel Total length 27 km Maximum discharge capacity 315 m3/s (plus natural inflows) Outfall Xe Bang Fai Lined section Location From regulating dam to aeration weir and from aeration weir to tunnel entrance Length 16.7 km
C-2 Annex C: Project Key Technical Data EAMP Annexes
Project Feature Technical Data
From Regulating Dam to Aeration Weir Distance 8.3 km Type Concrete/gabion/reno mattresses/rock lined Bottom Width 20 m Batters 2H: 1V From Aeration Weir to Tunnel Entrance Distance 8.4 km Type unlined with selected rock protection Unlined section Location From tunnel exit to Xe Bang Fai confluence Length Approx. 9.4 km Type Unlined Downstream Channel Tunnel Type Concrete lined Length 0.98 km Diameter Approx. 9.5 m Xe Bang Fai Confluence Type Rockfill batters protection TRANSMISSION LINES 500 kV Transmission Line Circuits Double circuit AC, 3 x 1272 MCM ASCR Origin 500/115 kV Nam Theun 2 Substation Annex Destination (ultimate) EGAT’s Roi Et 500 kV substation Length (including 500 kV Mekong Crossing) 138 km Length in Thailand (by EGAT) 159 km (from Mekong Crossing) Height Approx. 65 – 70 m C Voltage 500 kV 500 kV Mekong Crossing Location Near Savannakhet Circuits Doulbe circuit AC, 3 x 1272 MCM ASCR Towers Two anchor towers, located inland from the river banks (one in Lao PDR, one in Thailand); Two suspension crossing tower, located on the river banks (one in Lao PDR, one in Thailand); and Two intermediate suspension tower, located in the river on the respective side of the international border (one in Lao PDR, one in Thailand). Length (from the two anchor towers) Approx. 2,400 m Height Approx. 80 m Minimum clearance between the conductors and the 22 m maximum level of Mekong (100 years flood) 115 kV Transmission Line Circuits Double circuit AC, 3 x 477 MCM Origin Nam Theun 2 500/115 kV Substation Destination (ultimate) Thakhek 115/22 kV Substation Length 70 km Voltage 115 kV Height Approx. 30 m SUBSTATIONS Nam Theun 2 500/115 kV Substation Type Outdoor, air insulated Incoming circuits 2 from Nam Theun 2 Power Station Outgoing Circuits 2 to 115/22 kV Nam Theun 2 Substation Nam Theun 2 115/22 kV Substation Type Outdoor, air insulated Incoming circuits 2 from Nam Theun 2 500/115 kV Substation Outgoing Circuits 2 to Thakhek 115/22 kV Substation Local supply transformer 115/22 kV; 20 MVA Thakhek 115/22 kV Substation (by EDL) Type Outdoor, air insulated Incoming circuits 2 from Nam Theun 2 115/22 kV substation and 2 from Nakon Phanom Outgoing Circuits (future by EDL) 4 to Pakxan/Savannakhet Local supply transformer 2 x 115/22 kV; 30 MVA each
Annex C: Project Key Technical Data C-3
Annex D D-1 EAMP Annexes EAMP meters. sistent with the Owner’s Requirements and the Reference Design by NTPC and GOL. approval and will be subject to The following annex presents a selection of from the technical Basic Design of key Project features. drawings These drawings are of the final design and include: only indicative 1. works Nakai Dam: Diversion 2. layout Nakai Dam: General 3. and stilling basin Nakai Dam: Spillway 4. Nakai Dam: Riparian release 5. station Intake structure for the power 6. Underground works 7. Station: General layout Power 8. Station: Cross-section Power 9. Regulating Dam: General layout 10. Regulating Dam: Nam Kathang release 11. Downstream Channel alignment and components 12. Downstream Channel: Ban Itak crossing 13. Downstream Channel: Nam Gnom Siphon 14. Aeration weir Downstream Channel: 15. Downstream Channel: Confluence with Xe Bang Fai 16. Line: Mekong Crossing Transmission All dimensions and elevations indicated on the drawings are in ------Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project of Project Drawings D: Technical Annex Infrastructure
tion Division of EDF and Montgomery Watson Harza. and Montgomery Watson tion Division of EDF he design of the Nam Theun 2 Project infrastructure is the result of work conducted by the Engineering and Construc
ence Design as the basis for completing the final detailed design for design detailed final the completing for basis the as Design ence the Project works. The detailed design will be required to be con Initial infrastructure design began in 1995. Since then structure the design infra has evolved through the various stages of Proc ess Design, Concept Design and Basic Design. The Basic Design evolved from the Concept Design, and was prepared, in late 2001 and early 2002, in the form of technical specifications, by the Nam Theun 2 Development Contractor (a joint venture between EDF and Montgomery Harza) Watson for use in the construction con ufacture, construction and commissioning of Basic the final the and Requirements Owner’s final project the on based is and works, Design. It incorporates design changes from i) additional studies change a to leading information providing investigations field and to the Concept Design (e.g. for increased performance, construction time and/or reduced cost); and ii) change recommen reduced dations, during the bid and bid evaluation process, which have then been adopted by NTPC. Contractor Construction Head the Phase, Construction the During and the various sub-contractors will be required to use the Refer
tract bid documents. man design, detail the for basis design the is Design Reference The T EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-2 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-3 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-4 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-5 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-6 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-7 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-8 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-9 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-10 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-11 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-12 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-13 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-14 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-15 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-16 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure EAMP Annexes Annex D
Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure D-17 EAMP Annexes Annex D
D-18 Annex D: Technical Drawings of Project Infrastructure Annex E - ); 3 -1 E – Mean 40.6* 237.8 206.6 270.4 281.2 280.6 563.8* 186.7* 206.6§ 255.3§ 281.2§ – – Dec 83.7 89.5 60.8 98.2 84.7 67.1 64.1 60.8 78.3 98.2 EAMP Annexes EAMP /s and MCM) for pre- for MCM) and /s 3 – – Nov 84.6 84.6 130.2 158.5 174.5 118.7 129.3 125.3 131.6 174.5 – – /s) from 1989 to 2002 for the Xe Oct 3 /s) from 1994 to 2002 for the Nam the for 2002 to 1994 from /s) Nam the for 2002 to 1986 from /s) Nam the for 2002 to 1994 from /s) Nam the for 2002 to 1994 from /s) 210.8 408.1 132.9 253.7 249.9 265.8 206.9 132.9 246.9 408.1 3 3 3 3 – – Sep 471.8 705.9 414.5 289.2 948.4 559.5 792.4 289.2 597.4 948.4 – – Aug ); 3 630.7 159.8 579.1 728.7 964.1 726.6 159.8 734.7 1354.1 1354.1 ); 3 – – . Jul 394.8 337.6 535.9 534.6 854.1 814.1 337.6 694.3 1389.3 1389.3 lion m (million m and Project. Theun at the Nakai Dam site; Theun at Ban Thalang; Kathang at the Regulating Dam; Gnom; Bang Fai at Mahaxai; and post Project scenarios for all rivers to be impacted by the flow series for the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang (million m Ban Thalang. Table E.8 shows that the extended and recorded data recorded and extended the that shows E.8 Table Thalang. Ban that indicated series two the of analysis statistic The well. compare the mean annual discharge of the extended series is 1.0% greater than the mean annual discharge of the recorded series, which is 2. (m discharge mean Monthly 3. (m discharge mean Monthly 4. (m discharge mean Monthly 5. Monthly mean discharge (m 6. Extended flow series for the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang (mil 9. (m discharge mean monthly and Annual considered to be acceptable. Finally a comparison of pre and post Project hydrological regimes E.9. Project area is presented in Table the entire over balance data are presented: and water The following discharge 1. (m discharge mean Monthly 7. Extended flow series for the Nam Theun at the Nakai Dam Site 7. Site Dam Nakai the at Theun Nam the for series flow Extended 8. (1950-2002) extended and (1986-2002) recorded of Comparison – – Jun 280.9 270.3 118.3 287.9 317.5 229.2 432.3 118.3 276.6 432.3 - - - - – – – May 54.8 53.3 88.7 59.7 53.3 81.9 111.6 123.4 123.4 – – – Apr 41.2 29.1 25.4 25.4 31.9 41.2 26.8 31.5 37.4 – – – Mar 33.9 34.9 27.8 25.7 30.4 34.9 27.3 32.4 25.7 /s) from 1994 to 2002 for the Nam Theun at the Nakai Dam site 3 – – – Feb 37.5 37.1 32.2 28.5 34.8 41.6 31.7 41.6 28.5 – – – Jan 39.4 46.6 57.4 43.9 39.4 57.4 51.3 44.9 42.5 The Min., Mean and Max. of annual means are for complete years only § Annex E: Hydrological Data E: Hydrological Annex Min. Year Max.
1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 1994 1995 Mean his annex provides in its first part detailed information on both recorded and extended hydrometric discharge stations in the Project area. This is followed by data for various
ing Center (HEC) of the US Army Corp of Engineers. This model allows the assembly of overlapping station records into groups, in which missing values are stations. between estimated by correlation analysis A comparison of the at Theun Nam statistics the for presented is series of flow (1950-2002) extended the recorded (1986-2002) and lection through water levels readings are generally season. taken in the wet daily in the dry season and three times daily twice Ideally water levels would be measured accurately continuously no with conducted be would measurements discharge regular and error. However there is some degree of uncertainty in the meas When discharges. measured the particularly and levels water ured using standard field measurement procedures, the greater than ±10%. field measurements of discharge is rarely accuracy of analyse the To operational performance of the proposed reservoir an extended sequence was developed for the nearest hydromet ric station at Ban Thalang. The monthly discharge data Thalang (1986-2002) extended was back to 1950 for by using monthly Ban inflows 1 Ngum Nam and Thalang Ban between analysis regression for the period of 1986 to 2002, then multiple regression rainfall Phanom Nakon and 1 Ngum Nam – Thalang Ban analysis between data was undertaken using the HEC-4. The HEC-4 is a multi-site, Engineer Hydrologic the by developed model regression multiple Note: * Incomplete data;
Table E.1: mean discharge (m Monthly Table T a presentation of the water balance over the entire Project area. the entire Project balance over water a presentation of the E.1. Figure in presented is stations hydrometric the of locations The Dam Nakai the for presented is discharge mean monthly Recorded Fai Bang Xe the and Gnom Nam Kathang, Nam Thalang, Ban Site, stations. The mean monthly discharges are developed from water level readings and discharge rating curves for each site. Data col EAMP Annexes
Figure E.1: Location of rainfall and hydrological gauging stations in the Nam Theun and Xe Bang Fai region E Annex
E-2 Annex E: Hydrological Data EAMP Annexes
Table E.2: Monthly mean discharge (m3/s) from 1986 to 2002 for the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mean
1986 46.5 29.7 17.5 10.3 99.9 268.4 394.2 379.4 410.8 250.5 112.7 82.9 176.1 1987 40.4 31.1 28.1 14.8 44.6 106 323 642.4 421.4 195.6 87.3 49 166.5 1988 34.9 26.2 20.3 20.7 50.7 71.7 70.4 578.1 266.1 352.6 87.5 46.7 136.4 1989 31.3 23.5 19.6 15.7 128.4 262.3 422.4 516.1 330.4 484.9 136.9 56.9 204 1990 46.6 40.6 42.2 31.8 54.6 257 369 362.9 562.7 427.9 155.9 78.4 203.3 1991 39.3 32 22.7 22.6 23.2 302.6 501.8 919.4 289.1 216.5 105.1 95.5 216 1992 55.2 34.7 24.4 19.3 25.5 155.6 403.9 210 306.3 202.5 84.8 53.1 131.7 1993 29.9 24.1 17.1 18.2 48.8 176.2 494.4 635.6 314.6 285.6 107.7 74.4 187.2 1994 34.4 28.9 26.7 20.8 25.6 230.7 1173 1130.4 401 184.1 121 78.5 291.1 1995 37.1 27 21.4 20.7 47.4 247.6 334.6 547.5 642.5 397.5 161.7 85.9 215.2 1996 42.6 37.9 29.3 26.3 45.8 124.4 843.9 752.2 1414.8 336.8 232.6 91.7 331.8 1997 53.7 42.8 32.4 43.8 44 151 631.8 802.3 477.1 211.3 88.8 54.8 221.3 1998 34.2 28 21.2 18.7 25.9 99.1 271.9 140.8 365.9 118.9 74.5 56.7 104.9 1999 36.5 24 18.6 32.7 98.2 251.7 347.8 489.7 255.1 233.1 145.4 65.1 167.6 2000 38.2 30.1 26.7 32.7 69.2 255.3 451.9 637.2 867.8 222.3 105.3 70.3 234.1 2001 43.7 30.8 28.4 23.1 103.6 187.1 743.2 877.1 518.9 268 122.9 65.8 253.3 2002 39.4 28.5 26.1 21.8 58.6 372.1 725.1 653.2 741.7 196 119.8 58.5 254.6
Min. 29.9 23.5 17.1 10.3 23.2 71.7 70.4 140.8 255.1 118.9 74.5 46.7 104.9 Mean 40.2 30.6 24.9 23.2 58.5 207 500.1 604.4 505.1 269.6 120.6 68.5 205.6 Max. 55.2 42.8 42.2 43.8 128.4 372.1 1173 1130.4 1414.8 484.9 232.6 95.5 331.8
Table E.3: Monthly mean discharge (m3/s) from 1994 to 2002 for the Nam Kathang at the Regulating Dam
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
1994 – – – – – – – – – 2.3 0.7 0.2 1995 0 0 0 0 0.9 11.3 13.9 26.8 11.4 2.5 1 0.4 1996 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.5 – – – – – – – 1997 – – – – – – – – – – – – 1998 – – – – – 4.5 13.5 2.2 13 1.3 0.4 0.1 1999 0 0 0 0.3 6.3 13.6 30.3 17.2 14.5 2 2 0.8 2000 0.2 0 0 0 0 10.1 23.3 52.8 110.4 3.7 1.6 1.1 2001 1 0.7 0.8 0.5 7.3 13.1 36.4 54.2 35.2 0.7 0 0 2002 0 0 0 0 1.5 32.1 79.3 22.6 45.2 3.7 1.1 1
Min. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.5 13.5 2.2 11.4 0.7 0.0 0.1 Mean 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.1 2.2 14.5 32.5 29.4 38.5 2.4 1.0 0.6 Max. 1.0 0.7 0.8 0.5 6.2 32.1 79.3 54.2 110.4 3.7 2.0 1.1
Table E.4: Monthly mean discharge (m3/s) from 1994 to 2002 for the Nam Gnom
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
1994 – – – – – – – 42.5 19.9 5.6 2.5 1.3
1995 0.8 0.5 0.3 0.1 2.4 18.5 30.1 44.9 21.4 5.4 3 1.9 Annex 1996 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.4 1.4 – – – – – – – 1997 – – – – – – – – – – – –
1998 – – – – 2 9.5 21.7 4.6 18.2 3.1 1.2 0.3 E 1999 0 0 0 0.7 11.1 20.2 30.3 27.5 17.6 3.7 1.8 1.2 2000 0.3 0 0 0 2.8 22.9 29.2 45 45.3 3.3 2 1.6 2001 1.3 0.7 0.1 0.3 4.5 12 50.4 44.4 23.5 3 1.8 0.2 2002 0 0.1 0 0.1 1.3 25.6 32.6 18.3 24.5 9.8 2.1 1.6
Min. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 9.5 21.7 4.6 17.6 3.0 1.2 0.2 Mean 0.6 0.3 0.1 0.3 3.6 18.1 32.4 32.5 24.3 4.8 2.1 1.2 Max. 1.3 0.7 0.4 0.7 11.1 25.6 50.4 45.0 45.3 9.8 3.0 1.9
Annex E: Hydrological Data E-3 EAMP Annexes
Table E.5: Monthly mean discharge (m3/s) from 1989 to 2002 for the Xe Bang Fai at Mahaxai
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Mean
1989 35 22 13.7 9.5 80 229.8 406.9 865.5 307.5 293.6 94.5 50.3 202.6 1990 26.3 20.5 25.8 10.7 26.1 353 421.9 543.8 1013.3 254 109.4 43.1 237.6 1991 22.4 16 10.1 7.9 9.4 326.4 559.9 1649.6 499.7 287 92.7 54.5 297.6 1992 40.8 24.1 16.6 14.1 13.3 128.7 582.4 353.2 262.9 343.2 196.6 36.1 168.6 1993 23.9 13.1 7.4 6.7 46.2 142.4 560.5 1141.1 310.5 114.4 54.8 45.8 208 1994 19.6 17.7 10.2 8.9 9.3 404.3 1205.9 1443.1 514.5 137.4 67.4 48.9 327.3 1995 23.3 15.6 12.2 10.4 34.6 228.7 521 686.8 786.3 364.1 210.1 53.5 246.8 1996 27.5 22.6 15.8 15.3 36.1 99.9 544.6 956.6 1451.8 441.8 184.4 59 321.6 1997 29.5 23.4 18.3 24.5 18.1 95.2 842.5 1329 657.8 142.9 20.1 14.1 270.7 1998 – – – – – 46.8 147.8 56.4 320.3 111.8 81 40 114.4* 1999 18.2 11.8 7.9 14.1 106.7 263 467.5 830.6 570.9 214.5 156.8 40.1 226.6 2000 20.7 14.9 13.4 24.1 52.8 309.7 919.3 827.2 1398.5 193.4 74.5 37 324.1 2001 20.6 14.4 11.8 10.4 61.7 249.6 892 1191.2 659.5 133 88.1 29.2 282.6 2002 17.8 12.8 9.8 9.1 30.1 543 1108.3 1022.7 961.5 194.8 62.1 30.5 335.5
Min. 17.8 11.8 7.4 6.7 9.3 46.8 147.8 56.4 262.9 111.8 20.1 14.1 168.6§ Mean 25 17.6 13.3 12.7 40.3 244.3 655.8 921.2 693.9 230.4 106.6 41.6 265.4§ Max. 40.8 24.1 25.8 24.5 106.7 543 1205.9 1649.6 1451.8 441.8 210.1 59 335.5§ Note: * Incomplete data; § The Min., Mean and Max. of annual means are for complete years only. E Annex
E-4 Annex E: Hydrological Data EAMP Annexes
Table E.6: Extended flow series for the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang (million m3)
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total
1950 78 49 48 67 92 548 1229 1064 1268 872 353 174 5842 1951 106 80 57 46 96 647 836 641 1196 752 408 211 5076 1952 97 62 51 49 153 488 915 1172 1218 452 274 169 5100 1953 138 95 97 59 196 605 966 2137 2510 751 381 239 8174 1954 109 71 58 37 95 273 453 2203 1849 783 306 170 6407 1955 115 90 62 52 105 565 939 2476 793 457 300 194 6148 1956 122 91 79 82 116 415 1412 1604 895 946 293 183 6238 1957 90 61 44 50 81 476 709 2448 1172 835 281 141 6388 1958 116 78 74 65 182 527 958 1058 743 712 275 171 4959 1959 113 77 55 61 151 203 1111 3037 1538 508 244 171 7269 1960 110 70 57 52 96 557 1188 2283 1404 936 276 183 7212 1961 89 74 59 57 111 552 1692 2605 2890 723 395 241 9488 1962 97 75 53 66 127 678 733 1755 929 514 305 179 5511 1963 142 87 71 52 70 731 587 1962 1258 626 437 175 6198 1964 98 67 53 74 120 570 1495 1565 2755 638 356 247 8038 1965 118 70 54 43 111 620 771 935 796 770 283 183 4754 1966 89 60 45 65 153 503 1998 940 712 632 298 201 5696 1967 114 73 59 57 108 567 859 1056 982 741 383 185 5184 1968 121 90 69 42 93 596 715 828 796 702 321 185 4558 1969 124 73 70 59 117 633 1308 2412 3023 855 268 210 9152 1970 94 74 64 64 166 393 1079 741 2744 593 287 162 6461 1971 114 73 50 54 117 440 510 486 1703 741 348 231 4867 1972 94 65 43 51 146 418 1259 2656 934 613 472 215 6966 1973 116 65 49 52 50 333 1438 2666 1591 841 343 156 7700 1974 143 94 82 46 71 517 584 1478 966 651 366 217 5215 1975 132 94 89 47 87 646 822 2650 1875 656 431 233 7762 1976 94 75 58 66 100 429 1152 1247 730 746 336 395 5428 1977 127 81 70 102 99 314 1358 1559 826 663 262 179 5640 1978 118 75 58 91 122 359 1225 2016 1893 387 281 207 6832 1979 107 85 88 121 249 477 290 923 1127 530 304 184 4485 1980 110 94 91 95 69 595 2047 1897 1533 557 328 186 7602 1981 112 76 63 35 92 787 3684 3035 1323 687 383 207 10484 1982 123 102 92 67 116 396 507 3115 1654 638 436 205 7451 1983 135 93 85 62 123 491 1569 1259 1023 983 334 233 6390 1984 134 94 84 146 77 457 2054 2568 829 698 456 209 7806 1985 150 105 113 49 131 772 1076 2766 2527 488 311 170 8658 1986 125 72 47 27 268 696 1056 1016 1065 671 292 222 5555 1987 108 75 75 38 119 275 865 1721 1092 524 226 131 5251 1988 93 66 54 54 136 186 189 1548 690 944 227 125 4312 1989 84 57 52 41 344 680 1131 1382 856 1299 355 152 6434 1990 125 98 113 82 146 666 988 972 1459 1146 404 210 6410 1991 105 77 61 59 62 784 1344 2463 749 580 272 256 6813 1992 148 87 65 50 68 403 1082 562 794 542 220 142 4164 1993 80 58 46 47 131 457 1324 1702 815 765 279 200 5904 1994 92 72 72 54 69 598 3142 3028 1039 493 314 210 9182 Annex 1995 99 65 57 54 127 642 896 1466 1665 1065 419 230 6786 1996 114 95 78 68 123 322 2260 2015 3667 902 603 246 10494 1997 144 104 87 114 118 391 1692 2149 1237 566 230 147 6978 1998 92 68 57 48 69 257 728 377 948 318 193 152 3308 E 1999 98 58 50 85 263 652 932 1312 661 624 377 174 5286 2000 102 75 72 85 185 662 1210 1707 2249 595 273 188 7404 2001 117 75 76 60 277 485 1991 2349 1345 718 319 176 7987 2002 106 69 70 57 157 964 1942 1750 1922 525 311 157 8029
Mean 112 78 67 62 129 523 1213 1750 1401 697 329 195 6555 Max 150 105 113 146 344 964 3684 3115 3667 1299 603 395 10494 Min 78 49 43 27 50 186 189 377 661 318 193 125 3308 Std. Dev. 18 13 17 22 60 161 643 747 703 189 75 42 1587 Coef. of Variat. 0.16 0.17 0.25 0.36 0.46 0.31 0.53 0.43 0.50 0.27 0.23 0.22 0.24 Note: Data (in blue) from 1986-2002 recorded
Annex E: Hydrological Data E-5 EAMP Annexes
Table E.7: Extended flow series for the Nam Theun at the Nakai Dam Site (million m3)
Year Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total
1950 90 56 55 77 106 630 1414 1224 1459 1003 406 200 6720 1951 122 92 65 53 110 744 962 737 1376 865 469 243 5838 1952 111 71 58 56 176 561 1053 1348 1401 520 315 194 5866 1953 159 109 111 68 225 696 1111 2459 2888 864 438 275 9403 1954 125 81 67 42 109 314 521 2535 2127 901 352 195 7370 1955 132 103 71 60 121 650 1080 2849 912 526 345 223 7072 1956 140 105 91 94 133 477 1625 1846 1030 1088 337 210 7176 1957 103 70 50 57 93 548 816 2817 1348 961 323 162 7348 1958 133 90 85 75 209 606 1102 1217 855 819 316 197 5704 1959 130 88 63 70 174 233 1278 3494 1770 584 281 197 8362 1960 126 80 65 60 110 641 1367 2627 1615 1077 317 210 8296 1961 102 85 68 65 128 635 1947 2997 3325 832 454 277 10915 1962 111 86 61 76 146 780 843 2019 1069 591 351 206 6339 1963 163 100 81 60 80 841 675 2257 1447 720 503 201 7130 1964 113 77 61 85 138 656 1720 1801 3170 734 409 284 9247 1965 136 80 62 49 128 713 887 1076 916 886 325 210 5468 1966 102 69 52 75 176 579 2299 1081 819 727 343 231 6552 1967 131 84 68 65 124 652 988 1215 1130 852 441 213 5963 1968 139 103 79 48 107 686 823 953 916 808 369 213 5242 1969 142 84 80 68 134 728 1505 2775 3478 984 308 241 10529 1970 108 85 73 73 191 452 1241 852 3157 682 330 186 7432 1971 131 84 57 62 134 506 587 559 1959 852 400 266 5598 1972 108 75 49 58 168 481 1449 3056 1075 705 543 247 8013 1973 133 75 56 60 57 383 1654 3068 1831 968 394 179 8858 1974 164 108 94 53 81 595 672 1701 1111 749 421 249 5998 1975 152 108 102 54 100 743 946 3049 2157 755 496 268 8929 1976 108 86 67 76 115 493 1325 1435 840 858 386 454 6243 1977 146 93 80 117 114 361 1562 1794 950 763 301 206 6487 1978 136 86 67 105 140 413 1409 2320 2178 445 323 238 7859 1979 123 98 101 139 286 549 333 1062 1297 610 350 212 5158 1980 126 108 105 109 79 684 2355 2183 1764 641 377 214 8745 1981 129 87 72 40 106 905 4239 3492 1522 790 441 238 12061 1982 141 117 106 77 133 455 583 3584 1903 734 501 236 8571 1983 155 107 98 71 141 565 1805 1449 1177 1131 384 268 7350 1984 154 108 96 168 88 526 2363 2955 954 803 525 240 8980 1985 172 121 130 56 151 888 1238 3183 2908 561 358 195 9960 1986 143 82 54 31 308 800 1215 1169 1225 772 336 255 6390 1987 124 86 86 44 137 316 995 1980 1257 603 260 151 6039 1988 107 75 62 62 156 214 217 1782 793 1087 261 144 4959 1989 96 65 60 47 396 782 1302 1590 985 1494 408 175 7401 1990 143 113 130 95 168 766 1137 1118 1678 1319 465 241 7373 1991 121 89 70 67 71 902 1546 2833 862 667 313 294 7837 1992 170 100 75 57 78 464 1245 647 913 624 253 163 4789 1993 92 67 52 54 150 525 1524 1959 938 880 321 229 6792 1994 106 83 82 62 79 728 3721 3627 1223 565 337 224 10837 1995 114 77 73 69 147 701 1057 1689 1830 1093 411 240 7500 E 1996 118 104 86 81 143 371 2601 2318 4220 1038 694 282 12055 1997 165 119 100 130 135 450 1947 2473 1423 651 265 169 8027 1998 105 78 65 56 80 307 904 428 1074 356 219 163 3835
Annex 1999 106 68 69 97 299 746 1072 1509 761 718 433 200 6079 2000 118 90 90 107 238 823 1432 1952 2458 669 308 227 8511 2001 137 90 93 75 331 594 2288 2582 1450 712 335 180 8868 2002 120 81 74 66 160 1121 2180 1946 2054 554 325 172 8853
Mean 128 89 77 72 149 603 1399 2013 1603 796 375 222 7527 Max 172 121 130 168 396 1121 4239 3627 4220 1494 694 454 12061 Min 90 56 49 31 57 214 217 428 761 356 219 144 3835 Std. Dev. 21 15 19 26 70 187 743 864 804 215 86 49 1822 Coef. of Variat. 0.16 0.17 0.25 0.36 0.47 0.31 0.53 0.43 0.50 0.27 0.23 0.22 0.24
Note: Data (in blue) from June 1994 – May 1996 and June 1998 – June 1999 and Feb 2000 – Dec 2002 are based on measured values. All other data is based on regression analysis.
E-6 Annex E: Hydrological Data EAMP Annexes
Table E.8: Comparison of recorded (1986-2002) and extended (1950-2002) flow series for the Nam Theun at Ban Thalang (million m3)
Statistics Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Total
1950-2002 Extended Mean 112 78 67 62 129 523 1213 1750 1401 697 329 195 6555 Max 150 105 113 146 344 964 3684 3115 3667 1299 603 395 10494 Min 78 49 43 27 50 186 189 377 661 318 193 125 3308 Std. Dev. 18 13 17 22 60 161 643 747 703 189 75 42 1587 Coef. of Variat. 0.16 0.17 0.25 0.36 0.41 0.31 0.53 0.43 0.5 0.27 0.23 0.22 0.24 1986-2002 Recorded Mean 108 75 67 60 157 537 1340 1619 1309 722 313 183 6488 Max 148 104 113 114 344 964 3142 3028 3667 1299 603 256 10494 Min 80 57 46 27 62 186 189 377 661 318 193 125 3308 Std. Dev. 19 14 17 21 84 211 690 677 755 264 100 41 1831 Coef. of Variat. 0.18 0.19 0.25 0.35 0.54 0.39 0.52 0.42 0.58 0.37 0.32 0.22 0.28
Note: Table E.8 above demonstrates that the extended and recorded data compares well. The statistical analysis of the two series indicated that the mean annual runoff of the extended series is 1.0% greater than the mean annual runoff of the recorded series, which is considered to be acceptable (SMEC 2003). Annex E
Annex E: Hydrological Data E-7 EAMP Annexes
Table E.9: Annual and monthly mean discharge (m3/s and MCM) for pre- and post Project scenarios for all rivers to be impacted by the Project.
Catchment Total Yearly Mean Yearly Mean Max Mean Min Extreme Max Extreme Min Point Location Period of Record Area (km2) Flow (MCM) Flow (m3/s) Flow (m3/s) Flow (m3/s) Flow (m3/s) Flow (m3/s)
A Nam Theun Measured: 1986-2002 3475 6555 208 1674 17 3013 4.4 Ban Thalang Extended: 1950-2002 B Nam Theun Measured: 1994-2002 4013 7527 239 2017 26 2714.1 19.6 Nakai Dam Site Extended: 1950-2002 B’ Nam Theun 1953-1999 4013 515 16 210 2 1280 2 d/s of Nakai Dam C Nam Phao 1995-2002 1056 1266 40 462 4.7 485 2.7 Site 10 D Nam Theun 1999-2003 8937 14330 454 1633 40 17290 5 Theun-Hinboun Headpond D’ Nam Theun n/a 8937 7364 234 – – – – Theun-Hinboun Headpond (post NT2) E Nam Kading 1999-2003 8937 11695 371 1533 5 17290 5 d/s of Theun-Hinboun (post THB) E’ Nam Kading n/a 8937 5064 161 – 5 – 5 d/s of Theun-Hinboun (post THB & NT2) F Theun-Hinboun 1999-2002 n/a 2635 84 108 35 113 0 Power Station discharge F’ Theun-Hinboun n/a n/a 2300 73 – – 113 0 Power Station discharge (post NT2) P Nam Hai unknown 100 166 5 Prior to confluence with THB Q Nam Hinboun unknown 410 1196 38 Prior to confluence with THB G Mekong 1925-2000 373000 234161 7425 29564 1293 34200 900 Nakon Phanom G’ Mekong n/a 373000 226307 7176 – – – – Nakon Phanom (post NT2) H Mekong 1925-2000 391000 250955 7958 28202 1354 36400 958 Mukdahan H’ Mekong n/a 391000 249831 7922 – – – – Mukdahan (post NT2) I Xe Bang Fai 1960-85,1992, 8560 12806 406 2735 20 3461 8 Road 13 Bridge 1994-2002 I’ Xe Bang Fai n/a 8560 19641 623 – – – – Road 13 Bridge (post NT2) J Xe Bangfai 1989-2002 4520 8357 265 2055 8 3091 3 Mahaxai J’ Xe Bangfai 1989-2002 4520 15295 485 – – 3091 3 Mahaxai (post NT2) K Nam Kathang 1994-2002 90 309 10 314 0.4 613 0 X8 - Regulating Dam K’ Nam Kathang n/a 90 309 10 314 0 613 0 (post NT2) L Nam Gnom 1994-2002 8 344 11 213 0 244 0 X6 - Moung Gnommalet M Downstream Channel n/a n/a 7000 220 330 30* 330 0 at Regulating Dam release N NT2 Power Station n/a n/a 7000 220 330 30 330 0 Power Station discharge O Evaporation from Nakai Reservoir n/a n/a 166 5.0 not calcu- not calcu- not calcu- not calcu- Net Evaporation loss lated lated lated lated E Note: – = data not available; * = not including power station shutdown for maintainence or flooding.
Annex A: All data from SMEC 2003. Monthly data based on extended series (1950-2002) B: All data from SMEC 2003. Monthly data based on extended series (1950-2002); B’: All values from EDF NEO study C: Monsoonal data for 1995 only, then operated as dry season only site. All data from SMEC 2003 D: Data provided by THPC; D’: Calculation based on estimated flow below Nakai Dam site post NT2 E: Data provided by THPC; E’: Monthly data is based on THPC using same average monthly water when available F & F’: Data is adapted from Theun-Hinboun Power Company P & Q’: Monthly data not available; based on RMR 2000 report G, H & I: Data provided by the MRC J: Data is adapated from SMEC 2003, Annex D; J’: Data is from pre-NT2 (see J, plus assumed 220 m3/s over entire year) K: Data is from SMEC 2003 (Annex D6-4 of 4). Max data is not reliable; K’: Monthly data assumes release of discharge equivalent to the monitored natural inflows to the regulating pond M: Monthhly data is calculated as average (220) – Nam Kathang additional release (15) N: Monthly data assumes average 220 m3/s for entire year; may actually be different O: Data is from SMEC evap. data; Monthly Net Evaporation loss in mm x estimated reservoir area
E-8 Annex E: Hydrological Data EAMP Annexes
Month Point Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec A m3/s 42 32 25 24 48 202 453 653 541 260 127 73 MCM 112 78 67 62 129 523 1213 1750 1401 697 329 195 B m3/s 48 37 29 28 56 233 522 752 618 297 145 83 MCM 128 89 77 72 149 603 1399 2013 1603 796 375 222 B’ m3/s 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 34 101 40 3 2 MCM 5 5 5 5 5 5 13 91 261 106 8 5 C m3/s 12 9 8 9 13 26 39 108 133 75 30 18 MCM 32 21 22 23 36 68 104 289 345 201 78 48 D m3/s 140 58 45 50 158 509 988 1216 1420 471 265 131 MCM 375 141 121 131 424 1318 2647 3258 3681 1260 688 350 D’ m3/s 94 24 18 25 105 278 471 499 902 213 124 50 MCM 253 57 49 64 280 721 1261 1336 2339 570 321 133
E m3/s 67 9 5 8 70 403 881 1111 1323 371 163 39 MCM 178 22 14 21 188 1043 2360 2975 3430 994 423 103 E’ m3/s 21 5 5 5 17 172 363 393 806 113 21 5 MCM 56 12 13 13 45 446 974 1054 2088 304 55 13
F m3/s 74 49 40 42 88 106 107 105 97 100 102 92 MCM 197 119 107 110 235 275 288 282 251 267 265 247 F’ m3/s 74 19 13 20 88 106 107 105 97 100 102 45 MCM 197 45 36 51 235 275 288 282 251 267 265 120
P m3/s 1 16 MCM 2 42 Q m3/s 4 139 MCM 12 373 G m3/s 2330 1814 1517 1492 2365 6687 13133 19879 19389 11095 5657 3359 MCM 6240 4389 4064 3868 6333 17332 35177 53243 50255 29716 14664 8997 G’ m3/s 2284 1779 1491 1467 2311 6456 12616 19161 18871 10837 5516 3325 MCM 6118 4304 3992 3802 6190 16734 33790 51322 48913 29026 14297 8907 H m3/s 2399 1871 1574 1552 2449 7154 14111 21453 20956 11982 6045 3529 MCM 6426 4527 4216 4022 6559 18542 37795 57461 54319 32093 15669 9451 H’ m3/s 2574 2057 1767 1746 2615 7143 13813 20956 20658 11945 6123 3668 MCM 6893 4975 4734 4525 7005 18515 36998 56128 53547 31993 15872 9823 I m3/s 34 28 25 25 44 409 891 1479 1266 438 142 54 MCM 91 68 66 64 118 1060 2387 3960 3281 1172 368 144 I’ m3/s 254 248 245 245 264 629 1111 1699 1486 658 362 274 MCM 681 600 656 634 707 1630 2977 4549 3851 1762 938 733 J m3/s 25 18 13 13 39 244 656 921 694 230 107 42 MCM 66 43 36 33 103 633 1756 2467 1799 617 276 111 J’ m3/s 245 238 233 233 259 464 876 1141 914 450 327 262 MCM 655 575 625 603 692 1203 2346 3057 2369 1206 847 701 K m3/s 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.6 14.1 32.8 29.3 34.1 2.3 1.0 0.5 MCM 1 0 0 0 7 37 88 78 88 6 3 1 K’ m3/s 0 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.6 14.1 32.8 29.3 34.1 2.3 1.0 0.5 MCM 1 0 0 0 7 37 88 78 88 6 3 1 L m3/s 1 0 0 0 4 18 32 31 24 5 2 1 MCM 2 1 0 0 12 47 87 82 63 13 5 3 M m3/s 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 MCM 589 532 589 570 589 570 589 589 570 589 570 589 N m3/s 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 220 MCM 589 532 589 570 589 570 589 589 570 589 570 589 O m3/s 7 6 6 5 2 2 2 4 6 8 8 6 MCM 19 16 16 14 6 5 5 11 16 21 21 17 Annex E
Annex E: Hydrological Data E-9 EAMP Annexes E Annex
E-10 Annex E: Hydrological Data Annex F ------1 F . There 3 . 3 EAMP Annexes EAMP /s is assumed. The assumed. is /s 3 /s, averaged over a week, will 3 /s, and with 100% secondary energy produc energy secondary 100% with and /s, 3 /s gives a weekly volume of 1.21 million m volume a weekly /s gives with the largest annual flow of 3,428 million m 3 3 tion will generally not fall below 75% of maximum. Primary energy Primary maximum. of 75% below fall not generally will tion of diversion average an require would energy secondary zero with m 188 approximately m 330 of Station Power the from inflow an tion, enize outflow compared to diurnal variations in inflows from the power station. At the weekend the aim is to reduce outflow from the regulating pond due to weekend reduction in demand from by magnitude outflow restore to begin then mid-Saturday, around indica These demand. peak weekday to response in mid-Monday tive results will be a guide for operators of the regulating pond, however, operators will also need to adjust their of demand. response to variations operations in ervoir levels based on of levels 47 simulation. years The ervoir minimum curve 47 the in week that in reached reservoir the level lowest the shows years of simulation. However, this is not a trace of the reservoir level in the driest year, as not all the weekly minima occurred in maximum. and average the for true holds same The year. same the In most years the reservoir level fluctuates from a minimum level just above MOL and a maximum level that varies, but is usually trated in the Figure Of F.2. 47 years of simulation, spills occurred in 18 years. The anticipated average annual volume of spill is 454 million m Regulating Pond Operations Pond Regulating Figures in presented are pond, regulating the of operations Hourly 16 for energy primary 100% supplying of scenarios four for F.10 - F.3 hours per day for six days per plus week, differing percentages of months, season dry During hours. these outside energy secondary the station power will produce zero between and 100% secondary energy and during wet season months secondary energy produc Weekly Reservoir Levels Reservoir Weekly res weekly average and minima maxima, the illustrates F.1 Figure below FSL. Spills Reservoir A reservoir spill occurs when the exceeds water FSL of El 538.0 m. level The frequency of annual spills in is illus the reservoir be made at all times, even during non-spilling periods. Over one 2 m week, are no predicted spills for the months seven of December through presents the spill data for the F.2 June in any of the 47 Table years. when spills may occur. months of the year remaining five minimum A riparian release of 2 m inflow at maximum power will vary slightly, depending on the level). (i.e. reservoir in the reservoir head available Once again, these results are indicative. With weekend days, the the operation of the exception regulating pond will of homog - - - - -
/s) 3 5 1 36 62 10
(m Monthly Average Spillway Flows
-1.0% -2.5% -4.1% -5.4% -7.2%
Production*
Effect on Energy /s) 3 56 666 202 1,035 1,279 (m Weekly Maximum Spillway Flows
1 4 8 8
15 Years with Spill Number of -4% -6% -8% -2% -10% Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations Dam Simulated F: Annex Error in Estimated
Mean Reservoir Inflow Mean Reservoir July eservoir eservoir levels, reservoir spills and regulating pond opera the outputs of this analysis. following annex presents tions were simulated in a model over a 47 year period. The Month August October November September
(Source: Lahmeyer International and Worley International (1998)) International and Worley (Source: Lahmeyer mate of reservoir inflows. If the reservoir inflow was overestimated overestimated was inflow reservoir the If inflows. reservoir of mate Lahmeyer generation. power for water less be would there 10% by Internation and International Worley (1998) estimated the impact on energy production of errors in the estimated of mean reservoir F.1 The results of this analysis are presented in Table inflow. taken by EDF in 1999 using the Parasifal program. The Parasifal program analysed data over a 47-year period (1953-1999) of dis charge records; 14 years (1986-1999) of which are adjusted to the Nakai Dam site from discharge records on the Nam Theun at Ban Signo. The remaining years of records are based on observations tech regression using extended and catchments other in sites from Table F.2: Spills in wet season months F.2: Table Table F.1: Impact on energy production of errors in mean flow estimation F.1: Table niques. generation for assumed the to simulation be was 1070 MW, Power supplying 100% primary energy for 16 hours per day for six days at all other times. and secondary energy per week The results are considered to be indicative of reservoir and power station operations, however, actual operation will depend on the timing of demand for energy by EGAT – and in storage. of water – and on the availability within the Lao PDR to a lesser extent The EDF simulation met the proposed energy production targets. However, accuracy of the hydrological data could vary as much as ±10% and with 93% of the diverted for power generation in this estimated simulation, the operation of reservoir inflow being the power station is likely to be sensitive to any error of the esti
Reservoir Operations Reservoir In order to optimise energy production, the of reservoir weekly levels simulation and power generation operations was under R *Reductions are predominantly secondary energy *Reductions EAMP Annexes
Table F.3: Nakai Reservoir surface elevations (meters)
Week 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965
1 533.64 535.51 534.91 535.45 533.76 535.72 535.66 535.62 535.50 535.61 535.61 535.05 532.10 2 533.41 535.25 534.67 535.16 533.50 535.42 535.29 535.26 535.22 535.25 535.28 534.80 531.83 3 533.17 534.90 534.42 534.85 533.27 535.11 534.94 534.95 534.94 534.94 534.92 534.55 531.54 4 532.94 534.62 534.16 534.53 533.01 534.79 534.63 534.65 534.65 534.63 534.64 534.30 531.25 5 532.68 534.32 533.89 534.21 532.74 534.45 534.31 534.34 534.35 534.32 534.33 534.03 530.93 6 532.42 534.00 533.60 533.87 532.45 534.09 533.98 534.01 534.04 533.98 534.00 533.75 530.58 7 532.15 533.68 533.32 533.52 532.15 533.72 533.63 533.67 533.71 533.63 533.67 533.46 530.30 8 531.86 533.34 533.02 533.18 531.85 533.39 533.30 533.32 533.38 533.28 533.34 533.17 530.00 9 531.54 533.01 532.72 532.81 531.51 532.99 532.94 532.97 532.98 532.92 532.97 532.80 529.72 10 531.19 532.58 532.32 532.42 531.14 532.56 532.55 532.59 532.61 532.53 532.60 532.41 529.36 11 530.83 532.22 531.98 532.09 530.75 532.18 532.16 532.18 532.23 532.13 532.22 532.07 528.98 12 530.48 531.85 531.62 531.75 530.36 531.79 531.75 531.79 531.84 531.72 531.84 531.72 528.58 13 530.09 531.44 531.25 531.39 529.95 531.40 531.39 531.43 531.43 531.38 531.43 531.35 528.31 14 529.66 531.03 530.87 531.04 529.52 531.05 531.02 530.99 531.06 531.02 531.06 530.98 527.88 15 529.22 530.57 530.47 530.57 529.06 530.60 530.63 530.60 530.60 530.57 530.60 530.58 527.44 16 528.74 530.17 530.04 530.17 528.57 530.13 530.13 530.10 530.11 530.18 530.17 530.17 527.14 17 528.22 529.68 529.59 529.66 528.05 529.62 529.62 529.58 529.57 529.67 529.64 529.64 526.81 18 527.84 529.14 529.07 529.20 527.62 529.12 529.11 529.05 529.06 529.20 529.09 529.19 526.55 19 527.50 528.62 528.52 528.75 527.24 528.53 528.53 528.54 528.58 528.62 528.54 528.65 526.34 20 527.18 527.91 527.92 528.15 526.79 527.89 527.84 527.87 527.91 528.00 527.94 528.09 525.92 21 526.84 527.14 527.15 527.55 526.39 527.19 527.10 527.14 527.18 527.33 527.25 527.39 525.52 22 526.71 526.67 526.61 526.99 526.08 526.86 526.56 526.65 526.86 527.07 526.88 526.84 525.87 23 526.78 526.50 526.45 526.63 526.00 526.97 526.25 526.48 527.04 527.66 526.95 526.67 526.45 24 526.84 526.46 526.29 526.36 525.92 527.10 525.95 526.25 527.20 528.17 527.03 526.45 526.70 25 526.91 526.45 526.43 526.36 525.84 527.20 525.66 526.19 527.33 528.67 527.12 526.24 526.92 26 527.07 525.95 526.22 526.07 525.63 527.43 525.75 525.98 527.48 529.24 527.20 526.08 527.16 27 527.42 526.74 526.57 526.77 526.29 528.27 527.14 527.67 527.57 530.26 527.22 526.53 527.52 28 527.81 527.51 526.97 527.47 526.92 529.01 528.37 529.11 527.68 531.16 527.29 526.96 527.90 29 528.16 528.19 527.44 528.11 527.52 529.71 529.44 530.31 527.82 531.98 527.33 527.40 528.27 30 528.49 528.83 528.02 528.69 528.20 530.34 530.35 531.35 528.05 532.74 527.74 528.02 528.62 31 530.38 529.51 529.92 529.55 530.76 531.75 531.92 532.35 529.84 533.46 528.64 528.13 529.26 32 532.08 530.22 531.60 530.41 532.95 533.09 533.38 533.27 531.49 534.16 529.53 528.14 529.84 33 533.54 530.84 533.02 531.17 534.81 534.31 534.71 534.14 532.88 534.85 530.32 528.15 530.39 34 534.90 531.42 534.29 531.88 536.53 535.49 535.99 534.98 534.11 535.52 531.04 528.16 530.88 35 535.71 531.96 535.19 532.46 537.50 536.28 537.32 535.58 535.16 536.61 531.69 528.59 531.40 36 535.87 532.45 535.59 532.91 537.71 536.64 538.00 535.89 535.98 538.00 532.28 529.55 531.92 37 536.04 532.92 536.00 533.34 537.91 536.98 538.00 536.18 536.77 538.00 532.85 530.39 532.39 38 536.25 533.39 536.42 533.75 538.00 537.31 538.00 536.49 537.47 538.00 533.40 531.15 532.85 39 536.55 533.83 536.83 534.14 538.00 537.59 537.99 536.83 537.98 537.99 533.91 531.83 533.27 40 536.63 534.40 536.95 534.41 537.94 537.72 537.93 536.90 537.95 537.89 534.33 532.27 533.51 41 536.70 534.97 537.11 534.68 537.87 537.85 537.86 536.97 537.92 537.78 534.74 532.71 533.76 42 536.78 535.53 537.24 534.95 537.81 537.96 537.79 537.03 537.89 537.67 535.15 533.11 534.00 43 536.86 536.08 537.36 535.22 537.75 538.00 537.76 537.10 537.86 537.60 535.58 533.52 534.26 44 536.85 536.20 537.32 535.24 537.66 537.88 537.64 537.07 537.76 537.47 535.76 533.57 534.27 45 536.78 536.12 537.18 535.13 537.52 537.69 537.45 536.96 537.58 537.30 535.82 533.47 534.15 46 536.71 536.03 537.03 535.02 537.37 537.48 537.25 536.87 537.43 537.13 535.86 533.37 534.05 47 536.64 535.96 536.88 534.92 537.23 537.29 537.04 536.77 537.26 536.99 535.90 533.26 533.93 48 536.54 535.85 536.68 534.79 537.04 537.07 536.85 536.63 537.06 536.83 535.87 533.14 533.79 49 536.38 535.68 536.44 534.59 536.79 536.83 536.64 536.40 536.77 536.65 535.73 532.95 533.57 50 536.16 535.51 536.17 534.40 536.53 536.58 536.41 536.16 536.46 536.41 535.60 532.76 533.36 51 535.93 535.34 535.95 534.21 536.29 536.30 536.18 535.98 536.17 536.15 535.45 532.58 533.14 52 535.78 535.16 535.75 534.00 536.02 536.02 535.97 535.78 535.91 535.94 535.30 532.38 532.91 F Annex
F-2 Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations EAMP Annexes
Table F.3: Nakai Reservoir surface elevations (meters) (continued)
Week 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978
1 532.65 535.49 535.94 533.66 535.73 535.61 535.77 536.32 535.75 533.66 535.91 534.80 531.53 2 532.37 535.19 535.62 533.41 535.37 535.29 535.43 535.92 535.42 533.42 535.58 534.57 531.27 3 532.08 534.89 535.28 533.16 535.00 534.95 535.09 535.54 535.08 533.16 535.24 534.36 531.01 4 531.77 534.59 534.93 532.93 534.68 534.67 534.75 535.13 534.74 532.90 534.88 534.13 530.82 5 531.47 534.28 534.58 532.65 534.36 534.36 534.41 534.73 534.39 532.63 534.53 533.90 530.60 6 531.13 533.94 534.21 532.36 534.02 534.05 534.02 534.35 534.01 532.34 534.15 533.65 530.36 7 530.79 533.60 533.84 532.05 533.70 533.67 533.69 533.97 533.69 532.05 533.76 533.40 530.16 8 530.42 533.24 533.46 531.75 533.35 533.34 533.35 533.58 533.37 531.74 533.36 533.14 529.91 9 530.04 532.89 533.06 531.42 532.99 533.00 532.95 533.17 532.97 531.39 532.99 532.83 529.65 10 529.63 532.51 532.65 531.04 532.57 532.62 532.60 532.76 532.61 531.04 532.55 532.52 529.39 11 529.29 532.14 532.27 530.69 532.17 532.23 532.22 532.33 532.21 530.64 532.16 532.21 529.14 12 528.95 531.73 531.88 530.30 531.76 531.82 531.81 531.94 531.82 530.25 531.73 531.86 528.86 13 528.57 531.39 531.47 529.87 531.40 531.39 531.38 531.54 531.39 529.82 531.37 531.51 528.57 14 528.16 531.02 531.04 529.44 531.03 531.02 531.00 531.09 531.04 529.38 531.00 531.16 528.24 15 527.76 530.54 530.58 528.97 530.56 530.63 530.59 530.62 530.58 528.93 530.60 530.80 527.91 16 527.29 530.13 530.18 528.48 530.14 530.12 530.17 530.12 530.17 528.44 530.12 530.31 527.59 17 526.99 529.60 529.74 528.00 529.63 529.60 529.65 529.61 529.66 527.90 529.63 529.80 527.22 18 526.57 529.14 529.16 527.49 529.28 529.09 529.11 529.06 529.15 527.39 529.11 529.21 526.81 19 526.18 528.58 528.58 527.00 528.91 528.54 528.59 528.47 528.54 526.93 528.55 528.61 526.41 20 525.77 527.95 527.93 526.51 528.48 527.84 527.92 527.89 527.87 526.42 527.86 527.97 525.99 21 525.55 527.30 527.24 525.95 528.03 527.14 527.18 527.20 527.16 525.86 527.21 527.27 525.59 22 525.71 526.86 526.70 525.82 527.62 526.69 526.82 526.64 526.71 525.71 526.68 526.63 525.85 23 526.07 526.61 526.50 526.28 527.29 526.50 526.90 526.50 526.58 526.01 526.47 526.47 526.48 24 526.40 526.35 526.44 526.30 526.95 526.36 526.98 526.36 526.36 526.27 526.22 526.29 526.65 25 526.29 526.23 526.42 526.31 526.58 526.02 527.03 526.25 526.22 526.24 525.97 526.13 526.81 26 526.50 526.04 526.02 526.35 526.45 525.79 527.22 526.21 526.03 526.14 525.57 525.56 527.34 27 528.41 526.51 526.08 526.61 527.31 527.24 528.04 527.74 526.56 526.76 525.91 525.75 529.39 28 529.96 527.00 526.25 526.94 528.14 528.49 528.80 529.04 527.07 527.38 526.36 526.04 531.02 29 531.25 527.50 526.67 527.33 528.87 529.57 529.50 530.15 527.55 527.97 526.92 526.36 532.37 30 532.36 528.04 527.07 527.85 529.57 530.52 530.13 531.12 528.11 528.49 527.57 526.65 533.57 31 533.10 530.45 528.39 529.10 531.63 532.26 531.87 532.83 529.03 530.36 528.70 527.18 535.06 32 533.77 532.51 529.64 530.23 533.47 533.87 533.49 534.46 529.88 532.02 529.76 527.74 536.52 33 534.43 534.26 530.72 531.21 535.15 535.36 534.97 535.98 530.63 533.45 530.71 528.26 537.77 34 535.07 535.87 531.69 532.10 536.69 536.75 536.38 537.35 531.34 534.77 531.58 528.74 538.00 35 535.50 536.95 532.49 533.56 537.66 537.53 537.18 538.00 531.89 535.67 532.36 529.49 538.00 36 535.65 537.44 533.11 535.50 538.00 537.67 537.37 538.00 532.31 536.10 533.08 530.46 538.00 37 535.81 537.87 533.70 537.25 538.00 537.81 537.55 538.00 532.73 536.52 533.78 531.36 538.00 38 536.08 538.00 534.28 538.00 538.00 537.93 537.71 538.00 533.12 536.92 534.45 532.14 538.00 39 536.39 538.00 534.79 538.00 538.00 538.00 537.86 538.00 533.49 537.28 535.03 532.78 537.99 40 536.63 538.00 534.90 538.00 537.94 538.00 537.93 537.97 533.79 537.37 535.07 532.88 537.90 41 536.84 538.00 535.00 538.00 537.88 538.00 537.99 537.94 534.07 537.45 535.11 532.98 537.79 42 537.01 538.00 535.10 538.00 537.82 538.00 538.00 537.91 534.35 537.55 535.15 533.11 537.68 43 537.18 538.00 535.22 538.00 537.80 538.00 538.00 537.88 534.64 537.69 535.22 533.24 537.63 44 537.16 537.91 535.18 537.90 537.67 537.91 537.98 537.76 534.72 537.69 535.19 533.20 537.49 45 537.05 537.78 535.09 537.71 537.53 537.77 537.94 537.58 534.70 537.58 535.13 533.09 537.30 46 536.93 537.62 534.98 537.50 537.38 537.61 537.89 537.43 534.67 537.46 535.07 532.95 537.10 47 536.82 537.47 534.88 537.32 537.23 537.44 537.85 537.28 534.64 537.34 535.03 532.82 536.95 48 536.66 537.26 534.73 537.12 537.03 537.20 537.72 537.10 534.56 537.20 534.99 532.64 536.76 49 536.46 537.00 534.52 536.87 536.77 536.95 537.48 536.85 534.39 536.97 534.99 532.44 536.54 50 536.23 536.77 534.30 536.59 536.50 536.68 537.22 536.60 534.22 536.73 535.00 532.23 536.30 51 536.00 536.55 534.09 536.33 536.21 536.41 536.96 536.34 534.04 536.49 535.02 532.00 536.05 52 535.77 536.27 533.87 536.07 535.94 536.11 536.70 536.08 533.88 536.25 535.02 531.78 535.81 Annex F
Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations F-3 EAMP Annexes
Table F.3: Nakai Reservoir surface elevations (meters) (continued)
Week 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
1 535.53 534.68 535.72 536.02 536.07 535.58 535.98 535.47 534.30 534.72 533.23 534.13 535.76 2 535.25 534.44 535.36 535.65 535.69 535.24 535.63 535.18 534.04 534.48 532.97 533.89 535.42 3 534.92 534.19 535.00 535.30 535.35 534.95 535.31 534.89 533.77 534.24 532.70 533.65 535.07 4 534.63 533.95 534.70 534.95 535.03 534.65 534.97 534.59 533.52 534.00 532.46 533.43 534.71 5 534.32 533.70 534.40 534.60 534.69 534.34 534.60 534.29 533.25 533.76 532.19 533.17 534.40 6 534.00 533.43 534.00 534.22 534.32 534.02 534.23 533.97 532.96 533.48 531.87 532.90 534.01 7 533.68 533.18 533.68 533.85 533.95 533.69 533.85 533.66 532.67 533.20 531.58 532.63 533.69 8 533.34 532.91 533.36 533.47 533.58 533.34 533.46 533.35 532.37 532.92 531.23 532.35 533.35 9 532.99 532.62 533.01 533.07 533.20 533.00 533.06 532.95 532.06 532.61 530.89 532.06 532.99 10 532.57 532.32 532.59 532.64 532.82 532.61 532.63 532.56 531.73 532.28 530.49 531.78 532.55 11 532.18 532.01 532.23 532.28 532.42 532.23 532.25 532.19 531.39 531.93 530.07 531.47 532.16 12 531.80 531.69 531.84 531.89 532.01 531.82 531.86 531.82 531.04 531.57 529.64 531.16 531.77 13 531.39 531.35 531.46 531.52 531.64 531.39 531.46 531.43 530.65 531.20 529.19 530.84 531.42 14 531.01 531.01 531.04 531.11 531.20 531.06 531.03 531.06 530.26 530.84 528.70 530.49 531.06 15 530.61 530.55 530.59 530.68 530.74 530.66 530.57 530.60 529.83 530.47 528.20 530.11 530.62 16 530.14 530.15 530.11 530.22 530.25 530.20 530.18 530.10 529.38 530.07 527.67 529.71 530.13 17 529.64 529.66 529.60 529.74 529.74 529.76 529.68 529.58 528.90 529.57 527.12 529.29 529.61 18 529.17 529.13 529.16 529.21 529.19 529.16 529.23 529.15 528.42 529.12 526.84 528.92 529.06 19 528.57 528.51 528.63 528.54 528.55 528.55 528.83 528.73 527.96 528.59 526.66 528.48 528.52 20 527.98 527.93 528.06 527.93 527.94 527.90 528.29 528.18 527.46 528.01 526.47 527.93 527.93 21 527.28 527.20 527.34 527.14 527.15 527.22 527.66 527.59 526.94 527.31 526.25 527.27 527.15 22 526.88 526.62 526.99 526.72 526.64 526.68 527.16 527.27 526.52 526.75 526.29 526.83 526.84 23 526.92 526.40 527.25 526.57 526.62 526.50 526.95 527.38 526.33 526.56 526.57 526.90 527.13 24 526.92 526.32 527.52 526.43 526.48 526.34 526.72 527.57 526.10 526.39 526.52 526.98 527.38 25 526.94 526.13 527.76 526.24 526.29 526.42 526.48 527.69 525.89 526.47 526.51 527.03 527.67 26 526.91 525.78 528.66 526.05 526.25 526.45 526.35 527.87 525.50 526.11 526.56 527.19 528.04 27 526.74 526.64 532.18 526.72 527.28 528.60 526.99 528.54 525.61 525.88 527.02 527.82 529.06 28 526.65 527.47 534.79 527.39 528.17 530.30 527.60 529.12 525.63 525.95 527.50 528.42 529.95 29 526.78 528.20 537.09 527.98 529.00 531.68 528.20 529.69 525.62 525.97 527.94 528.98 530.76 30 527.07 528.89 538.00 528.53 529.74 532.88 528.74 530.21 525.62 526.00 528.36 529.50 531.48 31 529.30 531.23 538.00 530.62 531.62 533.97 530.61 530.63 527.65 527.68 529.52 529.99 532.92 32 531.10 533.28 538.00 532.49 533.34 535.01 532.27 531.15 529.51 529.26 530.79 530.64 534.33 33 532.52 535.07 538.00 534.08 534.88 536.00 533.71 531.75 530.99 530.56 531.88 531.25 535.66 34 533.77 536.73 538.00 535.55 536.33 536.95 535.04 532.31 532.26 531.70 532.87 531.82 536.91 35 534.56 537.94 538.00 536.44 537.37 537.49 535.93 532.86 533.17 532.40 533.52 532.55 537.57 36 534.81 538.00 538.00 536.62 537.93 537.62 536.28 533.40 533.76 532.65 533.79 533.49 537.64 37 535.23 538.00 538.00 536.80 538.00 537.75 536.63 533.94 534.33 532.91 534.08 534.37 537.72 38 535.63 538.00 538.00 536.97 538.00 537.86 536.97 534.46 534.91 533.15 534.35 535.24 537.80 39 535.98 538.00 538.00 537.16 538.00 537.98 537.23 534.93 535.39 533.42 534.63 536.03 537.86 40 535.98 537.93 538.00 537.35 537.93 538.00 537.12 535.11 535.49 533.80 534.88 536.51 537.81 41 536.00 537.86 538.00 537.51 537.87 538.00 537.05 535.28 535.56 534.18 535.12 536.91 537.76 42 536.01 537.78 538.00 537.66 537.80 538.00 536.99 535.44 535.63 534.56 535.35 537.25 537.70 43 536.04 537.76 538.00 537.81 537.77 538.00 536.98 535.61 535.72 534.94 535.59 537.57 537.70 44 536.00 537.67 537.94 537.81 537.67 537.93 536.93 535.61 535.73 534.95 535.59 537.59 537.58 45 535.91 537.55 537.85 537.75 537.51 537.80 536.84 535.51 535.71 534.81 535.50 537.49 537.41 46 535.83 537.42 537.74 537.69 537.35 537.68 536.75 535.40 535.70 534.66 535.39 537.38 537.22 47 535.74 537.31 537.63 537.63 537.17 537.56 536.66 535.31 535.69 534.50 535.30 537.28 537.02 48 535.61 537.12 537.47 537.48 536.95 537.39 536.54 535.20 535.62 534.32 535.15 537.11 536.86 49 535.44 536.86 537.22 537.21 536.68 537.12 536.36 535.03 535.46 534.12 534.96 536.86 536.64 50 535.27 536.59 536.95 536.96 536.40 536.84 536.14 534.87 535.30 533.90 534.77 536.61 536.41 51 535.08 536.33 536.68 536.69 536.16 536.54 535.96 534.71 535.13 533.71 534.57 536.37 536.17 52 534.90 536.05 536.39 536.42 535.91 536.29 535.75 534.54 534.95 533.49 534.37 536.11 535.93 F Annex
F-4 Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations EAMP Annexes
Table F.3: Nakai Reservoir surface elevations (meters) (continued)
Week 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 Minimum Maximum Average
1 535.61 530.64 535.12 535.60 535.74 536.38 535.58 529.76 529.76 536.38 534.86 2 535.29 530.46 534.87 535.25 535.39 536.00 535.23 529.59 529.59 536.00 534.56 3 534.96 530.29 534.62 534.95 535.05 535.62 534.92 529.43 529.43 535.62 534.27 4 534.69 530.11 534.36 534.65 534.74 535.28 534.62 529.25 529.25 535.28 533.98 5 534.40 529.92 534.11 534.33 534.38 534.90 534.30 529.19 529.19 534.90 533.68 6 534.02 529.72 533.83 534.00 534.00 534.48 533.97 528.97 528.97 534.48 533.36 7 533.69 529.51 533.48 533.65 533.68 534.07 533.64 528.87 528.87 534.07 533.04 8 533.35 529.28 533.19 533.30 533.35 533.66 533.29 528.79 528.79 533.66 532.72 9 533.01 529.05 532.83 532.96 532.95 533.26 532.94 528.54 528.54 533.26 532.37 10 532.59 528.79 532.45 532.59 532.60 532.85 532.57 528.42 528.42 532.85 532.00 11 532.22 528.53 532.13 532.20 532.24 532.43 532.19 528.30 528.30 532.43 531.63 12 531.82 528.26 531.74 531.80 531.87 532.06 531.79 528.03 528.03 532.06 531.26 13 531.40 527.97 531.40 531.38 531.46 531.61 531.43 527.76 527.76 531.64 530.88 14 531.03 527.69 531.02 531.02 531.04 531.26 531.06 527.53 527.53 531.26 530.50 15 530.56 527.39 530.63 530.56 530.60 530.80 530.62 527.29 527.29 530.80 530.07 16 530.15 527.09 530.14 530.16 530.12 530.39 530.12 527.05 527.05 530.39 529.63 17 529.66 526.77 529.62 529.69 529.64 529.88 529.59 526.81 526.77 529.88 529.15 18 529.14 526.57 529.09 529.14 529.18 529.32 529.06 526.64 526.55 529.32 528.67 19 528.59 526.24 528.55 528.59 528.61 528.74 528.52 526.42 526.18 528.91 528.17 20 527.90 525.92 527.95 527.99 527.98 528.11 527.95 526.20 525.77 528.48 527.61 21 527.15 525.60 527.16 527.35 527.30 527.39 527.18 525.94 525.52 528.03 526.99 22 526.73 525.65 526.75 526.86 526.72 526.86 526.62 526.04 525.65 527.62 526.63 23 526.54 525.85 526.79 526.83 526.50 526.62 526.42 526.43 525.85 527.66 526.63 24 526.31 525.98 526.78 526.81 526.40 526.51 526.24 526.50 525.92 528.17 526.59 25 526.05 526.14 526.79 526.79 526.14 526.14 526.04 526.53 525.66 528.67 526.55 26 525.83 526.02 527.43 526.82 525.85 526.01 525.56 526.66 525.50 529.24 526.52 27 526.64 527.27 530.84 527.30 527.12 527.83 525.85 527.12 525.61 532.18 527.39 28 527.44 528.33 533.23 527.78 528.22 529.33 526.25 527.58 525.63 534.79 528.16 29 528.15 529.28 535.26 528.26 529.20 530.60 526.77 528.03 525.62 537.09 528.88 30 528.80 530.14 537.11 528.72 530.08 531.66 527.39 528.45 525.62 538.00 529.53 31 529.10 531.17 538.00 529.76 531.38 532.90 527.44 529.48 527.18 538.00 530.82 32 529.29 532.15 538.00 530.85 532.60 534.08 527.36 530.53 527.36 538.00 531.99 33 529.50 533.03 538.00 531.89 533.69 535.20 527.28 531.44 527.28 538.00 533.03 34 529.68 533.87 538.00 532.81 534.73 536.27 527.23 532.27 527.23 538.00 533.97 35 530.00 534.41 538.00 533.72 536.27 537.03 527.59 532.81 527.59 538.00 534.71 36 530.44 534.63 538.00 534.60 538.00 537.42 528.41 533.05 528.41 538.00 535.19 37 530.87 534.96 538.00 535.39 538.00 537.77 529.18 533.30 529.18 538.00 535.56 38 531.30 535.28 538.00 536.18 538.00 538.00 529.89 533.53 529.89 538.00 535.89 39 531.66 535.60 537.99 536.85 538.00 538.00 530.51 533.77 530.51 538.00 536.16 40 531.75 535.84 537.91 537.07 538.00 537.95 530.49 533.91 530.49 538.00 536.26 41 531.84 536.07 537.82 537.28 538.00 537.89 530.45 534.06 530.45 538.00 536.35 42 531.96 536.30 537.72 537.48 538.00 537.83 530.52 534.19 530.52 538.00 536.44 43 532.08 536.52 537.67 537.69 538.00 537.80 530.60 534.34 530.60 538.00 536.55 44 532.06 536.53 537.56 537.66 537.99 537.67 530.59 534.38 530.59 537.99 536.51 45 531.97 536.42 537.39 537.53 537.96 537.48 530.54 534.34 530.54 537.96 536.40 46 531.88 536.31 537.23 537.41 537.92 537.27 530.49 534.31 530.49 537.92 536.28 47 531.80 536.20 537.07 537.27 537.89 537.06 530.44 534.27 530.44 537.89 536.17 48 531.67 536.07 536.85 537.10 537.77 536.86 530.37 534.17 530.37 537.77 536.02 49 531.48 535.89 536.63 536.86 537.53 536.62 530.25 533.99 530.25 537.53 535.81 50 531.29 535.73 536.37 536.62 537.29 536.39 530.15 533.79 530.15 537.29 535.59 51 531.11 535.55 536.14 536.36 537.02 536.14 530.03 533.58 530.03 537.02 535.37 52 530.90 535.38 535.93 536.09 536.73 535.89 529.92 533.38 529.92 536.73 535.14 Annex F
Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations F-5 EAMP Annexes
Table F.4: Nakai Dam spills (million m3)
Week 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976
1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 10 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 11 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 12 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 13 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 14 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 16 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 17 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 18 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 19 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 20 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 21 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 22 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 23 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 24 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 26 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 27 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 28 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 29 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 30 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 31 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 32 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 33 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 34 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 35 – – – – – – – – – – 233 – – – 36 – – – – – – – 26.9 – – 558 – – – 37 – – – – – – – 199 – – 562 – – – 38 – – – – 129 – 295 199 – – 562 – – – 39 – – – – 180 – 562 170 29.1 – 485 – – – 40 – – – – 13.1 – 1.46 – 49.5 – – – – – 41 – – – – 16.7 – 1.17 – 49.5 – – – – – 42 – – – – 16.7 – 2.05 – 49.5 28.3 – – – – 43 – – – – 16.7 – 2.31 – 50.3 34.6 – – – – 44 – – – – 5.09 – 1.5 – 13.4 16.7 – – – – 45 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 46 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 47 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 48 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 49 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 50 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 51 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 52 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Annual – – – – 377 – 866 594 241 79.5 2400 – – – F Annex
F-6 Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations EAMP Annexes
Table F.4: Nakai Dam spills (million m3) (continued)
Week 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 9 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 10 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 11 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 12 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 13 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 14 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 16 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 17 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 18 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 19 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 20 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 21 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 22 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 23 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 24 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 26 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 27 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 28 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 29 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 30 – – – – 403 – – – – – – – – – 31 – – – – 391 – – – – – – – – – 32 – – – – 317 – – – – – – – – – 33 – – – – 319 – – – – – – – – – 34 – 393 – – 319 – – – – – – – – – 35 – 363 – – 281 – – – – – – – – – 36 – 159 – 400 225 – – – – – – – – – 37 – 157 – 434 224 – 221 – – – – – – – 38 – 158 – 439 225 – 262 – – – – – – – 39 – 136 – 369 212 – 224 – – – – – – – 40 – – – – 119 – – 31.4 – – – – – – 41 – – – – 119 – – 44.6 – – – – – – 42 – – – – 119 – – 44.6 – – – – – – 43 – – – – 122 – – 44.6 – – – – – – 44 – – – – 34 – – 12.7 – – – – – – 45 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 46 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 47 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 48 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 49 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 50 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 51 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 52 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Annual – 1366 – 1642 3428 – 707 178 – – – – – – Annex F
Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations F-7 EAMP Annexes
Table F.4: Nakai Dam spills (million m3) (continued)
Week 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 Average Maximum Minimum
1 – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – 4 – – – – – – – – – – – – 5 – – – – – – – – – – – – 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – 7 – – – – – – – – – – – – 8 – – – – – – – – – – – – 9 – – – – – – – – – – – – 10 – – – – – – – – – – – – 11 – – – – – – – – – – – – 12 – – – – – – – – – – – – 13 – – – – – – – – – – – – 14 – – – – – – – – – – – – 15 – – – – – – – – – – – – 16 – – – – – – – – – – – – 17 – – – – – – – – – – – – 18 – – – – – – – – – – – – 19 – – – – – – – – – – – – 20 – – – – – – – – – – – – 21 – – – – – – – – – – – – 22 – – – – – – – – – – – – 23 – – – – – – – – – – – – 24 – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 – – – – – – – – – – – – 26 – – – – – – – – – – – – 27 – – – – – – – – – – – – 28 – – – – – – – – – – – – 29 – – – – – – – – – – – – 30 – – – – – – – – – 8.6 403 – 31 – – – 219 – – – – – 13.0 391 – 32 – – – 626 – – – – – 20.1 626 – 33 – – – 626 – – – – – 20.1 626 – 34 – – – 626 – – – – – 28.5 626 – 35 – – – 410 – – – – – 27.4 410 – 36 – – – 118 – 41 – – – 38.0 558 – 37 – – – 118 – 774 – – – 82.5 774 – 38 – – – 118 – 774 36.8 – – 94.3 774 – 39 – – – 101 – 673 137 – – 93.2 673 – 40 – – – – – 53.2 – – – 5.7 119 – 41 – – – – – 53.2 – – – 6.0 119 – 42 – – – – – 53.2 – – – 6.7 119 – 43 – – – – – 53.2 – – – 7.7 122 – 44 – – – – – 16.6 – – – 2.5 34 – 45 – – – – – – – – – – – – 46 – – – – – – – – – – – – 47 – – – – – – – – – – – – 48 – – – – – – – – – – – – 49 – – – – – – – – – – – – 50 – – – – – – – – – – – – 51 – – – – – – – – – – – – 52 – – – – – – – – – – – – Annual – – – 2963 – 2491 174 – – 454 3428 – F Annex
F-8 Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations EAMP Annexes
Figure F.1: Nakai Reservoir operation simulation Figure F.3: Regulating pond inflow and outflow when generating 75% “Weekly Min”: This is an artificicial hydrological year, created by selecting for each week of the year, the driest week over the extended period. secondary energy “Yearly Min”: Driest year on record, recorded hydrologial data for 1998 “Weekly Average”: This is an artificial hydrological year, created by calculating the mean for each week of the year, over the extended period. “Yearly Avg”: An average year, recorded hydrologial data for 1990 “Weekly Max”: This is an artificial hydrological year, created by selecting for each week of the year, the wettest week over the extended period. “Yearly Max”: Wettest year on record, recorded hydrologial data for 1981 (Recording Period for hyrological data: 1953-1999)
Figure F.4: Regulating pond volume when generating 75% secondary energy
Figure F.2: Frequency of annual spills for the Nakai Dam Annex F
Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations F-9 EAMP Annexes
Figure F.5: Regulating pond inflow and outflow when generating 50% sec- Figure F.6: Regulating pond volume when generating 50% secondary ondary energy energy
Figure F.7: Regulating pond inflow and discharge when generating 25% Figure F.8: Regulating pond volume when generating 25% secondary secondary energy energy
Figure F.9: Regulating pond inflow and outflow when generating zero Figure F.10: Regulating pond volume when generating zero secondary secondary energy energy F Annex
F-10 Annex F: Simulated Dam Operations Annex G ------4 -1 -N, 3 G a. These -P, -P, NO 4 a. The model EAMP Annexes EAMP a and dissolved oxygen concentra -N, TP and TN) and inorganic particles. The particle The particles. inorganic and TN) and TP -N, 4 -N, NH -N, 3 water quality component consists of 13 variables which may -N, total phosphorus and total nitrogen) reflect the general require calibration for each new appli new each for calibration require components ecological 4 parameters were calibrated parameters for were the 200-day period and model was the additional 306 days. over validated In this case, simulated nutrient concentrations (PO mode stimulates se�ling and flocculation/deflocculation of up to seven different size classes of particles. The hydrodynamic, water toplankton density altered the vertical distribution of chlorophyll tors, including the quantity were and scenarios Two soils. the of content composition organic the and inundated of the vegetation considered in the study of 1997: A first scenario with a residual ervoirs. It also allows for the identification of the specific hydrody specific the of identification the for allows also It ervoirs. quality. water influence namic processes that NO P, cation through adjustments of several chemical parameters. different Literature biological values for and these parameters are wide, but provided that the process description is correct, many of the parameters can be validated with measured data. validation Such was undertaken a for Prospect Reservoir, Sydney, Aus tralia. Schladow and Hamilton (1997) assigned a range to each of the parameters used in the ecological component of the DYRESM water quality model based on the values found in the literature. The sensitivity of the model to changes in these parameters was determined by individually adjusting parameters to maximum or minimum of their assigned ranges while keeping all other param eters at their assigned means. The effects tem of the and distribution vertical these the mean, the through changes quantified were poral variation in chlorophyll tions over a 200-day period, using data from the Prospect Reser voir. phytoplank by phosphorus of kinetics influenced that Parameters ton, the minimum internal concentrations, the half saturation con impor more the among were rate, uptake maximum the and stant tant determinants of all three measures of chlorophyll resulting oxygen dissolved of distribution vertical the and trations parameters were also important determinants of the mean concen mean the of determinants important also were parameters from photosynthetic oxygen production. Sediment oxygen demand has a significant concentration effect and vertical distribution on of dissolved oxygen. Phy the mean a and rates of phytoplankton growth, respiration and influences mortality the mean concentration of chlorophyll NH to Sediment Nutrient Release of Results Sensitivity Rates The long-term effect on quality water of sediment nutrient release was evaluated on a sensitivity basis. Alternate concentrations of above and below ground biomass were used in the model to gain some understanding of the potential impacts to water quality for within both oxygen, dissolved of concentration The long-term. the and released from the reservoir, will depend on a number of fac which ensures that it is readily transferable to other lakes and res The include up to three algal groups, oxygen BOD, and dissolved four (PO nutrients budget, oxygen dissolved the of components other time step. quality and particle models interact on a daily The temporal and spatial trends in the measured data from Prospect Reservoir.
------a et et al., pre obtained from soil samples. hydrodynamics is free from calibration, Annex G: Water Quality Modelling and Assumptions Quality G: Water Annex Results
he Center for Water Research of the University of Western Australia, in collaboration with Sinclair Knight Metz, made quality predictions in of the the quantitative expected water
and dissolved oxygen concentrations, can be expected to be within be to expected be can concentrations, oxygen dissolved and 25 percent of measured values. based process a combines Quality) Water (DYRESM model 1-D The on a hydrodynamic model with numerical descriptions of phyto plankton production, nutrient cycling, and the oxygen budget and budget oxygen the and cycling, nutrient production, plankton particle dynamics. The tions were determined from measurements of suspended solids. determined from measurements tions were temperature: five-day moving Water average of the average daily voir voir water quality model was based on several assumptions and data input from previous analyses summarized The below. water quality model used is a calculation-based model, used to predict water quality in a number of reservoirs in the world where many of the assumptions initially Character Quality Water the of made “Prediction in available are details have been verified. Further istics of the Proposed Nam Theun Reservoir Basin” by Winters Calibration Calibration of the 1-D model was based on a review lakes of sub-tropical literature and tropical for parameters ecological describing and experience with quality the model water in existing lakes and reservoirs, such as the Prospect Reservoir, North Pine Dam, and Lake Julius, Australia. Main outputs of the model, chlorophyll Below ground carbon biomass: air temperature. Dissolved oxygen: fully mixed and saturated water. in the inflowing Residual above ground biomass in the 65 reservoir: tonnes/ha by April 2000 (scenario A, only prior logging, updated to 60 tonnes/ ha in 2001), and 58 tonnes/ha (scenario B, logging and removal of by communities). vegetation or biomass, residual of percent 40 biomass: carbon ground Above 26 and 23 tonnes/ha. between SMEC. Quality of water coming concentra whose phosphorus, total into and nitrogen total of the exception reservoir: constant with the land. Stream inflows to the impounded area: based on results derived from a daily drainage basin rainfall/run-off model developed by Parameters & Assumptions Parameters Reservoir bathymetry: based on the predicted reservoir volumes and probable surface area. Meteorological data: compiled from a number of climatic stations situated on the Nakai Plateau and at Nakhon Phanom in Thai Assumptions for Developing the Water the Water Developing Assumptions for Model Quality pared in 2000. prepared in 1997, and in “Review of Prediction of Nam Theun 2 Theun Nam of Prediction of “Review in and 1997, in prepared al. 1 Quality”, – Part Numerical Modelling, Water and Reservoir Part 2 – Assessment of by Reservoir Quality, Romero Water T proposed Nakai Reservoir. The development of the Nakai Reser EAMP Annexes
biomass of 65 tonnes/ha, if timber harvest is completed only to the Results of the Water Quality Model stage of removing logs prior to impoundment and a second sce- G nario, involving more extensive clearing prior to filling the reser- Impact of High Flow Relative to Low Flow Decades voir, with a residual biomass of 58 tonnes/ha. In addition, it was assumed that all of the organic material of the Using a ten-year moving average on the monthly inflow data pro- Annex first five cm of soil participates in the mineralization process and vided by EDF, a low and high flow period was selected. The low would be involved in the sediment oxygen demand and nutrient flow period corresponds to January 1986 to December 1995 and the release. This gives, based on data acquired in 1997, an equivalent high flow period, July 1958 to June 1968. of 30 tonnes (C) /ha (using a soil density of 2.37 g cm-3 and a carbon Inflow volumes affect the reservoir storage volume and conse- content of 2.5% by dry weight). quently the water surface level. The depth of radiation penetra- Approximately 47% of this carbon should be consumed in methane tion (and consequently temperature) is a function of the reservoir production (Wetzel, 1983) and another 15-20% of the total should depth. The extent of thermal stratification is similar under both be degraded anaerobically to carbon dioxide (David Hamilton, flow regimes. pers. communication, 1997). This leaves about 35%, or 1037 g of Overall, the water quality of the water discharged through the carbon requiring oxygen for mineralization. Using the previously Power Station is affected by seasonal variations in inflow volumes. referenced stoichiometric ratio, the oxygen demand is thus 2764 g Total phosphorus concentrations tend to be higher in the high flow per square meter. Assuming the oxygen demand is spread over 15 period (5-10 µg/l) with concentrations similar in la�er years for years, gives a daily demand of 0.5 g/m2/day. This estimate is con- both periods. Chlorophyll a concentrations in water discharged sistent with reported values for lake sediments that are relatively through the Power Station tend to be higher in the low flow period low in organic and nutrient content (Snodgrass, 1987; Hamilton et for the 10-year period. These concentrations reach a maximum of al., 1995). Given typical ratios for carbon, nitrogen and phospho- 20 µg/l and average in the order of 10 µg/l throughout the 10-year rus measured at the Project site in 1997, the corresponding rates of period. Slightly lesser concentrations of chlorophyll a are found nutrient release can be calculated. in the high flow period. Ammonia concentrations are higher in The following values represent upper limits for the effects of the high flow period (15-20 µg/l) than in the low flow period (10 below-ground biomass in the Nakai Reservoir: µg/l) for the first five years with concentrations stabilizing for the remainder of the ten-year period. A similar trend occurs for total • Oxygen demand, 0.5 g/m2/day, nitrogen. Under a four turbine configuration, dissolved oxygen • Phosphorus release, 0.1 mg/m2/day, concentrations are less in the first year during the low flow period • Nitrogen release, 1.0 mg/m2/day. than during the high flow period. The dissolved oxygen concen- The base sediment oxygen demand and nutrient release param- tration is approximately 3 mg/l for a period of 30 days. Overall, eters discussed above were increased to the following values: water discharged through the Power Station has dissolved oxy- • Oxygen demand, 5.0 g/m2/day, gen concentrations that are low in the first year of operation when • Phosphorus release, 1.0 mg/m2/day, inflow to the reservoir is low. Nitrate concentrations in the dis- • Nitrogen release, 10.0 mg/m2/day. charge waters during the high flow period for the first three years These increases by ten fold e.g. from 34 tons of Carbon to 340 tons will be slightly greater than that predicted for the low flow period. of Carbon were used to determine the effects of large amounts of Dissolved Reactive Phosphorous concentrations in the high flow below ground biomass. Similar increases were also used for nitro- period are higher (5-10 µg/l) for the first 1.5 years than those in gen and phosphorus. the low flow period, then concentrations are similar for both flow regimes. The simulated water quality results were found to be sensitive to ascribed sediment release rates. Increased sediment nutrient The volume of inflow affects the frequency of dam spills. Simu- release rates of an order of magnitude greater than that estimated lation results derived for the four turbine configuration indicates to be present in the impoundment significantly lowered the dis- that the variations in water quality of dam spills between high solved oxygen concentrations in the reservoir. and low flow periods is negligible with dam spills occurring more o�en during high flow periods. Anoxic conditions in the near surface layers were found to occur infrequently for short durations during the rainy season under a Three Dimensional Simulations of Circulation low sediment release scenario. This is in contrast to the high sedi- Patterns ment release scenario, which shows extended durations of limited dissolved oxygen concentrations through depth in the rainy sea- Three-dimensional simulations of the circulation pa�erns resulting son. Increased phosphorus and nitrogen sediment release rates are from wind stress and large inflows were conducted. Wind forcing also shown to increase the production of chlorophyll a during the was found to be ineffective at transporting deep, relatively poor onset of the rainy season. quality water toward the power intake, in agreement with Winters At the exception of dissolved oxygen concentrations, other param- et al. (1997). Advective transport to the power intake is dominated eters of quality of water discharged through the power station is by flows through deep channels and sub-basins. Large inflows to relatively unaffected by the increased sediment nutrient release the upstream basin should flow directly to the Power Intake. This rates. Under base-case four turbine, high discharge conditions, result further emphasizes the importance of effective basin man- the dissolved oxygen concentration of discharged water varies agement, as this will ultimately determine the characteristics of the between 5 and 9 mg/l with an average of 7 mg/l. Increased sedi- inflowing waters.
ment nutrient release rates reduce the average dissolved oxygen Maximum dissolved phosphorus (PO4-P) concentrations occurred concentration of discharged water to approximately 5 mg/l with in the bo�om waters (0.1-0.2 mg/l) during the first several years significant seasonal fluctuations from 2 mg/l to 9 mg/l. The water when sediment release rates were high from the mineralization
quality of the dam spills and environmental releases show similar of the inundated terrestrial biomass. Otherwise (PO4-P) concen- dissolved oxygen concentration trends to those predicted for water trations ranged from 0.03 mg/l during high inflows to 0.005 mg/l
discharged through the Power Station. when the reservoir is stratified. Concentrations of PO4-P decreased
G-2 Annex G: Water Quality Modelling Assumptions EAMP Annexes
rapidly in the surface waters because of the uptake by phytoplank- Increased Periods of Anoxic Conditions in the Annex ton. Nakai Reservoir Total phosphorus concentrations of the bo�om waters were high An increased period of anoxic conditions in the Nakai Reservoir during the first several years because of the elevated PO4-P sedi-
than what is predicted in the water quality model should lead to G ment release rates. Total phosphorus also increased in winter enhanced sediment nutrient releases and potential increases in during high inflows when riverine concentrations increased. Con- phytoplankton production in surface waters. There is also the pos- centrations decreased therea�er from se�ling because most of the sibility that upon overturn, low levels of dissolved oxygen may riverine total phosphorus enters the reservoir as particulates. occur in surface waters, leading to possible fish kill. This phenom- Seasonal variations of NO3-N are caused predominately by inputs enon is rarely reported in the literature for large lakes, probably from high inflows when reservoir concentrations of approximately because in such lakes there are a sufficient number of refugia 0.1 mg/l nitrogen are similar to riverine concentrations (0.1 mg/l available for fish to escape to, should low oxygen concentrations nitrogen). Algal uptake reduces NO3-N concentrations in the sur- be present. Fish would generally avoid these anoxic waters at the face waters while at mid-depths, nitrification of NH4-N occurs surface. If low levels of dissolved oxygen should occur, it would throughout the water column. A mid-depth maximum developed likely be only for several days. Re-aeration of surface waters by during stratification because of low phytoplankton uptake at the wind mixing is likely to occur rapidly. middle depths. A trend of lower NO3-N concentrations over the ten-year simulation results because of the decrease in NH4-N and Changes in Surface Water Temperatures hence a lower source of ammonium for nitrification to NO -N. 3 There is the possibility that surface water temperatures may be Clearly, the mineralisation of inundated organic ma�er yields quite several degrees higher or lower than that predicted by the water large sediment NH4-N fluxes resulting in concentrations in excess quality model. Higher surface water temperatures will increase of 0.5 mg/l during periods of prolonged thermal stratification in algal productivity, which in turn may increase fisheries produc- the very bo�om waters. A�er the initial years, maximum NH4-N tion. Additionally, turnover rates of dissolved nutrients should was approximately 0.01-0.05 mg/l at depth during prolonged strat- increase as well as increased bacterial decomposition of the organic ification and <0.01 mg/l in the surface waters. fraction within the water column. Water will be at a temperature The maximum concentrations of total nitrogen occurred in the bot- close to the one of the riverine lowland ecosystems, where it will be released. Lower water temperatures may result in a decrease in tom 5 m of the water column because of the high NH4-N a�ained during this period. Otherwise, similar to total phosphorus, the both bacterial activity and algal production in the reservoir. They maximum total nitrogen concentrations occurred during rising may impact upon the aquatic ecology of the Xe Bang Fai, though lake level from riverine-derived loading with concentrations of it is expected that the water temperatures should equilibrate with ca. 0.2 mg/l. Conversely, minimum values of total nitrogen were local air temperatures rapidly. present during the dry season with values on the order of 0.05 mg/ The estimated temperature of the reservoir water ranges from 18°C l. Similar to total phosphorus concentrations in the surface waters, in the dry season to approximately 20°C-25°C from the hypolim- total nitrogen concentrations were low during thermal stratifica- nion and 30°C from the surface waters in the wet season (Winters tion (<0.05 mg/l nitrogen) because of algal uptake of dissolved con- et al., 1997). This water will be diverted to the Xe Bang Fai, whose centrations and se�ling of the particulates. temperature ranges from 21°C to 32°C. The difference in tempera- ture between the reservoir water and the water in the Xe Bang Fai Algal Growth will be reduced by warming in the Regulating Pond and in the 27 km Downstream Channel to the Xe Bang Fai. The retention time The 2000 modelling study simulated three algal groups. The three of the diverted water from the Power Station to the confluence of groups had the broad ecological characteristics of blue-green the Nam Phit with the Xe Bang Fai is approximately six hours. The algae, green algae and diatoms of temperate regions. The water average monthly air temperatures on the Gnommalat Plain range quality coefficients of the blue-green algae were set for optimal from 22°C to 32°C. conditions at high temperatures, low nitrogen concentrations and high phosphorus concentrations whereas diatoms were config- In the dry season, the temperature difference between the diverted ured optimally for cooler temperatures with high nitrogen concen- water and the water in the Xe Bang Fai is expected to be no greater trations. Thus, during the initial several years when nutrients were than 3.5°C. In the wet season, the differential will be less, and will high, both green algae and diatoms bloomed. However, nitrogen be buffered by the equal or greater quantities of water in the Xe limitation and high temperature adaptation favoured blue-green Bang Fai. Because of this, sudden temperature changes in the Xe algal dominance with peak summer biomass of ca. 10 µg-chloro- Bang Fai are not expected during the wet season. In the dry season, phyll a/l and minimum winter biomass of ca. 1 µg-chlorophyll a/l. the Xe Bang Fai flow will be mostly comprised of the discharged This is not to say a priori that blue-green algal blooms will occur water and it will largely take on the characteristics of the water dis- in the Nakai Reservoir, as undoubtedly the local species of dia- charged through the Downstream Channel to the Xe Bang Fai. The toms, green algae and other algal groups in the Project catchment water releases and spills from the Nakai Dam into the Nam Theun are likely to adapt to high temperatures. However, if nitrogen is will be of a similar temperature to the receiving water. the limiting nutrient, blue-green algae may be dominant during Summary of Water Quality Predictions the summer months when river inputs of nitrogen are low. The results of this study were relatively insensitive to: i) the different In conclusion, the water quality predictions are: discharge schedules for different power station configurations; • The Nakai Reservoir is likely to thermally stratify each year and ii) relatively high-inflow versus low-inflow decades, and are from late spring to autumn, and following the rainy season in agreement with Winters et al. (1997). The results were sensitive, should be nearly homogenous and cool. however, to the assumed sediment and nutrient characteristics of • Periodic episodes of anoxia are likely to occur, typically lasting the inflows as found by Winters et al. (1997). Nutrient levels during one to three months at the end of the dry season. The ther- the wet season, particulates and algal biomass was predicted to be mal stratification will be driven by light absorption of river- higher than baseline predictions. ine introduced suspended solids into the surface waters of the
Annex G: Water Quality Modelling Assumptions G-3 EAMP Annexes
reservoir, increasing the thermal stability of the surface layer. trations, less that 5 mg/l may occur occasionally a�er the initial Anoxic conditions will likely occur only in the lower 6-8 m of several years period of high decomposition rates. G the reservoir, below the level of withdrawal. • Outflows should have seasonally high particulate concentra- • During the initial several years a�er dam construction, high tions during peak flows in the wet season. Further, environ- decomposition rates of inundated biomass is likely to lead to mental releases from the surface of the reservoir should have
Annex low dissolved oxygen concentrations of approximately 2-3 a strong interannual signal, dependent upon the magnitude of mg/l. However, seasonal minimum dissolved oxygen concen- peak flow events.
G-4 Annex G: Water Quality Modelling Assumptions Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex H: Forest & Vegetation Types
ollowing annex describes the characteristics of the various The dry Dipterocarp forest type also shares the majority of its forest types and habitats found within the areas affected by dominant understorey species with the mixed deciduous and Fthe Project. Thier extent and distribution is indicated in Fig- broadleaf/coniferous forest types. Virtually no difference in the ure H.1. understorey array was found between the upper and lower inter- grades of the dry Dipterocarp forest, the mixed deciduous forest Dry Evergreen Forest: small pockets of dry evergreen forest are and the dry evergreen forest types. found at upper elevations of the Nakai Plateau. These forests are made up of non-deciduous species, usually bounded by coniferous On the lowland plains, dry Dipterocarp forests occur in open Annex or conifer/broadleaf formations. The understorey is dominated by stands, usually in areas with shallow soils. Tree diameters are ferns and palms, including ra�an. The small areas of forest tend to comparatively small and tree crowns do not spread out widely. follow local hollows and drainage lines on fertile soils with good If the crown cover is less than twenty percent and the stand is not H moisture retention capacity or near sub-surface springs. Their pre- “disturbed”, this forest type could be classified as savannah. The dominant feature is the presence of Dipterocarpus alatus and other height of these forests varies from 8 to 25 m. Characteristic species tall trees emerging from a multiple layered canopy. Other char- on the lowland plains are fire tolerant, with thick bark, and include acteristic tree species are Hopea spp., Pterocarpus sp., Dipterocarpus Dipterocarpus intricatus, Shorea obtusa, Dipterocarpus obtusifolius, Ter- alatus, Lagerstroemia spp. and Anisoptera spp. minalia tomentosa and Shorea siamensis. Dry evergreen forests appear to have been logged selectively for Broadleaf/Coniferous Forest: broadleaf/coniferous forests are the valuable hardwood. Closed canopy areas of the ecotype are rare second most prominent forest type in the reservoir area and sur- outside of the NNT NBCA, but can be found on river tributaries rounding hills. They are found on acidic soils with fair to good up to the eastern dividing hills, in the Nam Malou Basin, opposite fertility. Pterocarpus macrocarpus is prominent, with Dipterocarpus the Nam Malou basin on the western facing Nakai Plateau escarp- alatus and Dipterocarpus obtusifolius. In some areas, Pinus la�eri ment, and in small areas near the dam site. Relatively good soils becomes a dominant species with over half of the trees in the for- and higher moisture content make dry evergreen forests favoured est being of this species. Other well-represented species include sites for shi�ing cultivation. Pometia, Schima sp. and Keetalaria evelyana is sca�ered throughout the forests, but is fairly scarce. The valuable hardwoods Dalbergia Mixed Deciduous Forest: mixed deciduous forests are commonly cochinchinensis and Xylia kerii have been harvested from broadleaf/ found in the inundation zone and fringing uplands of the Nakai coniferous forests in the Project area. Plateau. These forests are generally on drier soils. Dominant spe- It is likely that the mixed deciduous and broadleaf/coniferous cies include Dipterocarpus alatus, Lagerstroemia floribunda, Pometia forest types offer a continuum of habitats for both arboreal and pinnata, Schima moronhae, Storeospermum fimbriatum and Cratoxylon ground dwelling animals and that wildlife movement between dif- prunifolium. High-value hardwoods including Pterocarpus are also ferent forests (lowland, escarpment, and the Nakai Plateau) would present, along with Keetelaria evelyana, and sca�ered Pinus la�eri. Many of the trees in these forests have been selectively harvested, be unrestricted by floristics or structure of the understorey. In the though extensive areas in good to excellent condition remain at same way, the similarity between the understorey arrays of the upper elevations on both sides of the proposed reservoir. mixed deciduous and broadleaf/coniferous forest types and the lowland and highland Dipterocarp forests is suggestive of a high In lowland and hilly areas Afzelia xylocarpa, Xylia kerrii, Peltophorum degree of continuity of ground level habitat. dasyrachis, Pterocarpus macrocarpus and species of the Lagerstroemia In areas of mixed deciduous and broadleaf/coniferous forest types, and Vatica genera also frequently occur. About 85% of tree species however, there is a tendency for these forests to be dominated by shed their leaves in the dry period. Cyperus and Cymbopogon. This creates a significantly different All transition zones between the mixed deciduous and broad- grassy community and a potential discontinuity of habitat types. leaf/coniferous forest types have significant understorey elements Another discontinuity between forest types occurs between ever- in common. The highest degree of similarity occurs between the green forests and surrounding mixed deciduous and broadleaf/ Nakai Plateau and the escarpment boundaries, where 50% of the coniferous forests, where the fern and palm dominated understo- dominant understorey species are the same (Crypsinus, Salacca, rey is most likely to favour ground dwelling reptiles and amphib- Dalbergia, Abrus, Pteris and Wendlandia). The tall fibrous grass, Cym- ians adapted to the particularly dark, wet and humic environment bopogon, is represented as a major understorey type in all mixed of the understorey. deciduous and broadleaf/coniferous forest intergrades. Many of Coniferous Forest: coniferous forests are found on sandy acidic the understorey species increase in prominence with disturbance soils of poor fertility throughout the inundation zone and in areas to the tree canopy. adjacent to the eastern and western sides of the proposed reservoir Dry Dipterocarp Forest: dry Dipterocarp forests comprise only area. These forests are strongly dominated by Pinus la�eri, with about two percent of the total area of the inundation zone. They a complement of other species including Dipterocarpus obtusifo- are located on deep drying soils of poor fertility and display a lius, and the rare and distinctive conifer Keetalaria evelyana. Most semi-open canopy structure. The dry Dipterocarp forests are more of these conifer forests have been intensively logged. Several old- common on the hills surrounding the Nakai Plateau and at lower growth stands remain outside the reservoir area. elevations in the NNT NBCA. This ecotype is comprised princi- Lowland Riverine Forest: lowland riverine forests are located pally of twelve species dominated by Dipterocarps, primarily Dip- adjacent to the Nam Theun and to a lesser extent along its tributar- terocarpus obtusifolius and Dipterocarpus alatus. These two species ies, mostly along low velocity reaches of the river channel where account for up to 90% of the trees in these forests. the banks are not eroded and are not much higher than the river
HH --1 1 EAMP Annexes H Annex
Figure H.1: Forest types within an surrounding the Project affected area
H-2 Annex H: Forest & Vegetation Types EAMP Annexes
surface. These areas are subject to seasonal flooding and have a human impact and alteration of lowland ecosystems. Savannah is distinctive character. They are limited in extent but are especially o�en associated with riverine or swampy area fringes where fre- valuable as wildlife habitats. quent flooding plays a role in preventing the establishment of a Riparian Gallery Forest: riparian gallery forests also occur adja- forest. These areas are also a vital component of the lowland wild- cent to rivers and tributaries, but are found in areas where the life habitat complex. channel is significantly deeper than the river banks and where the Grassland: natural or anthropogenic grasslands are found in low- natural topography places the river surface well below its banks. Since these forests are much less susceptible to flooding, they are lying areas of the inundation zone, o�en associated with swamps different in composition from the lowland riverine forests. or seasonal wetlands and savannah. The mosaic forms an impor- Open Woodland Forest: open woodland forests o�en occur as a tant ecosystem for wildlife and aquatic species. result of human activity, such as where slash and burn agriculture Wetland: wetlands comprise nearly ten percent of the total area of has been practiced. Regeneration is impeded by the destruction the Nakai Plateau. The wetlands are of two types – permanent and of viable seed stock and further retarded by burning and grazing. seasonal. Permanent wetlands are swamps and ponds whereas Annex These forests are also impacted by seasonal flooding, intensive log- seasonal wetlands take on water during floods, but are subject to ging and fuel wood collection. While sparsely covered, the open wet-dry cycles. Wetland depressions are generally associated with woodlands are an important component of optimal wildlife habi-
fringing grasslands and savannah. H tat. Many have an understorey of grasses and other types of veg- etation that are valuable forage for ruminants and ungulates, and Unstocked Forest & Regrowth: These are previously forested habitat for prey of larger predators. areas in which crown cover density has been reduced to less than Savannah: savannah is comprised of shrubby vegetation (devoid 20% due to logging, shi�ing cultivation or other severe distur- or nearly devoid of trees) occurring naturally or resulting from bance. Crown cover is o�en less than ten percent.
Annex H: Forest & Vegetation Types H-3 EAMP Annexes H Annex
H-4 Annex H: Forest & Vegetation Types Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species of the NNT Area
his annex lists all species of mammals and birds that have Francis, C.M., A. Guillén and M. F. Robinson 1999b. Order Chiri- been found either certainly or provisionally, on the Nakai optera: bats. Pp. 225-235 in Duckworth et al. (q.v.). Plateau and in the NNT NBCA. Many more species are T Ounekham, K. and S. Inthapatha, 2003. Important Bird Areas in Lao likely to occur, but there is insufficient local ecological informa- PDR. Vientiane: DoF/BirdLife International/WCS. tion available for many of those recorded in adjacent parts of Lao PDR to predict whether or not they would be likely to occur on the Robichaud, W. and Stuart, B. L. 1999. Summary of Saola, herpeto- plateau and/or in the NBCA. logical and wildlife trade studies in Nakai--Nam Theun NBCA and the proposed Nam Theun Extension. Unpublished WCS report to IUCN. List of Species (Code R) Robinson, M. F., Jenkins, P. D., Francis, C. M. and Fulford, A. The list of species is based on the following references, assigned a J. C. 2003. A new species of the Hipposideros pra�i group (Chiroptera, single-le�er code for use in the table indicating presence in Nakai- Hipposideridae) from Lao PDR and Vietnam. Acta chiropodologica 5: -Nam Theun NBCA (NNT) or the Nakai Plateau (NP). One source 31-48. (Code F) only is cited for each site; provisional identifications are bracketed Thewlis, R. M., Timmins, R. J., Evans, T. D. and Duckworth, J. W. [...]. Absence of a sign means merely that not confirmed or pro- 1998. The conservation status of birds in Laos: a review of key species. visional record has been traced; it does not imply absence of the Bird Conservation International 8 (suppl.): 1-159. (Code H) species from the site.: Various amendments were made to the iden- tifications in these references in Duckworth et al (1999), mostly at Timmins, R. J. 1996. Investigations of the proposed western corridor the instigation of the individual authors. All these corrections have and the potential island areas within the Nam Theun II hydroelectric Annex been incorporated here without specific referencing. In addition, project inundation area. Typescript held at WCS Lao Program office. some identifications in some of the reports below, mainly from (These records were incorporated into WCS 1996a but with loss short-term visitors, have been made provisional or, occasionally, of detail of locality, hence reference to the typescript is also neces- deleted entirely. Names of species not certainly recorded from sary). (Code T) I either NNT or NP are bracketed [...]: Timmins, R. J., Evans, T. D., Khounboline, K. and Sisomphone, Boonratana, R. 1998. Nakai – Nam Theun Conservation Project [Phase C. 1998. Status and conservation of the Giant Muntjac Megamuntiacus 2]: Wildlife Monitoring Techniques and Participatory Conservation at vuquangensis and notes on other muntjac species in Laos. Oryx 32: 59- Nakai- Nam Theun NBCA. Vientiane: IUCN/WCS. (Code Z) 67. (Code K) Boonratana, R. 2001. Training and Capacity Building in the Field Tech- WCS, 1996a. Additional Surveys and Recommendations on Birds and niques of Wildlife Conservation and Management in the Nakai – Nam Mammals for the Nam Theun 2 Hydropower Project. Vientiane, Lao Theun NBCA, Lao PDR. Thakhek: DUDCP. (Code M) PDR: Wildlife Conservation Society. (Code W) Delacour, J. 1929. On the birds collected during the fourth expedition to WCS, 1996b. Survey of Nocturnal Mammals in and Near the Nakai– French Indo-china. Ibis (12) 5: 193-220, 403-429. (Code Q) Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Central Lao PDR, with Notes on Other Wildlife Observed and Recommendations for Man- Duckworth, J. W. 1998. A survey of large mammals in the central agement of the Area. Vientiane, Lao PDR: Wildlife Conservation Annamite mountains of Laos. Zeitschri� für Säugetierkunde 63: 239- Society and Department of Forestry – Centre for Protected Areas- 250. (Code L) and Watershed Management. (Code C) Duckworth, J. W., Tizard, R. J., Timmins, R. J., Thewlis, R. M., WCS, 1997. Environmental and Social Action Plan for Nakai – Nam Robichaud, W. G. and Evans, T. D. 1998. Bird records from Laos, Theun Catchment & Corridor Areas: Report of the Wildlife Survey. New October 1994-August 1995. Forktail 13: 33-68 (including errata sheet York, U.S.A.: Wildlife Conservation Society. (Code S) distributed with Forktail 14). (Code D) Some unpublished observations from J. W. Duckworth and T. D. Duckworth, J.W., R.E. Salter, and K. Khounboline, 1999. Wildlife Evans in 1999 are assigned Code J, and those from K. Khounboline in the Lao PDR: 1999 Status Report. Vientiane, Lao PDR: IUCN/ in 2000-2003 are assigned code B. WCS/CPAWM. The species lists in two internal reports have been superseded by Evans, T.D. and Timmins, R.J. 1998. Records of birds from Laos dur- those in journal papers, which reviewed, corrected and extended ing January-July 1994. Forktail 13: 69-96. (Code V) all such information. In all discrepancies between sources the later Evans, T.D., Duckworth, J.W. and Timmins, R.J. 2000. Field obser- (journal paper) source should be followed, not the internal report. vations of larger mammals in Laos, 1994-1995. Mammalia 64: 55-100. The reports are: (Code E) Timmins, R.J., and T.D. Evans, 1996. A Wildlife and Habitat Survey Francis, C.M. 1999. Order Rodentia, Family Muridae. Pp. 237-240 in of Nakai – Nam Theun National Biodiversity Conservation Area, Kham- Duckworth et al. (q.v.). mouane and Bolikhamsai Provinces, Lao PDR. Vientiane: CPAWM/ Francis, C. M., Khounboline, K. and Aspey, N. 1996. Report on WCS (see Evans and Timmins 1998 for birds, Evans et al. 2000 for 1996 survey of bats and small mammals in the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA mammals). and nearby areas. Vientiane: unpublished report to WCS. (Code F) WCS, 1995. A Preliminary Wildlife and Habitat Assessment of the Nam Francis, C.M., Kock, D. and Habersetzer, J. 1999a. Sibling species of Theun 2 Hydropower Project Area. Vientiane: WCS report to the com- Hipposideros ridleyi (Mammalia, Chiroptera, Hipposideridae). Sencken- mi�ee for Planning and Cooperation of the Government of the Lao bergiana biologica 79: 255-270. (Code F) PDR and the Project Development Group for Nam Theun 2 Hydro-
H -I-1 1 EAMP Annexes
power Project (see Duckworth et al. 1998 for birds, Evans et al. 2000 Geissmann, T. 1995. Gibbon systematics and identification. Interna- for mammals). tional Zoo News 42: 467-501. (assignment of ‘siki’ to Hylobates Additonally, the mammal records in WCS (1996b) are superseded leucogenys rather than to H. gabriellae) by those in Duckworth (1998), although the bird records remain Giao, P.M., Do Tuoc, V.V. Dung, E.D. Wikramanakyake, G. unpublished. Amato, P. Arctander, and J.R. MacKinnon, 1998. Description of Muntiacus truongsonensis , a New Species of Muntjac (Artiodactyla: Systematics and Nomenclature Muntiacidae) from Central Vietnam, and Implications for Conservation. Animal Conservation 1: 61-68. These lists do not intend to follow the most recent view ofsystem- atics and nomenclature, because these fields are ever evolving and Groves, C. P., Schaller, G. B., Amato, G. and Khounboline, K. repeated change in the names applied to species causes confusion 1997. Rediscovery of the wild pig Sus bucculentus. Nature, London among non-taxonomists. Hence, departures from the standard 386: 335. (for Sus bucculentus) sources are only made when new information has shown that they McKenna, M. C. & Bell, S. K. 1997. Classification of mammals above were clearly erroneous. the species level. Columbia University Press, New York, USA. (for Muntiacus vuquangensis only) Systematics and nomenclature for birds Meijaard, E. and Groves, C.P. 2004. A taxonomic revision of the Inskipp, T., N. Lindsey, and W. Duckworth, 1996. An Annotated Tragulus mouse-deer (Artiodactyla). Zoological Journal of the Lin- Checklist of the Birds of the Oriental Region. Bedfordshire, UK: Ori- nean Society 140: 63-102. (for Tragulus spp.) ental Bird Club. Robinson, M. F., Jenkins, P. D., Francis, C. M. and Fulford, A. with modifications following: J. C. 2003. A new species of the Hipposideros pra�i group (Chiroptera, Martens, J. and Eck, S. 1995. Towards and ornithology of the Himala- Hipposideridae) from Lao PDR and Vietnam. Acta chiropodologica 5: yas: systematics, ecology and vocalisations of Nepal birds. Bonner Zool- 31-48. (for H. scutinares) ogische Monographien 38 (for Phylloscopus yunnanensis only). Vu Van Dung, Pham Mong Giao, Nguyen Ngoc Chinh, Do Tuoc, Martens, J, Eck, S., Päckert, M. and Sun, Y.-H. 1999. The golden-spec- Arctander, P. & MacKinnon, J. 1993. A new species of living bovid tacled warbler Seicercus burkii--a species swarm (Aves: Passeriformes:
I from Vietnam. Nature 363: 443-445. (for Pseudoryx nghetinhensis) Sylviidae). Zoologische Abhandlungen Staatliches Museum für Tierkunde Dresden 50: 281-327 (for Seicercus burkii and allies). Walston, J. L. and Veron, G. 2001. Questionable status of the “Tayn- guyen Civet,” Viverra tainguensis Sokolov, Rozhnov, and Pham Trong Anh, 1997 (Mammalia: Carnivora: Viverridae). Zietschri� für Säuge- Annex Systematics and nomenclature for mammals tierkunde 66, 181-184. Corbet, G.B. and Hill, J.E., 1992. Mammals of the Indomalayan Region: a systematic review. London and Oxford, U.K.: Natural His- tory Museum Publications and Oxford University Press. Habitat and Other Information with modifications following: Habitat and other information is based, where possible on infor- Averianov, A. O., Abramov, A. V. & Tikhonov, A. N. 2000. A new mation specific to Lao, upon: species of Nesolagus (Lagomorpha, Leporidae) from Vietnam with osteo- Duckworth, J.W., Salter, R.E. and Khounboline, K. (compilers), logical description. Contributions from the Zoological Institute, St. 1999. Wildlife in Lao PDR: 1999 Status Report. Vientiane: IUCN – The Petersburg 3: 1-22. World Conservation Union/Wildlife Conservation Society/Center Do Tuoc, Vu Van Dung, Dawson, S., Arctander, P. & MacKinnon, for Protected Areas and Watershed Management J. 1994. [Introduction of a new large mammal species in Vietnam]. Forest Lekagul, B., and J. A. McNeely, 1977. Mammals of Thailand. Bang- Inventory and Planning Institute (Science and Technology News, kok: Association for the Conservation of Wildlife. 4-13 March), Hanoi. (In Vietnamese.) (for Muntiacus vuquangen- sis) Parr, J., 2003. Mammals of Thailand. Bangkok: Sarakadee Press. Francis, C.M. 1999. Order Rodentia, Family Muridae. Pp. 237-240 in Robson, C., 2000. A Field Guide to the Birds of Thailand and Southeast Duckworth et al. (q.v.). Asia. Bangkok: Asia Books Co., Ltd. Francis, C.M., Kock, D. and Habersetzer, J. 1999. Sibling species of Species presumed to be of regular occurrence and that are exclu- Hipposideros ridleyi (Mammalia, Chiroptera, Hipposideridae). Sencken- sively or predominantly from the Nakai Plateau are indicated with bergiana biologica 79: 255-270. (for H. rotalis) an asterisk (*).
I
I -2- 2 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Table I.1: Mammal species recorded (confirmed or provisional) in the Nakai – Nam Theun Area (for large mammals, a few species not yet recorded but which seem likely to occur have been included).
Mammal Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
MANIDAE Manis pentadactyla Chinese pangolin E Evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, mainly or entirely in hills and mountains in Lao Manis javanica Sunda pangolin* [M] E Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, agriculture;, mainly lowlands and low hills TUPAIIDAE Tupaia belangeri Northern treeshrew E E Evergreen and mixed deciduous forests, secondary growth, low bush areas CYNOCEPHALIDAE Cynocephalus variegatus Sunda colugo R Evergreen forest, probably mainly in climatically wet areas in Lao PTEROPODIDAE Megaerops niphanae Northern tailless fruit bat F Dense forest and open areas Macroglossus sobrinus Hill long-tongued fruit bat F Evergreen forest RHINOLOPHIDAE [Rhinolophus luctus] [Large woolly horseshoe bat] [F] Roosts in caves or hollow trees Rhinolophus paradoxolophus Bourret’s horseshoe bat F Mixed dry deciduous close to plains Rhinolophus pearsonii Pearson’s horseshoe bat F Roosts in caves, no habitat listed Rhinolophus malayanus Malayan horseshoe bat F Roosts in caves, no habitat listed Rhinolophus thomasi Thomas’s horseshoe bat F Roosts in caves, no habitat listed Annex Rhinolophus affinis Intermediate horseshoe bat F F Roosts in caves and hollow trees, no habitat listed Rhinolophus sp. A Unresolved taxon additional F F to the above I HIPPOSIDERIDAE Hipposideros pomona Roundleaf bat F F Roosts in caves and hollow trees, no habitat listed Hipposideros cf. H. larvatus sp. A Unresolved taxon F F Hipposideros cf. H. larvatus sp. B Unresolved taxon F Hipposideros cineraceus Least roundleaf bat F May roost mainly in caves, no habitat listed Hipposideros rotalis F Mixed evergreen and deciduous dipterocarp forest; presumed to roost in caves Hipposideros scutinares F Roosts in caves; listed as H. lylei in Francis et al. (1996) Hipposideros armiger Great roundleaf bat F Roosts in caves, no habitat listed Aselliscus stoliczkanus Stoliczka’s trident bat F Limestone, roosts in limestone caves VESPERTILIONIDAE Myotis annectans Hairy-faced myotis F No habitat listed Myotis montivagus Large brown myotis F Mid altitude forest and open clearings, no forest type listed Myotis horsfieldii Horsfield’s myotis F Roosts in crevices and in caves, no forest type listed Myotis ricketti Rickett’s large-footed myotis F Roosts in crevices and in caves, no forest type listed Myotis sp. A Unresolved taxon additional F F to the above Myotis sp. D Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Myotis sp. E Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Eptesicus serotinus Serotine F Hill forests over El 1000 m, roosts in buildings, caves or hollow trees Tylonycteris pachypus Lesser flat-headed bat F Roosts in bamboo Pipistrellus tenuis Pygmy pipistrelle Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, roosts in walls, hollow trees, under bark, or in bamboo Pipistrellus sp. B Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Pipistrellus sp. C Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Pipistrellus sp. D Unresolved taxon additional F to the above
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-3 3 EAMP Annexes
Mammal Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Pipistrellus sp. E Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Miniopterus schreibersii Common bent-winged bat F F Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, often roosts in large caves with a subterranean water, found in mountainous forested areas Miniopterus sp. A Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Murina tubinaris Tube-nosed bat F Primary and disturbed forest Murina huttonii Hutton’s tube-nosed bat F Agriculture, savanna, hill forest [Murina cyclotis] [Round-eared tube-nosed [F] [F] Primary and disturbed forest bat] Murina sp. B Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Murina sp. C Unresolved taxon additional F to the above Kerivoula hardwickii Hardwicke’s woolly bat F F Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest Phoniscus jagorii Greater groove-toothed bat F F Forest understory LORIDAE Nycticebus coucang Slow loris E E Primary and secondary evergreen and semi-evergreen forests, and in groves of bamboo and streamside forests amid other habitats Nycticebus pygmaeus Pygmy loris E Evergreen forest I CERCOPITHECIDAE Macaca fascicularis Pig-tailed macaque E E Evergreen forest and derivatives, mainly in lowlands and low hills, locally in mountains Annex Macaca assamensis Assamese macaque E T Evergreen forest in hill and mountainous areas, limestone karst Macaca mulatta Rhesus macaque* R E Secondary and edge forest, often near cultivation and/or large rivers
Macaca arctoides Bear macaque E Evergreen forest and derivatives, mainly in hills and mountains Semnopithecus francoisi François’s langur R Forest associated with large outcrops of rock; S. f. hatinhensis certainly occurs within NNT, and S. f. laotum (sometimes considered a separate species) might occur on the margins of the plateau. [Semnopithecus phayrei] [Phayre’s langur] [L] Evergreen forest and derivatives; strangely scarce in the area Pygathrix nemaeus Douc E E Evergreen forest, mainly at mid altitudes HYLOBATIDAE Hylobates leucogenys White-cheeked crested E E Evergreen forest across a wide altitudinal range gibbon HOMINIDAE Homo sapiens Human E E Widespread CANIDAE Cuon alpinus Dhole S [E] Dense evergreen to open dry dipterocarp forest URSIDAE Ursus thibetanus Asian black bear E [E] Probably a wide range of forest-types, primarily in hilly areas Ursus malayanus Sun bear E [E] Probably a wide range of forest-types MUSTELIDAE Mustela sibirica Siberian weasel L Evergreen forest and probably many other habitats I Mustela strigidorsa Back-striped weasel E Evergreen forest and possibly other habitats Martes flavigula Yellow-throated marten E E Primary and secondary evergreen and semi-evergreen forests, and in groves of bamboo and streamside forests amid other habitats [Melogale personata &/or M. [Large-toothed and/or Small- [M] Habitat use in Lao effectively unknown moschata] toothed ferret badger] Arctonyx collaris Hog badger L E Primary and secondary evergreen and semi-evergreen forests, and in groves of bamboo and streamside forests amid other habitats Lutra lutra &/or Lutrogale per- Eurasian otter &/or Smooth- E Habitat use in Lao effectively unknown but always near water spicillata coated otter*
I -4- 4 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Mammal Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Aonyx cinereus Oriental small-clawed otter E E Forest rivers and streams and probably other wetland types VIVERRIDAE Viverra zibetha Large Indian civet L E Tall evergreen and deciduous forest and adjacent degraded areas Viverra megaspila Large-spotted Civet B Lowland evergreen forest and degraded derivatives, usually below 300 m, exceptionally to 520 m Viverricula indica Small Indian civet* E Semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, including adjacent degraded areas, Savanna Prionodon pardicolor Spotted linsang E Evergreen forest, probably mostly in mountainous and hilly areas [Arctictis binturong] [Binturong] [R] [Z] Evergreen forest and possibly other habitats Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Common palm civet E E Evergreen forest, deciduous forest, scrub, from lowlands to montane areas Paguma larvata Masked palm civet E E Evergreen forest, including secondary areas Arctogalidia trivirgata Small-toothed palm civet E E Evergreen forest, including degraded areas HERPESTIDAE [Herpestes javanicus] [Small Asian mongoose]* [M] Dry dipterocarp forest, secondary forest, scrub/village, savanna Herpestes urva Crab-eating mongoose E E Evergreen forest, including degraded areas, primarily near water FELIDAE [Felis chaus] [Jungle cat]* [W] Wide range of habitats near water but not in closed forest Prionailurus bengalensis Leopard cat E E Evergreen and deciduous forest, often near streams or bamboo
[Prionailurus viverrinus] [Fishing cat] [Z] Habitat use in Lao poorly known, probably always near permanent surface water Annex Catopuma temminckii Asian golden cat S [Z] Evergreen and deciduous forest, often near streams or bamboo Pardofelis marmorata Marbled cat L E Many habitats: little-degraded evergreen forest, bamboo regrowth, scrub and degraded forest I Neofelis nebulosa Clouded leopard L E Many habitats: little-degraded evergreen forest, bamboo regrowth, scrub and degraded forest Panthera pardus Leopard E [Z] Habitat use in Lao poorly known: primary evergreen forest, and probably other habitats Panthera tigris Tiger E E Many habitat-types, always near surface water and avoids extensive unbroken forest ELEPHANTIDAE Elephas maximus Asian elephant* E E Many habitat-types, always near surface water and avoids extensive unbroken forest RHINOCEROTIDAE [Rhinoceros sondaicus &/or [Rhinoceros sp(p).] [R] Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, heavily forested mountainous areas, swamps and Dicerorhinus sumatraensis] low lying areas. No recent records but might still persist. SUIDAE Sus scrofa &/or S. bucculentus Eurasian wild pig &/or E E Secondary Forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, agriculture, near large rivers or Heude’s Pig small streams. No information is available on how to distinguish these two species except by skull; it is possible both occur in at least NNT TRAGULIDAE Tragulus javanicus &/or T. Lesser oriental chevrotain E E Evergreen forest, and adjacent degraded areas. These two species were not distinguished versicolor &/or Silver-backed chevrotain during survey. T. versicolor is very poorly known and although not yet recorded from Lao this does not mean it does not occur CERVIDAE Cervus eldii Eld’s deer* N Dry dipterocarp forests and open plain habitats, near surface water. No recent records; likely to be extinct on the plateau. Cervus unicolor Sambar R E Deciduous and evergreen forests, including secondary areas; especially in a mosaic of forest and open areas Muntiacus muntjak Red muntjac E E All types of forest and secondary growth over a wide altitudinal range Muntiacus vuquangensis Large-antlered muntjac K K Various forest types, mainly in hilly and mountainous areas Muntiacus rooseveltorum &/or M. Roosevelts’ and/or Annamite K Hill and montane evergreen forest and degraded derivatives. Reliable diagnostic mor- truongsonensis muntjac phological criteria for these two nominal species have not been published BOVIDAE Bos gaurus Gaur E E Evergreen forest, mosaic with more open habitats to at least El 2000 m Bos javanicus Banteng* N Secondary Forest, dry deciduous forest, patchy evergreen forest, savanna. No incontro- vesible recent records, but might perhaps persist. Naemorhedus sumatraensis Southern serow E Forests on steep terrain, with rock outcropping, from lowlands to high montane areas
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-5 5 EAMP Annexes
Mammal Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Pseudoryx nghetinhensis Saola E Wet evergreen forest of the Annamites and foothills SCIURIDAE Ratufa bicolor Black giant squirrel E E Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, conifer forest, up to El 1400 m, rare in heavily degraded areas Callosciurus erythraeus Pallas’s squirrel E E Evergreen forest and derivatives, including heavily degraded areas; in Lao, primarily in mountains and foothills Callosciurus inornatus Inornate squirrel E E Evergreen forest including degraded areas and scrub Tamiops rodolphii Cambodian striped squirrel E E Evergreen forest, predominantly at low and mid altitudes Tamiops maritimus Eastern striped squirrel E T Degraded evergreen forest, mixed deciduous forest and scrub Dremomys rufigenis Red-cheeked squirrel E E Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, dense scrub Menetes berdmorei Berdmore’s squirrel E Secondary Forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest edge, agriculture, savanna PTEROMYIDAE Petaurista philippensis Indian giant flying squirrel L E Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, mostly below El 1000 m Petaurista elegans Lesser giant flying squirrel E Evergreen forest above El 1000 m Trogopterus pearsonii, Hylopetes Hairy-eared, Red-cheeked, L Forest. Specimens are needed for identification to species spadiceus, H. alboniger &/or H. Particolored &/or Phayre’s phayrei flying squirrel MURIDAE Rattus sikkimensis Sladen’s Rat N Forests. Referred to R. cf. remotus in Francis et al. (1996) I Niviventer sp. A Unresolved taxon F F Chiromyscus chiropus Fea’s tree rat F Moist deciduous forest Maxomys surifer Red spiny rat F F Secondary forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, low-lying areas including Annex gardens Maxomys sp. B Unresolved taxon probably F F additional to the above Berylmys berdmorei Lesser white-toothed rat F Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, swampy areas and marshes Rhizomys pruinosus Hoary bamboo rat M Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest HYSTRICIDAE Hystrix brachyurus East Asian porcupine L W All forest types, scrub and agricultural areas from plains to at least El 1600 m Atherurus macrourus Asian brush-tailed porcupine [M] W Dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, agriculture, from plains to mid altitudes LEPORIDAE Lepus peguensis Siamese hare R Secondary forest, scrub, savanna
Footnote: Hemigalus owstoni Owston’s Civet, Axis porcinus Hog Deer and Nesolagus timminsi Annamite Striped Rabbit have not been recorded, even provisionally, from the area, but are likely to occur locally in NNT (the civet and the rabbit) and to have been present historically on the plateau (the deer).
I
I -6- 6 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Table I.2: Bird species and habitats of the Nakai – Nam Theun area
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
PHASIANIDAE [Coturnix chinensis] [Blue-breasted quail] [R] Forest, grass scrub and cultivation Francolinus pintadeanus Chinese francolin* V Secondary forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, conifer, grass scrub, lowlands up to El 1000 m Arborophila rufogularis Rufous-throated partridge V Evergreen forests and secondary growth, generally above El 900 m Arborophila brunneopectus Bar-backed partridge V V Secondary forest, evergreen forest, between El 500 and El 1650 m Arborophila charltonii Scaly-breasted partridge V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, bamboo, up to El 1000 m Gallus gallus Red junglefowl V V Forest edge, open woodland, overgrown clearings, scrub and grass, lowland up to El 1830 m Lophura nycthemera Silver pheasant V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous, and tall secondary growth, hilly and mountain forests generally from El 500-2020 m Lophura diardi Siamese fireback* [V] V Broadleaved evergreen & semi-evergreen forest, forest edge, secondary growth; up to El 800 m Polyplectron bicalcaratum Grey peacock pheasant V V broadleaved evergreen forest, up to El 1830 m Rheinardia ocellata Crested argus V Evergreen forest, particularly climatically wet forest at 350-1500 m [Pavo muticus] [Green peafowl] [V] Open mixed deciduous, broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, particularly along rivers and bordering wetlands, forest edge, secondary growth, and bamboo; up to El 915 m Annex DENDROCYGNIDAE Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling-duck V Marshes, lakes, paddy-fields, slow rivers; generally lowlands and plateau ANATIDAE I Anser anser Greylag goose V Lakes, rivers, estuaries, arable fields, grassy areas; lowlands Cairina scutulata White-winged duck* V Forested pools and rivers, freshwater swamps in the forest; up to 800 m Anas acuta Northern pintail V Wetlands, mainly lowlands Anas querquedula Garganey* V Pools, slow flowing rivers, and other wetlands; up to 800 m Anas crecca Common teal* V Lakes, large rivers, marshes, various wetlands; up to 1830 m TURNICIDAE Turnix tanki Yellow-legged buttonquail* V Grassland, including damp areas, scrub and cultivation at low and mid altitudes Turnix suscitator Barred buttonquail J Dry grassy areas, scrub and cultivation, secondary growth; up to El 1650 m Turnix sp(p). Unidentified buttonquail V PICIDAE Picumnus innominatus Speckled piculet V V Broadleaved evergreen & mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, bamboo; up to El 1830 m Sasia ochracea White-browed piculet V D Evergreen forest and secondary growth, especially in areas with mid-story bamboo; up to El 1480 m Dendrocopos canicapillus Grey-capped pygmy wood- V V Open deciduous forest, especially dry dipterocarp, secondary growth, up to El 1830 m pecker Dendrocopos atratus Stripe-breasted woodpecker V Evergreen forest, including fragmented areas and adjacent open areas, generally above El 600 m and up to at least 1880 m Celeus brachyurus Rufous woodpecker V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, forest edge, secondary growth; up to El 1450 m Picus chlorolophus Lesser yellownape V V Evergreen and closed deciduous forest, including secondary areas, up to El 1400 m Picus flavinucha Greater yellownape V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, native conifer forest, up to El 2745 m Picus vittatus Laced woodpecker* V Mixed deciduous and secondary growth, tall forests generally below El 500 m Picus rabieri Red-collared woodpecker* R V Evergreen forests and secondary growth, areas of gentle relief below El 600 m Picus canus Grey-headed woodpecker* V Open forested areas including deciduous and conifer; up to El 1420 m Dinopium javanense Common flameback* V Open deciduous forest, cultivation; generally below El 800 m Chrysocolaptes lucidus Greater flameback D V Deciduous and broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, and tall secondary growth; up to El 1100 m Dinopium javanense &/or Chryso- Unidentified flameback V colaptes lucidus
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-7 7 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Gecinulus grantia Pale-headed woodpecker V D Bamboo, broadleaved evergreen and semi-deciduous forests; up to El 1170 m Blythipicus pyrrhotis Bay woodpecker V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, up to El 1850 m Meiglyptes jugularis Black-and-buff woodpecker* V Evergreen forests, bamboo, generally in lowlands and foothills Hemicircus canente Heart-spotted woodpecker* V Deciduous, broadleaved evergreen & semi-evergreen, forest edge & bamboo; up to El 1100 m Mulleripicus pulverulentus Great slaty woodpecker* D V Deciduous, broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen, forest edge; often open areas below El 1000 m MEGALAIMIDAE Megalaima virens Great barbet V Evergreen and mixed deciduous forests, above El 700 m Megalaima lagrandieri Red-vented barbet V V Evergreen and deciduous forests; mosaic including degraded and fragmented areas; from plains to at least El 1500 m Megalaima lineata Lineated barbet* V V Deciduous forest and open wooded areas, generally lowland and foothills up to El 1220 m Megalaima faiostricta Green-eared barbet V V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, degraded habitat; up to El 900 m Megalaima franklinii Golden-throated barbet V Evergreen forest, primarily above El 800 m Megalaima incognita Moustached barbet V V Broadleaved evergreen forest; primarily below El 1000 m Megalaima australis Blue-eared barbet V V Open broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, mixed deciduous forest, sec- ondary growth; up to El 1525 m I Megalaima haemocephala Coppersmith barbet* V V Deciduous forest, forest edge and open areas; up to El 915 m BUCEROTIDAE Anthracoceros albirostris Oriental pied hornbill* D V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, including fragmented patches and Annex dense riverine forest; up to El 1400 m Buceros bicornis Great hornbill V [H] Broadleaved evergreen forest, open deciduous areas; up to El 1525 m Anorrhinus tickelli Brown hornbill V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, mixed deciduous forest, secondary forest; up to El 1500 m Aceros nipalensis Rufous-necked hornbill V Broadleaved evergreen forest; from El 700-1800 m
Aceros undulatus Wreathed hornbill V D Evergreen forests, deciduous forests; from lowlands to El 1300 m
TROGONIDAE Harpactes oreskios Orange-breasted trogon V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, and bamboo; generally below El 700 m Harpactes erythrocephalus Red-headed trogon V V Broadleaved evergreen forest; up to El 1700 m CORACIIDAE Coracias benghalensis Indian roller* V V Open country, including some deciduous forests and cultivation; primarily in lowlands and foothills
Eurystomus orientalis Dollarbird* V Open evergreen and deciduous forests, secondary growth, rocky savanna and riverine forests; primarily in lowlands and foodhills
ALCEDINIDAE
Alcedo hercules Blyth’s kingfisher* V V Forested streams in broadleaved evergreen forest and secondary growth; El 200-1200 m
Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher V V Streams and wetlands in open and forested areas; up to El 1830 m
Alcedo meninting Blue-eared kingfisher* [R] V Wetland areas and streams in broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; up to at least El 630 m
HALCYONIDAE Lacedo pulchella Banded kingfisher* V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, bamboo, often away from water; I primarily below El 700 m Halcyon capensis Stork-billed kingfisher* V Rivers and large water bodies in or near broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest or open woodland; generally below El 500 m Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated kingfisher V V Large rivers, marshes, and open areas including cultivation; up to at least El 1200 m
Halcyon pileata Black-capped kingfisher V V Wooded and open streams, rivers and wetlands; up to El 1100 m
CERYLIDAE
I -8- 8 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Megaceryle lugubris Crested kingfisher V V Fast flowing rocky rivers primarily in forested foothills; up to at least El 960 m
MEROPIDAE
Nyctyornis athertoni Blue-bearded bee-eater V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; freshwater swamps; generally below El 1200 m
Merops orientalis Green bee-eater V V Dry dipterocarp forest, lightly wooded and open areas; up to at least El 1600 m Merops viridis Blue-throated bee-eater C V Open country, forest clearings, borders of large rivers, cultivation; up to El 800 m Merops leschenaulti Chestnut-headed bee-eater V V Open broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, and deciduous forests, often on dense scrub along the river banks; generally below El 650 m
CUCULIDAE
Hierococcyx spaverioides Large hawk cuckoo V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forests, in open stands and secondary growth; up to at least El 1700 m
Hierococcyx fugax Hodgson’s hawk cuckoo S Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; primarily at El 500-1450 m Cuculus micropterus Indian cuckoo V V Broadleaved evergreen & deciduous forest, secondary growth; up to at least El 1600 m Cuculus saturatus Oriental cuckoo V Broadleaved evergreen forest, open wooded areas, secondary growth; primarily at El 800-1800 m
Cuculus saturatus &/or C. canorus Eurasian &/or Oriental D cuckoo Cacomantis sonneratii Banded bay cuckoo V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, secondary growth, particularly along rivers;
up to at least El 1200 m Annex
Cacomantis merulinus Plaintive cuckoo* V V Secondary growth scrub, cultivation, river channel islands, and vegetated limestone karst; up to at least El 1050 m
Chrysococcyx maculatus Asian emerald cuckoo S V Broadleaved evergreen forest and secondary growth, freshwater swamps, scrub; up to at I least El 1500 m
Surniculus lugubris Drongo cuckoo V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, tall secondary growth; up to at least El 1120 m
Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel* V Open deciduous forest and secondary growth, cultivated areas; up to El 1220 m Phaenicophaeus tristis Green-billed malkoha V V Broadleaved evergreen, deciduous, freshwater swamps and peat swamp forests, second- ary growth; up to at least El 1350 m
Carpococcyx renauldi Coral-billed ground cuckoo V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary forest, tall secondary growth; primarily below El 1000 m
CENTROPODIDAE
Centropus sinensis Greater coucal V V Open forest, forest edge, tall secondary growth, grassland including around ponds and villages; up to El 1350 m
Centropus bengalensis Lesser coucal V V Grassland including around marshy and scrub areas; up to at least El 1200 m PSITTACIDAE Loriculus vernalis Vernal hanging parrot V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, open clearings, secondary growth; primarily lowland up to El 1000 m
Psittacula finschii Grey-headed parakeet* V V Mixed deciduous and conifer, open areas, secondary growth; up to at least El 900 m
APODIDAE Collocalia sp(p). Unidentified swiftlet V V Primarily in or near areas of limestone hills, often over open areas, but also over forest Hirundapus caudacutus White-throated needletail C Forested and open areas; up to El 2300 m
Hirundapus cochinchinensis Silver-backed needletail V [D] Forested and open areas, large rivers in or near forests; up to El 3355 m Hirundapus giganteus Brown-backed needletail V V Forested and open areas; up to El 1830 m
Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian palm swift V V Open country, urban areas, often near palm trees; predominantly in lowlands but up to at least El 1250 m
Apus pacifus Fork-tailed swift V V Forested and open areas, likely commonest in regions with cliffs, caves or other roosting areas; up to El 2600 m
Apus affinis House swift* D Flocks usually over towns, water or limestone areas; birds occasionally turn up over any open areas. Occurs up to at least El 1680 m TYTONIDAE
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-9 9 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Phodilus badius Oriental bay owl V Broadleaved evergreen forest including fragmented areas; up to at least El 890 m
STRIGIDAE Otus spilocephalus Mountain scops owl V V Broadleaved evergreen forest and secondary growth; across a wide altitudinal range up to El 2200 m
Otus sunia Oriental scops owl* D Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest and clearings, secondary growth, primarily in lowlands and foothills but up to El 2000 m Otus bakkamoena Collared scops owl V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, clearings, or forested riverine areas, up to at least El 1700 m
Ketupa flavipes Tawny fish owl N [V] Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest along rivers or near water; up to El 600 m
Ketupa sp(p). Unidentified fish owl D Strix leptogrammica Brown wood owl V D Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, including along rivers; up to El 2590 m
Glaucidium brodiei Collared owlet V V Broadleaved evergreen forest across a wide altitudinal range Glaucidium cuculoides Asian barred owlet V V Relatively open broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, scrub, open areas, secondary growth; up to at least El 1200 m
Ninox scutulata Brown hawk owl D V Fragmented forests, cultivation, open areas or near water; up to at least El 1050 m BATRACHOSTOMIDAE
I Batrachostomus hodgsoni Hodgson’s frogmouth S Broadleaved evergreen and mixed coniferous and evergreen forest, secondary growth; generally over El 900 m [Batrachostomus javensis] [Javan frogmouth]* [V] [V] Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, including secondary growth and fragmented areas; primarily below El 650 m Annex EUROSTOPODIDAE Eurostopodus macrotis Great eared nightjar* D V Open areas and cultivation in or near broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, freshwater swamp forest; up to El 1220 m but generally below El 600 m CAPRIMULGIDAE Caprimulgus macrurus Large-tailed nightjar V V Open areas, secondary growth, cultivation, scrub; primarily below El 650 m COLUMBIDAE Streptopelia orientalis Oriental turtle dove V V Open deciduous and semi-evergreen forests; secondary growth, scrub, cultivation; up to at least El 1200 m Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove* V V Open areas, cultivation, open deciduous forest and secondary growth; up to at least El 1450 m Macropygia unchall Barred cuckoo dove V V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen; secondary growth, primarily on hills and mountains between El 140-1800 m Chalcophaps indica Emerald dove V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, and dense deciduous forest; up to at least El 1400 m Treron curvirostra Thick-billed green pigeon V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth; up to at least El 1000 m Treron apicauda Pin-tailed green pigeon V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; from El 250-1200 m Treron seimundi Yellow-vented green pigeon V H Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge; from El 200 to at least 1000 m Treron sphenura Wedge-tailed green pigeon D Evergreen forests and adjacent secondary growth, generally over El 800 m Treron sieboldii White-bellied green pigeon V D Broadleaved evergreen, forest clearings, degraded forest from El 400-900 m Ducula aenea Green imperial pigeon* V Lowland evergreen, semi-evergreen, and deciduous forest with riverine evergreen strips; up to El 915 m Ducula badia Mountain imperial pigeon V V Broadleaved evergreen forest and adjacent open areas; chiefly in hills and mountains; I up to El 2565 m RALLIDAE Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted waterhen* V V Most types of wetlands, except fast flowing streams, access to dense cover; up to at least El 1100 m Gallinula chloropus Common moorhen* D V Freshwater lakes and pools, marshes, flooded rice paddies, irrigation ditches; up to El 1000 m SCOLOPACIDAE Scolopax rusticola Eurasian woodcock V V Shady streams and river banks within forest cover; up to El 2440 m
I -10- 10 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Gallinago nemoricola Wood snipe* D Streams , rivers, and wet areas in or near broadleaved evergreen forest and secondary growth, marshes and swamps with thick cover; between El 520-1830 m
Gallinago stenura &/or G. Pintail snipe &/or Swinhoe’s D D Marshes, paddy fields, forest rivers; up to El 2135 m megala snipe* Gallinago gallinago Common snipe* V Marshy areas, paddy fields, river banks; up to El 1220 m Tringa erythropus Spotted redshank* V Wide rivers, marshes, paddy fields; edges of cultivation; up to El 550 m Tringa totanus Common redshank* D Wide rivers, marshes, margins of pools, adjacent cultivation; up to El 550 m Tringa stagnatilis Marsh sandpiper* D Various wetlands, marshes, large slow flowing rivers Tringa nebularia Common greenshank* V Wetlands, pools, wide slow flowing rivers; up to El 550 m Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper V V Shady pools, forest rivers, lowland wetlands; up to El 500 m Tringa glareola Wood sandpiper* V Marshes, rice paddies, lake margins, large rivers; up to El 800 m Actitis hypoleucos Common sandpiper V V Margins of wetlands and water bodies JACANIDAE Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-tailed jacana* V Well-vegetated freshwater marshes, swamps, lakes and pools, and large rivers; up to El 1000 m CHARADRIIDAE Himantopus himantopus Black-winged stilt* D Margins of wetlands, slow flowing rivers; large shallow pools in open areas Charadrius dubius Little ringed plover* V Large rivers, lakes, marshes, rice paddies; up to El 1450 m
Charadrius alexandrinus Kentish plover* D Large rivers, lake margins; up to El 450 m Annex Vanellus duvaucelii River lapwing* D V Large rivers; up to El 600 m Vanellus cinereus Grey-headed lapwing* V Marshes, rice paddies, river sand bars; from El 80 to 1050 m I Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing V V Marshes, rivers, rice paddies, cultivation; up to El 1525 m GLAREOLIDAE
Glareola lactea Small pratincole H Wide river sand bars and rocks; lake margins; marshes; up to El 450 m ACCIPITRIDAE
Aviceda jerdoni Jerdon’s baza* V Open and fragmented mixed deciduous and broadleaved evergreen forest; forested wetlands; up to El 1900 m Aviceda leuphotes Black baza V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, forested freshwater areas; up to El 1500 m Pernis ptilorhyncus Oriental honey-buzzard V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, open wooded areas; up to El 2000 m Milvus migrans Black kite* H V Open areas often near water; up to El 1525 m Ichthyophaga humilis Lesser fish eagle* V V Forested wetlands; up to El 900 m [Ichthyophaga ichthyaetus] [Grey-headed fish eagle]* [V] Lakes, swamps, large rivers, forested wetlands; up to El 1525 m Spilornis cheela Crested serpent eagle V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, including degraded and fragmented areas; up to at least El 1800 m Circus aeruginosus Eurasian marsh harrier* V Open areas, wetlands, rice paddies Circus melanoleucos Pied harrier* W Marshes, grassland, open areas, cultivation; up to El 800 m Circus cyaneus Hen harrier* D Open areas, wetlands; up to El 1500 m Accipiter trivirgatus Crested goshawk V V Broadleaved evergreen, deciduous and mixed broadleaved and coniferous forest, includ- ing degraded areas; up to El 1950 m Accipiter badius Shikra V V Open deciduous and broadleaved evergreen forest, mixed broadleaved and coniferous forest, cultivation; up to El 1600 m [Accipiter soloensis] [Chinese sparrowhawk] [D] Open country and wooded areas; over anywhere on migration; up to El 2135 m [Accipiter virgatus] [Besra] [C] Broadleaved evergreen & mixed deciduous forest: up to at least El 1240 m [Accipiter nisus] [Eurasian sparrowhawk] [D] Forested and open areas: up to El 1830 m Butastur liventer Rufous-winged Buzzard J Open deciduous wooded areas (particularly dry dipterocarp forest) and open secondary growth, chiefly of lowlands and lower hills Butastur indicus Grey-faced buzzard S V Open coniferous, broadleaved & mixed forest, secondary growth, open areas; up to El 1800 m Buteo buteo Common buzzard* V Open forest and forest edge, often near water: up to El 3660 m Ictinaetus malayensis Black eagle V T Broadleaved evergreen forest and adjacent open areas, chiefly in hills and mountains; up to El 3170 m
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-11 11 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
[Aquila clanga] [Greater Spotted Eagle] [V] Open country, particularly near water; over anywhere on migration [Aquila heliaca] [Imperial Eagle] [H] Open country; over anywhere on migration Hieraetus kienerii Rufous-bellied eagle C V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest and adjacent areas; up to at least El 850 m
Spizaetus nipalensis Mountain hawk eagle S V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest; primarily on hills and mountains; up to El 2500 m FALCONIDAE Microhierax melanoleucos Pied falconet* N V Clearings in broadleaved evergreen forests, forest edge; up to El 1080 m Falco tinnunculus Common kestrel* S V Various open habitats, cultivation, urban areas, cliffs; up to El 2000 m Falco severus Oriental hobby* D Open areas in broadleaved & deciduous forest; secondary growth, cultivation; up to El 1525 m PODICIPEDIDAE Tachybaptus ruficollis Little grebe* V Lakes, pools and marshes; up to El 1450 m ARDEIDAE Egretta garzetta Little egret V Marshes, paddy fields, river banks; up to at least El 800 m Ardea cinerea Grey heron* V Lakes, pools, marshes, rivers, and sometimes paddy fields; up to at least El 800 m Ardea purpurea Purple heron* D Well-vegetated freshwater marshes, swamps, lakes and pools, and large rivers; up to El 1000 m Ardeola sp., presumably A. Pond heron sp., presumed V V Ponds, marshes, streams, and river banks; up to El 1200 m bacchus Chinese I Butorides striatus Little heron V V Rivers, streams, ponds, often in or near forests; up to El 1200 m Ixobrychus cinnamomeus Cinnamon bittern* V Rice paddies, marshes, well vegetated rivers; up to El 1830 m
Annex CICONIIDAE Ciconia nigra Black stork* V Freshwater marshes, pools and ditches, rivers, cultivation, open areas; up to El 1525 m PITTIDAE Pitta soror Blue-rumped pitta* D Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, sometimes mixed deciduous forest, secondary forest; up to at least El 850 m Pitta oatesi Rusty-naped pitta S Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, bamboo, secondary growth; usually above El 800 m
Pitta cyanea Blue pitta V D Secondary forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, conifer EURYLAIMIDAE Corydon sumatranus Dusky broadbill V W Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, often along or near water; up to at least El 900 m Eurylaimus javanicus Banded broadbill V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, mature secondary growth; mainly below El 600 m Serilophus lunatus Silver-breasted broadbill V V Broadleaved evergreen forest and mature secondary growth, up to at least 1100 m Psarisomus dalhousiae Long-tailed broadbill V V Broadleaved evergreen forest including encroached areas, primarily in hilly areas but can befound in lowlands; up to at least El 1700 m IRENIDAE Irena puella Asian fairy bluebird V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; up to El 1525 m Chloropsis cochinchinensis Blue-winged leafbird Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, tall secondary growth, forest edge; up to El 1500 m Chloropsis cochinchinensis Blue-winged leafbird V V Evergreen and mixed deciduous forests and tall secondary growth to at least 1200 m Chloropsis aurifrons Golden-fronted leafbird* S V Mixed deciduous forest, dry dipterocarp forest, open degraded habitats, some times in broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen; up to El 1220 m
Chloropsis hardwickii Orange-bellied leafbird V D Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, often in hilly areas; generally above El 600 m I LANIIDAE Lanius cristatus Brown shrike V V Open areas, scrub and bushes, forest edge, secondary growth, mainly lowlands foothills and plateau; up to at least El 1200 m Lanius collurioides Burmese shrike* S D Open deciduous forest, dry dipterocarp forest, conifer forest, cultivation; up to El 1250 m Lanius schach Long-tailed shrike* V Open areas, scrub and bushes, secondary growth; up to at least El 1600 m Lanius tephronotus Grey-backed shrike V D Open areas, scrub and bushes, secondary growth, cultivation; up to at least El 1600 m
I -12- 12 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
CORVIDAE Garrulus glandarius Eurasian jay* S V Open broadleaved evergreen, deciduous, and conifer forests; forest edge; lowlands, foothills, and plateau; up to El 2135 m
Urocissa erythrorhyncha Red-billed blue magpie* V Deciduous forest, secondary growth, bamboo, sometimes open broadleaved evergreen forest; primarily below El 600 m
Urocissa whiteheadi White-winged magpie V V Broadleaved evergreen, conifer, mixed deciduous, secondary growth; up to at least El 1080 m Cissa chinensis Common green magpie V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; up to at least El 1700 m Cissa hypoleuca Indochinese green magpie S Broadleaved evergreen & semi-evergreen forest, bamboo; lowlands but up to at least El 750 m Dendrocitta formosae Grey treepie V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, mosaic with more open areas; prima- rily above El 520 m Crypsirina temia Racket-tailed treepie* V V Mixed deciduous forest, scrub, secondary growth, cultivation, streams through dry dipte- rocarp forest; primarily below El 750 m Temnurus temnurus Ratchet-tailed treepie V V Broadleaf evergreen forest, forest edge, bamboo, secondary growth; between El 200- 1200 m Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed crow V V Open forested areas, open areas, cultivation, secondary growth, often near large slow- flowing rivers and other water bodies; up to El 3660 m Artamus fuscus Ashy woodswallow* V Open forested areas, secondary growth, cultivation; between El 150-1400 m Oriolus chinensis &/or O. tenu- Black-naped &/or Slender- V D Open broadleaved and deciduous forest; open areas, cultivation; lowlands up to at least irostris billed oriole El 1000 m Annex Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded oriole* V Open dry dipterocarp, mixed deciduous and broadleaved semi-evergreen forest, forest edge, secondary growth; primarily below El 800 m
Oriolus traillii Maroon oriole V V Broadleaf evergreen forest, forest edge, sometimes deciduous forest; generally above El I 500 m Coracina macei Large cuckooshrike V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, ridges in mountain forest; up to at least El 2000 m
Coracina melaschistos Black-winged cuckooshrike V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth; up to at least El 1480 m Pericrocotus cantonensis Swinhoe’s minivet* D Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, forest edge; up to El 1200 m Pericrocotus divaricatus Ashy minivet* D Open forested areas, secondary growth, cultivation; generally in lowlands and foothills up to El 1200 m Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small minivet* V Dry dipterocarp and open deciduous forest; up to El 550 m Pericrocotus solaris Grey-chinned minivet R Broadleaved evergreen forest, conifer forest, forest edge; generally above El 500 m Pericrocotus brevirostris Short-billed minivet V Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, sometimes conifer forest; above El 1080 m Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet minivet V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, and deciduous forest, peat land, secondary growth; up to at least El 1600 m
Hemipus picatus Bar-winged flycatcher-shrike V V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, peat swamps, forest edge, tall second- ary growth, bamboo; up to at least El 1350 m
Rhipidura albicollis White-throated fantail V T Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth; bamboo, cultivated areas; primarily in hills and mountains between El 600-3050 m
Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo* V Open areas, cultivation, scrub; up to El 1220 m Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy drongo V V Open areas, clearings, secondary growth, forest edge, cultivation; up to at least El 1800 m Dicrurus annectans Crow-billed drongo S Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth, mixed deciduous forest; up to at least El 960 m
Dicrurus aeneus Bronzed drongo V V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, tall secondary growth; up to at least El 1800 m
Dicrurus remifer Lesser racket-tailed drongo V V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest; generally above El 500 m Dicrurus hottentottus Spangled drongo V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, secondary growth, cultiva- tion; up to at least El 1700 m
Dicrurus paradiseus Greater racket-tailed drongo V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, peat swamps, secondary growth; generally below El 1000 m Hypothymis azurea Black-naped monarch V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, peat swamps, secondary growth; generally below El 1200 m
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-13 13 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Terpsiphone paradisi Asian paradise-flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth; primarily lowlands but up to at least El 1450 m Terpsiphone atrocaudata Japanese paradise-flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen forest; up to El 700 m
Aegithina tiphia Common iora V V Open forest, forest edge, secondary growth; dry dipterocarp forest; up to at least El 1050 m Aegithina lafresnayei Great iora* V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, sec- ondary growth; generally below El 750 m
Tephrodornis gularis Large woodshrike V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, secondary growth; up to El 1500 m Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common woodshrike* V Mixed deciduous and dry dipterocarp forest, open areas with scattered trees; primarily below El 700 m
CINCLIDAE Cindus Cinclus pallasii Brown dipper V Upland rivers and streams; primarily above El 600 m MUSCICAPIDAE Monticola solitarius Blue rock thrush V V Open rocky areas, roadsides, cultivation, limestone karst, open streams and river banks, secondary growth; up to at least El 1500 m
Myophonus caeruleus Blue whistling thrush V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, usually near rocky rivers and streams, caves, dry karst valleys; wide range of altitudes Zoothera citrina Orange-headed thrush V Secondary forest, dry deciduous forest, evergreen forest, conifer
I Zoothera sibirica Siberian thrush V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, thickets; primarily from hills and moun- tains; up to El 2565 m
Zoothera dauma Scaly thrush V V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous, along streams; between El 200-1650 m
Annex Zoothera marginata Dark-sided thrush V Broadleaved evergreen forest, primarily near streams or wet areas; between El 600-2565 m Turdus dissimilis Black-breasted thrush [N] D Broadleaved evergreen forest, conifer forest, secondary growth; generally above El 500 m
Turdus cardis Japanese thrush R D Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, dense vegetation; probably primarily in hills and mountains; up to El 110 m Turdus merula Eurasian blackbird* D V Open forested areas, secondary growth, near rivers and streams, cultivation; up to El 950 m
Turdus feae Grey-sided thrush D Broadleaved evergreen forest; between El 520-2565 m Turdus obscurus Eyebrowed thrush V D Forested areas in all altitudes Brachypteryx leucophrys Lesser shortwing S Broadleaved evergreen forest; generally above El 500 m Muscicapa sibirica Dark-sided flycatcher V V Open broadleaved evergreen ,conifer, and mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth; up to El 3660 m
Ficedula mugimaki Mugimaki flycatcher S V Broadleaved evergreen, pine, mixed deciduous forest; primarily above El 800 m Ficedula hodgsonii Slaty-backed flycatcher J Evergreen forest edge and secondary growth; mainly over El 900 m Ficedula parva Red-throated flycatcher V V Open wooded areas, forest edge, near rivers and streams, cultivation with trees near by; up to El 2135 m
Ficedula monileger White-gorgeted flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen forest, bamboo; above El 800 m Ficedula hyperythra Snowy-browed flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen forest, in thick undergrowth, near shady streams; generally above El 1000 m Ficedula westermanni Little pied flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen and pine forest, forest edge; between El 200-2565 m Ficedula sapphira Sapphire flycatcher S Open broadleaved evergreen forest; between El 1200-2565 m Cyanoptila cyanomelana Blue-and-white flycatcher V Open broadleaved evergreen forest, scrub; up to El 1830 m I Eumyias thalassina Verditer flycatcher V V Open broadleaved evergreen forest, clearings, along streams or rivers; up to at least El 1950 m Niltava grandis Large niltava V Broadleaved evergreen forest and adjacent areas; generally above El 1000 m Niltava macgrigoriae Small niltava V Hilly and mountain evergreen forest and secondary growth; above El 400 m [Niltava davidi] [Fujian niltava] [H] [D] Gullies and streams in broadleaved evergreen forests; mid altitude up to El 1700 m
[Niltava sundara] [Rufous-bellied niltava] [S] Broadleaved evergreen forest; generally above El 1000 m
I -14- 14 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Niltava davidi &/or N. sundara Fujian niltava &/or Rufous- V V bellied niltava Cyornis concretus White-tailed flycatcher V T Broadleaved evergreen forest from El 200 to at least 1360 m Cyornis hainanus Hainan blue flycatcher V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, bamboo; up to at least El 1020 m
Cyornis unicolor Pale blue flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, conifer, limestone; from foothills to at least El 1500 m Cyornis banyumas &/or C. Hill and/or Tickell’s blue V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, tall secondary growth; up to at least tickelliae flycatcher 1000 m
Muscicapella hodgsoni Pygmy blue flycatcher V Broadleaved evergreen forest, including encroached areas; from El 1100-2000 m Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey-headed canary V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, deciduous forest, secondary growth; up to El flycatcher 3050 m
Erithacus akahige Japanese robin R Broadleaved evergreen forest; up to El 1525 m Luscinia sibilans Rufous-tailed robin V V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, dense forested areas, secondary growth; up to at least El 1200 m
Luscinia calliope Siberian rubythroat* D Dense thickets and scrub; up to El 1555 m Luscinia cyanae Siberian blue robin [R] V Understory of broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, bam- boo; up to El 1830 m
Tarsiger cyanurus Orange-flanked bush robin D V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, often along streams; primarily over El
800 m Annex
Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin V V Open woodland, cultivated areas, urban gardens; up to El 1830 m Copsychus malabaricus White-rumped shama V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, degraded forest, dense secondary
growth, bamboo; up to at least El 1000 m I Chaimarrornis leucocephalus White-capped water redstart V D Rocky rivers and streams; primarily in hills and mountains; down to El 240 m Rhyacornis fuliginosus Plumbeous water redstart V D Rocky rivers and streams; primarily in hills and mountains; down to El 240 m Myiomela leucura White-tailed robin V Broadleaved evergreen forest and bamboo; primarily above El 1000 m Enicurus schistaceus Slaty-backed forktail V V Rocky streams and rivers through evergreen forest; from lowlands to high altitudes Enicurus leschenaulti White-crowned forktail V Rocky streams and wet areas through broadleaved evergreen forest; to at least El 1650 m Cochoa viridis Green cochoa V Mountainous areas, broadleaved evergreen forest; between El 700-2565 m Saxicola torquata Common stonechat V V Open areas, grasslands, cultivation, bushes and paddies; up to El 2470 m Saxicola ferrea Grey bushchat V V Open pine & broadleaved evergreen forest; scrub & grass, cultivation; up to at least El 1650 m STURNIDAE Sturnus malabaricus Chestnut-tailed starling* V Open deciduous forest, secondary growth, scrub, cultivation, generally lowlands and foothills; up to El 1450 m Sturnus sinensis White-shouldered starling* V Open areas, marshes, dry dipterocarp forest, limestone karst; up to El 400 m Sturnus nigricollis Black-collared starling* R V Open areas, cultivation, scrub, rice paddies, urban areas; up to El 1525 m Acridotheres tristis Common myna* V V Open country, cultivation, urban areas; up to El 1525 m Acridotheres cinereus White-vented myna* V Open country, cultivation, urban areas; up to El 1525 m Acridotheres cristatellus Crested myna* D Open country, cultivation, urban areas; lowlands Ampeliceps coronatus Golden-crested myna V Open areas of broadleaved deciduous forests, forest edge, along rivers; below El 600 m Gracula religiosa Hill myna V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, forest edge, clearings; above El 600 m SITTIDAE Sitta castanea Chestnut-bellied nuthatch C V Mixed deciduous, evergreen, and pine forests; from El 250-1700 m Sitta frontalis Velvet-fronted nuthatch V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous, pine forests, mature second- ary growth; up to El 1650 m Sitta formosa Beautiful nuthatch V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forests; primarily above El 1500 m PARIDAE Parus spilonotus Yellow-cheeked tit V Broadleaved evergreen forest and secondary growth; over El 800 m Melanochlora sultanea Sultan tit V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forests, mature secondary growth; at El 200-1500 m
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-15 15 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
AEGITHALIDAE Aegithalos concinnus Black-throated tit V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed broadleaved and pine forests, forest edge, secondary growth; down to El 490 m HIRUNDINIDAE Riparia riparia &/or R. diluta Sand &/or Pale martin* D Lakes, rivers, marshes, open areas; up to El 1830 m
Hirundo concolor Dusky crag martin R Rugged areas with exposed cliffs; between El 200 - 1700 m Hirundo rustica Barn swallow V V Open areas often near water and habitation; up to El 2000 m
Hirundo daurica Red-rumped swallow* D Open areas often near water; up to El 2440 m Delichon urbica Northern house martin D Open areas, particularly near ridges and waterbodies; over anywhere on migration Delichon dasypus Asian house martin* S V Forests and open areas,; often in hilly and mountainous areas; up to El 2440 m PYCNONOTIDAE
Pycnonotus striatus Striated bulbul C Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, forest edge; above El 1200 m Pycnonotus atriceps Black-headed bulbul* S D Broadleaved evergreen forest, mixed deciduous and evergreen forest, forest edge, secondary growth, riverine areas; primarily below El 800m
Pycnonotus melanicterus Black-crested bulbul V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, secondary growth; up to El 1250m
Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered bulbul V V Secondary growth, scrub, forest edge, close to villages and towns; up to at least El 1600m
I Pycnonotus aurigaster Sooty-headed bulbul V V Dry dipterocarp, secondary growth, open areas, grasslands, forest clearings; up to at least El 1560m
Pycnonotus finlaysoni Stripe-throated bulbul V V Secondary growth, scrub, open areas in broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forests; up to El 1300m Annex Pycnonotus blanfordi Streak-eared bulbul W Secondary growth, scrub, cultivation; generally lowlands up to El 915m Alophoixus pallidus Puff-throated bulbul V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, generally below El 1000m
Iole propinqua Grey-eyed bulbul V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, mature scrub, forest edge; up to at least El 1100m Hemixos flavala Ashy bulbul V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth, forest edge; primarily over El 500m Hypsipetes mclellandii Mountain bulbul V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth; above El 800m Hypsipetes leucocephalus Black bulbul V V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, scrub, cultivation; primarily above El 600m
CISTICOLIDAE Cisticola juncidis Zitting cisticola* R V Rice paddies, marshes, grassland, scrub; up to at least El 1200m Prinia atrogularis artrogularis Hill prinia R Grassland, scrub, clearings in evergreen forest, secondary growth, cultivation; generally above El 900m
Prinia rufescens Rufescent prinia V V Understory of deciduous and open evergreen forest, forest edge, grass, scrub; up to at least El 1200 m
Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted prinia V V Coarse rank herbs, often admixed with many woody shrubs, secondary growth and grass up to at least 1600 m.
Prinia flaviventris Yellow-bellied prinia* V Grassland, marshes, scrub, flooded forest and river valleys; up to El 1000 m Prinia inornata Plain prinia* V Grassland, marshes, scrub, rice paddies, secondary growth; up to at least El 1200 m ZOSTEROPIDAE Zosterops erythropleurus Chestnut-flanked white-eye S Evergreen forest, generally above 800 m Zosterops palpebrosus &/or Z. Oriental &/or Japanese V V Deciduous, broadleaved evergreen and peatland, around villages and towns; up to at japonicus white-eye least El 1500 m I SYLVIIDAE Tesia olivea Slaty-bellied tesia V Undergrowth in broadleaved evergreen forest, often near streams; generally above El 900 m Urosphena squameiceps Asian stubtail V V Undergrowth in broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, bamboo, scrub, often near streams; up to at least El 1500 m Cettia diphone Japanese bush warbler* V Dense scrub and fringes of cultivation, often near water, at low - mid altitudes Bradypterus sp(p). Unidentified Bradypterus D Dense weeds and grass, vegetation in clearings, forest edge bush warbler
I -16- 16 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Locustella lanceolata Lanceolated warbler* V Reeds, paddy fields, scrub, and grass land, often near water; up to El 1800 m Acrocephalus aedon Thick-billed warbler* V Scrub and grass in relatively dry areas, forest clearings, forest edge, often near water; up to at least El 1120 m Orthotomus cuculatus Mountain tailorbird V Undergrowth in broadleaved evergreen forest, bamboo, forest edge, scrub; primarily above El 1000 m Orthotomus sutorius Common tailorbird V V Scrub, bamboo, open secondary growth, towns; up to at least El 1200 m
Orthotomus atrogularis Dark-necked tailorbird V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, scrub; up to at least El 1000 m Phylloscopus fuscatus Dusky warbler V V Low vegetation usually near rivers or ponds, open areas; up to El 1830 m Phylloscopus schwarzi Radde’s warbler V V Dense understory of forest and scrub; open forest clearings; up to at least El 1540 m Phylloscopus chloronotus &/or P. Lemon-rumped &/or Chinese V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen forest, secondary growth; between El 425-2285 yunnanensis leaf warbler m Phylloscopus inornatus Yellow-browed warbler V V Forest secondary growth, villages, riverine scrub; a wide range of altitudes Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish warbler V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary growth; up to El 2565 m Phylloscopus tenellipes &/or P. Pale-legged &/or Sakhalin V V Mixed deciduous, broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, secondary growth, borealoides leaf warbler near forested pools and streams; generally below El 1000 m Phylloscopus coronatus Eastern crowned warbler D Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest; up to El 1830 m Phylloscopus reguloides Blyth’s leaf warbler V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, tall secondary forest; common on hills and mountains; up to El 2565 m
Phylloscopus davisoni White-tailed leaf warbler V Broadleaved evergreen and pine forest, tall secondary growth; above El 900 m Annex Phylloscopus cantator Yellow-vented warbler V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, often near rivers; primarily between El 500-1000 m
Phylloscopus ricketti &/or P. [un- Sulphur-breasted &/or Lime- V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest; up to El 1520 m I named taxon] stone leaf warbler Seicercus aff. S. burkii One or more sibling spe- V V Evergreen forest, bamboo, streamside thickets; up to at least El 1650 m cies of Golden-spectacled warbler Seicercus poliogenys Grey-cheeked warbler V [R] Broadleaved evergreen and secondary growth; primarily above El 900 m Seicercus castaniceps Chestnut-crowned warbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest; above El 1000 m Abroscopus albogularis Rufous-faced warbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest, bamboo, secondary growth; above El 600 m Abroscopus superciliaris Yellow-bellied warbler V V Bamboo in or near broadleaved evergreen forest; secondary growth; up to at least El 1450 m Garrulax leucolophus White-crested laughingthrush V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, dry deciduous forest, secondary growth, bam- boo, riverine areas; up to at least El 1200 m Garrulax monileger Lesser necklaced laughing- V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, dry deciduous forest, secondary growth, bam- thrush boo, riverine areas; up to at least El 1000 m Garrulax pectoralis Greater necklaced laugh- V V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen, and dry deciduous forest, secondary growth; ingthrush from foothills up to at least El 1800 m Garrulax maesi Grey laughingthrush V Broadleaved evergreen forest; between El 600-1700 m Garrulax chinensis Black-throated laughing- C D Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, streamside thickets, bamboo; up to at thrush least El 1350 m Garrulax erythrocephalus Chestnut-crowned laugh- V Broadleaved and coniferous forest, secondary growth, bamboo; above El 1250 m ingthrush Garrulax milnei Red-tailed laughingthrush V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth; bamboo, scrub and grass; above El 800 m Pellorneum tickelli Buff-breasted babbler V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, bamboo; up to at least El 1300 m Pellorneum ruficeps Puff-throated babbler V V Mixed deciduous and evergreen forest, secondary growth, scrub, bamboo; mainly low- lands and foothills but up to at least El 1350 m Malacopteron cinereum Scaly-crowned babbler* D V Broadleaved evergreen forest, mature secondary growth; primarily below El 500 m Pomatorhinus hypoleucos Large scimitar babbler* R V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, tall secondary growth, bamboo; generally below El 800 m Pomatorhinus schisticeps &/or P. White-browed &/or Streak- V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, secondary growth, bamboo, scrub and ruficollis breasted scimitar babbler grass; up to at least El 1700 m (apparently integrading population)
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-17 17 EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
Pomatorhinus ochraceiceps Red-billed scimitar babbler V T Broadleaved evergreen forest, bamboo, dense secondary growth; from El 600-1400 m Pomatorhinus ferruginosus Coral-billed scimitar babbler V Evergreen forest and dense secondary growth at El 900-1800 m Jabouilleia danjoui Short-tailed scimitar babbler H Broadleaved evergreen forest, often in climatically wet areas; from El 500-1650 m Napothera brevicaudata Streaked wren babbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest, especially riverine areas and stream valleys with steep topography, including limestone; between El 210-1620 m Napothera epilepidota Eyebrowed wren babbler V Understory of broadleaved evergreen forest, particularly on steep topography; above El 280 m
Pnoepyga pusilla Pygmy wren babbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest, moist secondary growth and scrub, often near water; generally above El 750 m Stachyris rufifrons &/ or S. ruficeps Rufous-fronted babbler &/or R V Forest edge, secondary growth, scrub, grass, bamboo; up to at least El 1400 m Rufous-capped babbler Stachyris chrysaea Golden babbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest on hills and mountains, dense secondary growth; primarily above El 800 m Stachyris nigriceps Grey-throated babbler V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, mature regeneration; up to at least El 1570 m Stachyris striolata Spot-necked babbler V T Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, scrub and grass; frequently in hill areas but generally below El 1000 m
Macronous gularis Striped tit babbler V V Open broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, riverine areas, thickets, bamboo, secondary growth; up to at least El 1320 m
Leiothrix argentauris Silver-eared mesia V Edge of broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, scrub; generally above El 900 m I Cutia nipalensis Cutia V Broadleaved evergreen forest, sometimes mixed evergreen and pine forest; above El 1500 m
Pteruthius flaviscapis White-browed shrike babbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest, mixed evergreen and coniferous forest; primarily above
Annex El 900 m Pteruthius melanotis Black-eared shrike babbler V Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge; above El 1050 m Pteruthius aenobarbus Chestnut-fronted shrike V T Broadleaved evergreen forest; above El 900 m babbler Gampsorhynchus rufulus White-hooded babbler V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, bamboo stands, dense secondary growth; El 500-1350 m Actinodura ramsayi Spectacled barwing V Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, scrub, secondary growth; above 1200 m Minla cyanouroptera Blue-winged minla V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary forest; usually above 900 m Minla strigula Chestnut-tailed minla V Broadleaved evergreen forest; between El 1600-3000 m Minla ignotincta Red-tailed minla V Broadleaves evergreen forest, secondary growth; above El 1100 m Alcippe castaneceps Rufous-winged fulvetta V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, forest edge; above El 900 m Alcippe ruficapilla Spectacled fulvetta V Broadleaved evergreen forest; above El 1800 m Alcippe rufogularis Rufous-throated fulvetta V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, moist gullies and riverine habitat; between El 200-800 m Alcippe dubia Rusty-capped fulvetta V Edge of broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, scrub, bamboo; primarily above El 1500 m
Alcippe morrisonia Grey-cheeked fulvetta V V Broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, secondary growth, scrub, bamboo; above El 600 m Heterophasia picaoides Long-tailed sibia V Broadleaved evergreen and sometimes mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, secondary growth; above El 950 m Yuhina castaniceps Striated yuhina R Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth, scrub; above El 910 m Yuhina flavicollis Whiskered yuhina V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, forest edge, generally above El 1500 m Yuhina nigrimenta Black-chinned yuhina S Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth; between El 700-1450 m I Yuhina zantholeuca White-bellied yuhina V V Broadleaved evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, mature secondary growth; up to at least El 1350 m Paradoxornis gularis Grey-headed parrotbill V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, scrub bordering forest, bamboo; between El 800-1600 m Paradoxornis nipalensis Black-throated parrotbill V Bamboo, broadleaved evergreen forest, forest edge, dense tall grass; mostly above El 1500 m Paradoxornis atrosuperciliaris Lesser rufous-headed par- S Bamboo in or near broadleaved evergreen forest; generally above 1000 m rotbill
I -18- 18 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species EAMP Annexes
Bird Species NNT NP Habitat Type FAMILY (Species) Common Name
NECTARINIIDAE Dicaeum agile Thick-billed flowerpecker* V Broadleaved evergreen, mixed deciduous forest, secondary growth; up to at least El 850 m Dicaeum chrysorrheum Yellow-vented flowerpecker R V Broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and mixed deciduous forest, forest edge, sec- ondary growth; up to El 1400 m Dicaeum concolor Plain flowerpecker V V Open broadleaved evergreen, semi-evergreen and deciduous forest, secondary growth; primarily in lowlands and foothills up to El 1700 m Dicaeum ignipectus Fire-breasted flowerpecker V Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth; generally above El 850 m
Dicaeum cruentatum Scarlet-backed flowerpecker* S V Dry dipterocarp forest, forest edge, secondary growth, scrub, cultivation; primarily in the lowlands and foothills up to El 1220 m Anthreptes singalensis Ruby-cheeked sunbird V V Deciduous and broadleaved evergreen forest, peat swamp forest, secondary growth; primarily in the lowlands but up to at least El 1150 m Hypogramma hypogrammicum Purple-naped sunbird V V Understory and midstory of broadleaved secondary forest, mature secondary growth; primarily lowlands and foothills up to El 800 m Aethopyga gouldiae Mrs Gould’s sunbird V Mountain broadleaved evergreen forests and secondary growth, forest edge; generally above El 1400 m Aethopyga nipalensis Green-tailed sunbird V Mountain broadleaved evergreen forests and secondary growth, generally above El 1400 m Aethopyga christinae Fork-tailed sunbird V V Broadleaved evergreen & semi-evergreen forest, mature secondary growth; El 300-1400 m
Aethopyga saturata Black-throated sunbird V W Broadleaved evergreen forest, secondary growth, forest edge; generally on hills and Annex mountains up to at least El 1600 m Aethopyga siparaja Crimson sunbird V V Broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, forest edge, secondary growth; primarily below El 1000 m I Arachnothera longirostra Little spiderhunter V V Broadleaved evergreen and semi-evergreen forest, forest edge, secondary growth, bam- boo, bananas; primarily lowlands but up to at least El 1150 m Arachnothera magna Streaked spiderhunter V V Broadleaved evergreen and tall closed-canopy deciduous forest, mature secondary growth, bananas; between El 250-1700 m PASSERIDAE Passer flaveolus Plain-backed sparrow* V Dry dipterocarp forest, open wooded areas, river side scrub, cultivation; below El 800 m Passer montanus Eurasian tree sparrow* V V Urban habitat, cultivation; up to at least El 1350 m Dendronanthus indicus Forest wagtail R V Open broadleaved evergreen and deciduous forest, open wooded areas, secondary growth, along roads or tracks; up to El 1500 m Motacilla alba White wagtail V V Open habitat often near water; up to El 2000 m Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail* V Marshes, open wet habitat, paddy field, cultivation Motacilla cinerea Grey wagtail V V Forest openings, secondary growth, open areas, cultivation, usually near running water; up to at least El 1650 m Anthus richardi Richard’s pipit V V Open areas, paddy fields, cultivation; up to El 1830 m Anthus rufulus Paddyfield pipit* V Open areas, dry cultivation; up to El 1200 m Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed pipit V V Open forest, forest tracks, forest edge, secondary growth, especially in broadleaved evergreen and pine dominated areas; up to El 2590 m Anthus cervinus Red-throated pipit* S V Cultivation, paddy fields, often near water; primarily in lowlands but up to El 1200 m Erythrura prasina Pin-tailed parrotfinch H Broadleaved evergreen forest, mature regeneration, bamboo, forest edge, open forest clearings; up to El 1500 m Lonchura striata White-rumped munia V V Open forest, secondary growth, scrub, cultivation; up to at least El 1580 m Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted munia R W Cultivation, paddy fields, secondary growth, scrub, grass; up to at least El 1200 m FRINGILLIDAE Melophus lathami Crested Bunting Q Recorded as numerous in long grass between Nakai and Nape in Jan-Feb 1928, but no recent records Emberiza fucata Chestnut-eared bunting* V Open areas, paddy fields, marshes, cultivation; up to at least El 800 m Emberiza pusilla Little bunting V Secondary growth, scrub, grass, cultivation; up to at least El 1250 m Emberiza aureola Yellow-breasted bunting* R V Open areas, marshes, grass, cultivation, generally lowlands often near water; up to El 1370 m Emberiza rutila Chestnut bunting V T Broadleaved evergreen forest undergrowth, forest edge, scrub, grass, bamboo, cultiva- tion; up to at least El 1650 m
Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species I -I-19 19 EAMP Annexes I Annex
I
I -20- 20 Annex I: Mammal & Bird Species Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex J: Fish Species & Migration
Table J.1: Distribution of fish species in the Xe Bang Fai & Nam Theun basins by river sector (source: Kottelat, 1998, updated with Kottelat, 2001 and Kot- telat, 2002) Xe Bang Fai Nam Theun Distribution Outside the Xe Bang Fai & Nam FAMILY (Species) Theun Lower Lower Upper Upper Middle Middle Plateau
NOTOPTERIDAE Chitala blanci (d’Aubenton, 1965) • Mekong Basin Chitala ornata (Gray, 1831) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Notopterus notopterus (Pallas, 1769) • South and Southeast Asia CLUPEIDAE Clupeichthys aesarnensis Wongratana, 1983 • Mekong Basin Clupeoides borneensis Bleeker, 1851 • Southeast Asia Tenualosa thibaudeaui (Durand, 1940) • Mekong Basin SUNDASALANGIDAE Sundasalanx mekongensis Britz & Kottelat, 1999 • Mekong basin CYPRINIDAE Bangana elegans Kottelat, 1998 • • • • Nam Theun endemic, possibly in Nam Ngum basin Barbichthys laevis (Valenciennes, 1942) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Barbonymus altus (Günther, 1868) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Barbonymus gonionotus (Bleeker, 1850) • Southeast Asia Barbonymus schwanefeldii (Bleeker, 1853) • Southeast Asia Cirrhinus microlepis Sauvage, 1878 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Cirrhinus molitorella (Valenciennes, 1844) • • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins, China Crossocheilus atrilimes Kottelat, 2000 • • Mainland Southeast Asia Crossocheilus reticulatus (Fowler, 1934) • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Cyclocheilichthys armatus (Valenciennes, 1842) • • Southeast Asia Cyclocheilichthys repasson (Bleeker, 1853) • • • • Southeast Asia
Cyprinus rubrofuscus La Cepède, 1803 • Xiangkhouane, N.Vietnam and China Annex Danio fangfangae Kottelat, 2000 • • • Mekong basin Laos Discherodontus ashmeadi (Fowler, 1937) • Mekong basin Epalzeorhynchos frenatum (Fowler, 1934) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins J Epalzeorhynchos munense (Smith, 1934) • Mekong basin Esomus metallicus Ahl, 1924 • Mainland Southeast Asia Folifer brevifilis (Peters, 1881) • Mekong, Chao Phraya, Salween and Red River basins, S. China Garra cambodgiensis (Tirant, 1884) • • • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Garra cf. cyrano Kottelat, 2000 • Mekong basin Garra fasciacauda Fowler, 1937 • Mekong basin Garra theunensis Kottelat, 1998 • • • Mekong basin Laos Hampala dispar Smith, 1934 • Mekong basin Hampala macrolepidota Kuhl & van Hasselt, 1823 • • • • • • Southeast Asia Hemibarbus cf. umbrifer (Lin, 1931) • S. China, N. Vietnam Hemiculterella macrolepis Chen, 1989 • • • Mekong basin in Yunnan Henicorhynchus lineatus (Smith, 1945) • • Mekong basin Henicorhynchus siamensis (Sauvage, 1881) • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Hypsibarbus vernayi (Norman, 1925) • • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Labeo chrysophekadion (Bleeker, 1850) • Southeast Asia Labeo pierrei (Sauvage, 1880) • Mekong, Chao Phraya and Salween basins Labiobarbus leptocheila (Valenciennes, 1842) • • Southeast Asia Laocyprinus sp. • Nam San and Nam Mang basins Lobocheilos melanotaenia (Fowler, 1935) • Mainland Southeast Asia Lobocheilos rhabdoura (Fowler, 1934) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Luciocyprinus striolatus Cui & Chu, 1986 • • • Mekong basin in Yunnan
J H --1 1 EAMP Annexes
Xe Bang Fai Nam Theun Distribution Outside the Xe Bang Fai & Nam Family (Species) Theun Lower Lower Upper Upper Middle Middle Plateau
Macrochirichthys macrochirus (Valenciennes, 1844) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Mekongina erythrospila Fowler, 1937 • • Mekong basin Mystacoleucus atridorsalis Fowler, 1937 • Mekong basin Mystacoleucus greenwayi Pellegrin & Fang, 1940 • Mekong basin Mystacoleucus marginatus (Valenciennes, 1842) • • • • • • Southeast Asia Neolissochilus stracheyi (Day, 1871) • Mekong basin in Laos Onychostoma fusiforme Kottelat, 1998 • • • • Mekong Basin Onychostoma meridionale Kottelat, 1998 • Mekong basin in Laos Opsarius koratensis Smith, 1931 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Opsarius pulchellus Smith, 1931 • • • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Oreichthys parvus Smith, 1933 • Mainland Southeast Asia Osteochilus hasselti (Valenciennes, 1842) • Southeast Asia Osteochilus lini Fowler, 1935 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Osteochilus melanopleura (Bleeker, 1852) • Southeast Asia Osteochilus striatus Kottelat, 1998 • Mekong basin in Laos Osteochilus waandersii (Bleeker, 1852) • Southeast Asia Oxygaster pointoni (Fowler, 1934) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Parachela siamensis (Günther, 1868) • Southeast Asia Paralaubuca barroni (Fowler, 1934) • Mekong basin Paralaubuca typus Bleeker, 1865 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Poropuntius carinatus (Wu & Lin, 1977) • • • • Mekong basin in Yunnan Poropuntius laoensis (Günther, 1868) • • • Mekong basin Puntioplites falcifer Smith, 1929 • • • Mekong basin Puntius aurotaeniatus (Tirant, 1885) • • • Mekong basin Puntius brevis (Bleeker, 1850) • • • Southeast Asia Puntius jacobusboehlkei (Fowler, 1958) • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Puntius rhombeus Kottelat, 2000 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Raiamas guttatus (Day, 1870) • • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Rasbora atridorsalis Kottelat & Chu, 1988 • Mekong basin in Yunnan Rasbora borapetensis Smith, 1934 • Mainland Southeast Asia Rasbora daniconius (Hamilton, 1822) • Mainland Southeast Asia and South Asia
J Rasbora dusonensis (Bleeker, 1851) • • Southeast Asia Rasbora paviei Tirant, 1885 • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Rasbora trilineata Steindachner, 1870 • Southeast Asia Rhodeus laoensis Kottelat, Doi & Musikasinthorn, 1998 • • Nam Theun endemic Annex Scaphiodonichthys acanthopterus (Fowler, 1934) • • • • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Scaphognathops bandanensis Boonyaratpalin & Srirungroj, 1971 • Mekong basin Scaphognathops stejnegeri (Smith, 1931) • Mekong basin Scaphognathops theunensis Kottelat, 1998 • • • Nam Theun endemic Sikukia gudgeri (Smith, 1934) • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Tor ater Roberts, 1999 • Nam Theun endemic Tor cf. tambra (Valenciennes, 1842) • • • • Southeast Asia Tor laterivittatus Zhu & Cui, 1996 • • • • • Mekong basin Tor tambroides (Bleeker, 1854) • • • Southeast Asia GYRINOCHEILIDAE Gyrinocheilus aymonieri (Tirant, 1884) • • Mainland Southeast Asia BALITORIDAE Annamia normani (Hora, 1930) • Annamit Cordillera Balitora cf. annamitica Kottelat, 1988 • Se Kong basin in Cambodia Balitora lancangjiangensis (Zheng, 1980) • • • • Mekong and Red River basin in Yunnan Hemimyzon papilio Kottelat, 1998 • • • Mekong basin in Laos Homaloptera smithi Hora, 1932 • • • • • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Homaloptera yunnanensis (Chen, 1978) • • • Mekong basin in Yunnan Nemacheilus arenicolus Kottelat, 1998 • • • Nam Theun endemic Nemacheilus longistriatus Kottelat, 1990 • • Mekong basin Nemacheilus masyae (Smith, 1933) • Southeast Asia
JI -2- 2 Annex J: Fish Species EAMP Annexes
Xe Bang Fai Nam Theun Distribution Outside the Xe Bang Fai & Nam Family (Species) Theun Lower Lower Upper Upper Middle Middle Plateau
Nemacheilus pallidus Kottelat, 1990 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Nemacheilus platiceps Kottelat, 1990 • • Mekong basin in Cambodia Schistura atra Kottelat, 1998 • • • Nam Theun endemic Schistura sp. big head • Possibly endemic, status unresolved Schistura cataracta Kottelat, 1998 • • • Nam Theun endemic Schistura daubentoni Kottelat, 1990 • Mekong basin in Cambodia Schistura dorsizona Kottelat, 1998 • • Mekong basin in Laos Schistura isostigma Kottelat, 1998 • Mekong basin in Laos Schistura kongphengi Kottelat, 1998 • • • Nem Theun endemic Schistura nicholsi (Smith, 1933) • • Mekong basin Schistura nudidorsum Kottelat, 1998 • Nam Theun endemic Schistura obeini Kottelat, 1998 • • • • Nam Theun endemic Schistura punctifasciata Kottelat, 1998 • Xe Bang Fai endemic Schistura sombooni Kottelat, 1998 • • • • Nam Theun endemic Schistura tubulinaris Kottelat, 1998 • • Nam Theun endemic COBITIDAE Acanthopsoides delphax Siebert, 1991 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Acanthopsoides gracilentus (Smith, 1945) • Mekong basin Acanthopsoides hapalias Siebert, 1991 • • Mekong basin Acantopsis sp. large spots • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Acantopsis sp. small spots • • Mainland Southeast Asia Botia beauforti Smith, 1931 • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Botia caudipunctata Taki & Doi, 1995 • Mekong basin Botia eos Taki, 1972 • Mekong basin Botia helodes Sauvage, 1876 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Botia lecontei Fowler, 1937 • Mekong basin Botia modesta Bleeker, 1865 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Botia nigrolineata Kottelat & Chu, 1987 • Mekong basin Lepidocephalichthys aff. hasselti (Valenciennes, 1846) • • • Mainland Southeast Asia Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor, 1842) • East Asia
Pangio anguillaris (Vaillant, 1892) • • Southeast Asia Annex Pangio fusca (Blyth, 1860) • • Mekong and Salween basins Serpenticobitis zonata Kottelat, 1998 • Mekong basin in Laos
BAGRIDAE J Hemibagrus nemurus (Valenciennes, 1840) • • Southeast Asia Hemibagrus wyckioides (Fang & Chaux, 1949) • • Mekong basin Mystus atrifasciatus (Fowler, 1937) • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Mystus mysticetus Roberts, 1992 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Mystus singaringan (Bleeker, 1846) • • Southeast Asia Pseudomystus siamensis (Regan, 1913) • • Mainland Southeast Asia AMBLYCIPITIDAE Amblyceps serratum Ng & Kottelat, 2000 • Mainland Southeast Asia SILURIDAE Belodontichthys truncatus Kottelat & Ng, 1999 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Kryptopterus bicirrhis (Valenciennes, 1840) • Southeast Asia Kryptopterus cryptopterus (Bleeker, 1851) • • Southeast Asia Micronema apogon (Bleeker, 1851) • Southeast Asia Micronema cheveyi Durand, 1940 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Pterocryptis inusitata Ng, 1999 • • • Nam Theun endemic Wallago leeri Bleeker, 1951 • Southeast Asia SCHILIBIDAE Laides longibarbis (Fowler, 1934) • Southeast Asia PANGASIIDAE Helicophagus leptorhynchus Ng & Kottelat, 2000 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Pangasius larnaudii Bocourt, 1866 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins
Annex J: Fish Species I J--3 3 EAMP Annexes
Xe Bang Fai Nam Theun Distribution Outside the Xe Bang Fai & Nam Family (Species) Theun Lower Lower Upper Upper Middle Middle Plateau
CLARIIDAE Clarias batrachus (Linnaeus, 1758) • • • Southeast Asia SISORIDAE Bagarius bagarius (Hamilton, 1822) • Mekong, Chao Phraya and Ganges basins Bagarius yarrellii Sykes, 1841 • Southeast Asia and South Asia Glyptothorax lampris Fowler, 1934 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Glyptothorax laosensis Flowler, 1934 • • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Glyptothorax macromaculatus Li, 1984 • • • • Mekong basin in Yunnan Glyptothorax zanaensis Wu, He & Chu, 1981 • Salween and Mekong basins in Yunnan Oreoglanis hypsiurus Ng & Kottelat, 1999 • Nam Theun endemic Pseudecheneis sympelvicus (Roberts, 1998) • Nam Theun endemic AKYSIDAE Akysis varius Ng & Kottelat, 1998 • • Mekong basin SYNBRANCHIDAE Monopterus albus (Zuiew, 1793) • Southeast Asia ORYZIIDAE Oryzias pectoralis Roberts, 1998 • • Mekong basin, N. Vietnam Oryzias sinensis Chen, Uwa & Chu, 1989 • • Yunnan BELONIDAE Xenentodon canciloides (Bleeker, 1953) • • Mainland Southeast Asia SYNGNATHIDAE Doryichthys contiguus Kottelat, 2000 • Southeast Asia AMBASSIDAE Parambassis sp. • possibly Nam Theun endemic Parambassis siamensis (Fowler, 1937) • • Mainland Southeast Asia TOXOTIDAE Toxotes chatareus (Hamilton, 1822) • Southeast Asia PRISTOLEPIDIDAE Pristolepis fasciata (Bleeker, 1851) • • Southeast Asia DATNIOIDIDAE Datnioipes undecimradiatus (Roberts & Kottelat, 1994) • • Mekong basin
J ODONTOBUTIDIAE Neodontobutis aurarmus (Vidthayanon, 1995) • • Mekong basin Terateleotris aspro (Kottelat, 1998) • Xe Bang Fai endemic GOBIIDAE Annex Papuligobius ocellatus (Fowler, 1937) • • • • • • Mekong basin Rhinogobius lineatus Chen, Kottelat & Miller, 1999 • • Mekong basin ANABANTIDAE Anabas testudineus (Bloch, 1792) • • Southeast and South Asia OSPHRONEMIDAE Osphronemus exodon Roberts, 1994 • Mekong basin Trichogaster trichopterus (Pallas, 1770) • Southeast Asia Trichopsis schalleri Ladiges, 1962 • • Mekong basin CHANNIDAE Channa gachua (Hamilton, 1822) • • • Southeast and South Asia Channa micropeltes (Cuvier, 1831) • Southeast Asia Channa striata (Bloch, 1793) • • • Southeast and South Asia MASTACEMBELIDAE Macrognathus semiocellatus Roberts, 1986 • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Macrognathus siamensis (Günther, 1861) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins Mastacembelus armatus (La Cepède, 1800) • • • • • • Southeast and South Asia SOLEIDAE Brachirus harmandi (Sauvage, 1878) • Mekong and Chao Phraya basins TETRAODONTIDAE Monotrete abei (Roberts, 1998) • • Mekong and Nan basins Monotrete suvattii (Sontirat & Soonthornsatit, 1985) • Mekong basin
JI -4- 4 Annex J: Fish Species EAMP Annexes
Table J.2: Distribution, migration and potential imacts on migration for key fish species. Nam Theun Cyprinids Species: Bangana elegans Distribution: Possibly restricted to the Nam Theun basin where it has been collected at numerous localities (Kottelat 1996, 2002, 2004). Migration/Spawning: Local people maintain that the species migrates and spawns in rapids in November. Kottelat identified three discrete size classes suggesting the exist- ence of a discrete spawning season. Juveniles of apparently two size classes occur both in the headwaters and downstream of the Nakai dam site. This suggests there are several spawning grounds and possibly the species does not undertake extensive migrations. Potential Impacts on Migration: Nakai dam will prevent migration between the lower/middle and the upper Nam Theun. This will fragment the stock into disjunct popula- tions which would have to complete their entire life cycle in smaller basins. As there are rapids in these smaller basins (needed for spawning and feeding) it is possible that the species will be able to survive in the tributaries. The species will likely disappear from the Nakai reservoir and from the middle Nam Theun as far downstream as the Nam Phao confluence. It is likely that the population in the Nam Kading has already been negatively impacted by the Theun Hinboun dam. The cumulative impact of the two dams will likely be to create four fragmented populations: upper Nam Theun population; Nam Xot tributary population; lower/middle Nam Theun/Nam Phao tributary/Nam Gnouang tributary population; and lower Nam Kading population. Some unidirectional genetic interchange might be possible between populations, due to downstream larval drift.
Species: Luciocyprinus striolatus Distribution: Occurs in the middle and upper Mekong basin and prefers large, deep rivers with slow current (Kottelat, 2001). It has been collected at numerous localities throughout the Nam Theun basin (Kottelat 1996, 2002, 2004). Migration/Spawning: The species spawns in rapids during the dry season (January-February) (Kottelat, 1996). Potential Impacts on Migration: Longitudinal migration within the Nam Theun basin will be curtailed by the Nakai dam, resulting in stock fragmentation. The species will likely disappear from the Nakai reservoir and from the middle Nam Theun down to the Nam Phao confluence. Other impacts will probably be as for Bangana elegans.
Species: Hypsibarbus vernayi Distribution: Occurs widely in the Mekong basin in medium size rivers (Rainboth, 1996). It has been collected at numerous localities in the Nam Theun basin (Kottelat 1996, 2002). Migration/Spawning: Kottelat (1996) observed two discrete size classes suggesting a discrete spawning season. However, its life history is unknown and it has not been recorded in dry season refuge pools in the Mekong. However, H. malcolmi, has been recorded from Mekong pools (Poulsen et al, 2002a), and is known to migrate to medium size rivers during the wet season. This species spawns at the end of the wet season/early dry season when the water level falls (Rainboth, 1996). It is suggested that H. vernayi may have a similar life history. Potential Impacts on Migration: Because it is not clear if this species needs to migrate down to the Mekong mainstream during part of its life cycle, the impact of Nakai dam on migration cannot be properly assessed. If the species does not migrate to the Mekong, then the impacts are likely to be as for Bangana elegans and Luciocyprinus striolatus, with fragmented populations surviving in tributary basins. However, if the species does need to migrate to the Mekong, then it is likely that the cumulative effect of Nakai and Nam Theun-Hinboun will result in H. vernayi becoming restricted to the Nam Kading.
Species: Scaphognathops theunensis Distribution: Endemic to the Nam Theun basin, and is distributed in the lower, middle and Nakai plateau (Kottelat, 2001). It prefers deep pools with rocky shores, and occurs in small groups (Kottelat, 2002). Migration/Spawning: It is reported to spawn in the early wet season (June-July) when it travels in large aggregations. It spawns in groups at night. (Kottelat, 2004). There are also contradictory reports that it spawns in the dry season (February-March) on sand banks near rapids (Kottelat, 1996). It is thought not to migrate long distances. In some locations it remains all year round, while elsewhere (Nam On tributary) it migrates into small streams during the wet season. Potential Impacts on Migration: The various populations of this species are likely to become fragmented by the Nakai dam as for Bangana elegans and Luciocyprinus
striolatus. It is not clear to what extent genetic interchange occurs at present as the species is not considered to migrate long distances. Downstream larval drift will allow Annex limited genetic interchange to continue to occur. Kottelat (2004) predicted that Scaphognathops theunensis would disappear above Nakai Dam. He also predicted that it would likely disappear in a few years below the Nakai Dam as far as Theun-Hinboun.
Species: Tor tambroides J Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996; Kottelat, 2001). It occurs in the lower, middle and headwater Nam Theun but not yet recorded from the Plateau (Kottelat, 1996). Migration/Spawning: No information is available about spawning in the Nam Theun basin. However, Kottelat observed juveniles and large adults in many localities in the lower and middle Nam Theun, which suggested that the species probably has several spawning grounds and possibly does not undertake extensive migrations. Potential Impacts on Migration: The Nakai Dam will cause fragmentation although the species appears already bisected as it does not appear to occur on the Plateau. Because the species is thought to have several spawning sites and not thought to migrate long distances, the impact on migration will be localized, and will not endanger its survival in the Nam Theun basin.
Species: Tor laterivittatus Distribution: It occurs in the middle and upper Mekong basin (Kottelat, 2001). Large adults prefer deep pools, while juveniles select shallow areas with sandy substrate. In the Nam Theun basin, it occurs the lower, middle, Nakai plateau and headwater sections (Kottelat, 1996, 2002, 2004): Migration/Spawning: In the Nam Theun it is reported to spawn in June and juveniles move downstream. In the Nam Gnouang it is present year round and spawns in February-March. Kottelat (1996) observed two size classes of juveniles and speculated that different populations may spawn at different seasons, that the species has an extended spawning season, or that it spawns twice a year. Kottelat proposed that the species probably has several spawning grounds and possibly does not undertake extensive migrations. Potential Impacts on Migration: The impacts on this species will likely be similar to T. tambroides but, as it also occurs on the Nakai plateau, the disjunction will be greater than for T. tambroides. Sisorid Catfishes
Species: Bagarius yarrellii Distribution: Widely distributed throughout the Mekong basin. Kottelat (1996) recorded it in the lower and middle Nam Theun. Migration/Spawning: Spawns in the Nam Gnouang tributary in August-September. It is reported from Nam Theun but moves downstream during part of the year. It uses deep pools in the Mekong as dry season refuge habitat (Poulsen et al, 2002a). In the middle Mekong basin, the species carries out a protracted upstream spawning migra- tion which peaks during the middle of the wet season (Poulsen et al, 2004). Potential Impacts on Migration: The cumulative impact of Nakai and Theun-Hinboun dams will be to extirpate the species from the Nam Theun basin. It will become restricted to the Nam Kading basin from which it has unimpeded access to the Mekong mainstream.
Annex J: Fish Species I J--5 5 EAMP Annexes
Nam Theun cont. Bagrid Catfishes Species: Hemibagrus wyckioides Distribution: Wide distribution and occurs in upland rivers in the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996). It uses various habitat types, including floodplains and areas with rocky bottoms and irregular depths. Kottelat (1996, 2002) records it from the lower and middle Nam Theun. Migration/Spawning: In the Nam Theun it is reported to be a migratory species which spawns in June. In the Nam Gnouang tributary it is reported to be present year round and to spawn in August-September. Potential Impacts on Migration: It is not completely clear if this species needs to migrate down to the Mekong mainstream during part of its life cycle. Assuming it does, the impact of Nakai dam (in tandem with Theun-Hinboun dam) will be similar to Bagarius yarrellii, and the species will likely disappear from the Nam Theun basin and be restricted to the Nam Kading. Xe Bang Fai
Cyprinids
Species: Sikukia gudgeri Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin. Kottelat (1996) recorded it in the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. The species is not known to take refuge in pools in the Mekong during the dry season (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Migration/Spawning: Little is known about its migratory habits (Rainboth, 1996). Evidence suggests that the Xe Bang Fai contains a resident stock, that the species is part of the small cyprinid upstream migration at the end of the rainy season, and that as a minimum the species spawns during the dry season in February. Potential Impacts on Migration: The impact on migration is not clear for this species. The increase in discharge during the wet season and its subsequent decrease at its end will presumably continue to be adequate triggers for migration events in this species’ life cycle.
Species: Puntioplites falcifer Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong and takes refuge during the dry season in pools in the middle Mekong and in tributaries (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Kottelat (1996) recorded it in the lower and much of the middle Xe Bang Fai. Migration/Spawning: It is known to spawn in both the Mekong mainstream and in tributaries, and each major Mekong tributary may have its own population (Poulsen et al, 2004). It is a social species and migrates in large schools, apparently in association with other cyprinids such as Labeo chrysophekadion, Cosmochilus harmandi, Cir- rhinus spp, and Bangana sp. Migration is triggered by changes in water level, and often intensifies during rapid rises and falls. At the end of the wet season when the river level falls, the species migrates back downstream to the Mekong. Potential Impacts on Migration: This species is likely to be attracted in larger numbers into the Xe Bang Fai from the Mekong mainstream during the early wet season by the increased discharge caused by the Project. More intensive inundation of marginal floodplains will likely promote greater spawning success and increase population size.
Species: Labeo chrysophekadion Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong. Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. Migration/Spawning: In the middle Mekong it takes refuge in pools during the dry season (Poulsen et al, 2002a). During the early rainy season it migrates upstream and into tributaries to spawn opportunistically in a variety of habitats (swamps, floodplains, river channels) (Rainboth, 1996; Poulsen et al, 2004). At the end of the wet season it migrates back downstream to its dry season refuge pools. Potential Impacts on Migration: The impact of increased discharge is likely to be similar to Puntioplites falcifer.
Species: Labiobarbus leptocheila Distribution: It occurs widely in the Mekong basin. Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai Migration/Spawning: It is not recorded from dry season refuge pools in the Mekong (Poulsen et al, 2002a). It appears to move from rivers on to floodplains during the early wet season to spawn, and returns to rivers during the dry season (Rainboth, 1996). J Potential Impacts on Migration: It is not clear if this species in-migrates from the Mekong, or if it is a year round resident of the Xe Bang Fai. If the former, the impact is likely to be similar to Puntioplites falcifer. If the latter, the increased discharge may increase the area of available habitat and in turn increase the population abundance. In either case, the upstream migration (triggered by increased discharge) during the early wet season is likely to continue as before.
Annex Species: Hypsibarbus vernayi Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin in medium size rivers (Rainboth, 1996). Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai Migration/Spawning: Its life history is unknown. However, H. malcolmi, has been recorded from Mekong pools (Poulsen et al, 2002a), and migrates from large rivers to medium size rivers during the wet season, and spawns at the end of the wet season/early dry season when the water level falls (Rainboth, 1996). It is here suggested that H. vernayi has a similar life history, and the species may be part of the small cyprinid upstream spawning migration at the end of the rainy season. Potential Impacts on Migration: The migratory habits of H. vernayi are not exactly known, and it is not clear if this species needs to migrate down to the Mekong main- stream during part of its life cycle. If the species is part of the small cyprinid upstream spawning migration, the increased discharge may have some effect on this migration by causing stress on weak swimming species. Upstream migration is likely to continue to be triggered by change in discharge as before.
Pangasiid catfish
Species: Pangasius larnaudii Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong mainstream and its floodplains (Rainboth, 1996). Kottelat (1996) records it in the lower Xe Bang Fai. Migration/Spawning: Occurrence in the lower Xe Bang Fai is probably due to in-migration from the Mekong. It takes refuge during the dry season in pools in the Mekong (Poulsen et al, 2002a). It migrates upstream at the onset of the wet season, and spawning has on floodplains (Rainboth, 1996) and in the Mekong (Bardach, 1959). Both juveniles and adults return to the Mekong at the end of the wet season to take refuge. Potential Impacts on Migration: Pangasius larnaudii, P. macronema, P. pleurotaenia and P. bocourti are all likely to be impacted in a similar manner. The increased discharge is likely to be attracted in larger numbers into the Xe Bang Fai from the Mekong. More intensive inundation of marginal floodplains will likely promote greater spawning success and increase population size.
Species: Pangasius macronema Distribution: It occurs widely in the Mekong mainstream (Rainboth, 1996). Migration/Spawning: The species takes refuge in pools in the Mekong mainstream and possibly larger tributaries during the dry season (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Potential Impacts on Migration: It spawns in large schools in the Mekong mainstream (exact spawning grounds and habitat requirements are unknown). Juveniles and adults then enter floodplains to feed, and move back to river channels at the beginning of the dry season, eventually returning to refuge pools (Poulsen, 2004).
JI -6- 6 Annex J: Fish Species EAMP Annexes
Xe Bang Fai cont. Species: Pangasius pleurotaenia Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin, but is most common in the middle Mekong where many populations are thought to exist (Poulsen et al, 2004). Shoe- maker et al (2001) record it from the Xe Bang Fai. Poulsen et al (2002a) record it from dry season refuge pools in the Mekong. Migration/Spawning: Migrates upstream at the first monsoon rains to spawning habitats (thought to be small tributaries), after which the larvae drift downstream to exten- sive floodplain nursery habitats in the lower basin (Poulsen, 2004). At the beginning of the dry season, the juveniles move back into the main river channel and then migrate upstream to the dry season refuge pools. Species: Pangasius bocourti Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin, and possibly has two distinct populations (Poulsen, 2004). Shoemaker et al (2001) recorded the species in the Xe Bang Fai. Migration/Spawning: It is known to take refuge in pools in the Mekong mainstream during the dry season (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Potential Impacts on Migration: Occurrence in the Xe Bang Fai probably due to in-migration. Wet season rainfall triggers upstream migration to spawning grounds in the Mekong mainstream (exact location unknown). The hatched larvae drift downstream to nursery-feeding grounds associated with flooded vegetation. When the flood recedes, the juveniles return to the river and migrate upstream to their refuge pools (Poulsen et al, 2004).
Species: Helicophagus leptorhynchus Distribution: It occurs widely in the Mekong basin, and is particularly common along the middle Mekong where it may consist of several distinct populations associated with particular tributaries (Rainboth, 1996; Poulsen et al, 2004). Kottelat records it from the middle Xe Bang Fai. Poulsen et al (2002a) found that the species remains in refuge pools in the Mekong mainstream during the dry season. Migration/Spawning: The species carries out a mid-dry season upstream migration (mainly immature fish) possibly for feeding or dispersal, which is in advance of the normal spawning migration during the early monsoon (Poulsen et al, 2004). Spawning occurs in the Mekong mainstream and possibly in some major tributaries. The larvae drift downstream to nursery habitats, and subsequently move to deep pools at the beginning of the dry season. Potential Impacts on Migration: The impacts will in general be similar to Pangasius larnaudii. In addition, the mid-dry season migration of juveniles will likely be intensified by the increase in discharge caused by the project. Silurid catfish Species: Wallago attu Distribution: It is widely distributed, particularly in the lower Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996; Poulsen et al, 2004). Migration/Spawning: It is not a long distance migrant, and consists of multiple populations each with a small distribution range (Poulsen, 2004). Adults use deep pools in the Mekong and larger tributaries as dry season refuges, while juveniles may spend the dry season in permanent lakes and swamps on floodplains (Poulsen et al, 2002a, 2004). The species takes short longitudinal migrations to the nearest stream, and spawns on the floodplain during the wet season in swamps, canals and streams. When the flood recedes, it swims back to the Mekong or large tributaries. Potential Impacts on Migration: It is possible that the increased discharge of the Xe Bang Fai during the dry season will not be tolerated by this species, and broodfish may abandon the impacted sections of the Xe Bang Fai during the dry season and swim to the Mekong to seek suitable dry season refuge habitat. The increased discharge dur- ing the wet season caused by the Project will likely result in larger in-migration from the Mekong, and greater spawning success. Species: Wallago leeri Distribution: Widely distributed in large upland rivers but seems to be less common than W. attu (Rainboth, 1996). Kottelat records it from the middle Xe Bang Fai. It is known to use deep pools in the Mekong mainstream as a dry season refuge habitat (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Migration/Spawning: Migrates in groups into smaller streams during the early wet season, and spawns on flooded grassland and forest. It migrates downstream at the end of the wet season (Poulsen, 2000). Potential Impacts on Migration: The impacts on migration may be similar to Wallago attu. Annex Sisorid catfish Species: Bagarius yarrellii Distribution: It is widely distributed throughout the Mekong basin, but is not a long distance migrant and probably has many subpopulations (Poulsen et al, 2004). Kottelat
(1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. It is reported as using deep pools as dry season refuge habitat (Poulsen et al, 2002a). J Migration/Spawning: In the middle Mekong basin above the Khone Falls, the species carries out a protracted upstream spawning migration which peaks during the middle of the wet season (Poulsen et al, 2004). The species swims up large rivers (preferring rocky habitat with white water rapids) and also seasonally inundated riverine habitats. It is not known how far downstream larvae and juveniles are transported by the swift current. Potential Impacts on Migration: Bagarius yarrellii: The increased discharge during the wet season caused by the Project will likely result in larger in-migration of stock from the Mekong mainstream, and greater spawning success. This species is unlikely to experience stress due to high water velocity because its morphology is adapted to fast current. It is possible that the abundance of the juveniles of this species in the Xe Bang Fai will increase during the dry season due to expansion of riverine habitat. Schilbeid catfishes Species: Laides longibarbis Distribution: A common species in some parts of the Mekong basin,. Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower Xe Bang Fai. It is known to take refuge in pools in the Mekong mainstream during the dry season (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Migration/Spawning: Possibly a migrant occurring in medium size rivers and flooded forests (Rainboth, 1996). Further details of its life history are unknown. It is suggested that L. longibarbis carries out short migrations from dry season pools to nearby tributaries to spawn during the wet season, and then returns to the mainstream Mekong dur- ing the dry season. Potential Impacts on Migration: Similar to most other Mekong catfishes, the increased discharge during the wet season caused by the Project will likely result in larger in- migration of stock from the Mekong, and greater spawning success.
Annex J: Fish Species I J--7 7 EAMP Annexes
Xe Bang Fai cont. Bagrid catfishes Species: Hemibagrus nemurus Distribution: Very common throughout many habitats of the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996; Poulsen, 2004). Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. The species uses deep pools in the Mekong mainstream and its tributaries as dry season refuge habitat (Poulsen 2002a, 2004). Migration/Spawning: Spawning migrations occur in the early wet season. These are probably short distance movements from refuge habitats to smaller tributaries and then on to floodplains and flooded forests where it spawns. At the end of the flood season, it migrates back to larger river channels and refuge pools. Potential Impacts on Migration: The increased discharge during the wet season caused by the Project will likely result in larger in-migration of stock from the Mekong and greater spawning success. Species: Hemibagrus wyckioides Distribution: Widely distributed and occurs in upland rivers in the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996). Migration/Spawning: Little has been recorded of its life history and migration pattern. It is likely that it exhibits similarities with H. nemurus. Assuming the migration habits are similar to H. nemurus, it is predicted that the impacts will also be similar to that species. Species: Mystus spp Distribution: Three species (M. atrifasciatus, M. mysticetus, M. singaringan) occur widely in the Mekong (Rainboth, 1996). M. atrifasciatus and M. singaringan have been recorded in the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai; and M. mysticetus in the middle Xe Bang Fai. Migration/Spawning: They move on to floodplains during the wet season. They are unlikely to carry out long distance migrations, and they are not known to use deep pools in the mainstream Mekong as dry season refuge habitat. Potential Impacts on Migration: These short distance migrants are likely to benefit from increased discharge due to habitat expansion but may suffer from stress due to higher current velocity. Nandids Species: Pristiolepis fasciata Distribution: It occurs widely in the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996). It prefers areas of aquatic vegetation or submerged tree limbs, and is more common in permanent lakes than in rivers. Kottelat (1996) records the species from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. It is occasionally recorded from deep pools during the dry season in the Mekong mainstream (Poulsen et al, 2002a). Migration/Spawning: The species undertakes short lateral migrations (and not longitudinal migrations). It moves from the main river to smaller stream and floodplains at the beginning of the wet season, and returns at the beginning of the dry season. It breeds mainly during the beginning of the wet season (Poulsen et al, 2000). Potential Impacts on Migration: This species is likely to be impacted in a similar manner to the previous Mystus spp. It is probably not a strong swimmer so may find higher current velocities problematic. Chandids Species: Parambassis siamensis Distribution: Widely distributed in the Mekong basin (Rainboth, 1996), and prefers standing and slow moving water. Kottelat (1996) records it from the lower and middle Xe Bang Fai. It is not known to use deep pools in the Mekong as dry season refuge habitat. Migration/Spawning: It probably carries out only very short lateral migrations to floodplains for spawning during the wet season. Potential Impacts on Migration: This species is likely to be impacted in a similar manner to Mystus spp and Pristiolepis fasciata. It is probably not a strong swimmer so may find higher current velocities problematic. J Annex
JI -8- 8 Annex J: Fish Species Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements
ection 14 of Volume 1 of the Owner Requirements and Appen- tor in the annexed documents). These detailed requirements have dix A1-12 – Owner’s Environmental Requirements (version been derived from the impacts identified during the environmen- S10, March 2004) are reproduced in extenso in this annex. These tal assessment process presented in the EAMP. The documents documents present the most recent dra� of the relevant sections mention the detailed obligations which NTPC is requiring the of the contract documentation detailing the arrangements, related Head Construction Contractor to undertake, and which are of his to environmental issues, between NTPC and the Head Construc- responsibility, and show how NTPC’s construction related envi- tion Contractor (respectively called the Owner and the Contrac- ronmental requirements will be addressed. Annex K
H K--1 1 EAMP Annexes
Section 14: Environmental & Social Requirements
14.1 General The Contractor shall comply in all respects with the provisions this Part 14 of the Owner’s Requirements. The Contractor shall address those Project Impacts occurring within the Construction Areas arising as a direct consequence of the execution of the Works by the Contractor. 14.2 Owner’s Environmental Requirements
14.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare the Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, the Contractor’s Environ- mental Monitoring and Management Plan and the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities as defined in Appendix A1-12, Owner’s Environmental Requirements. The Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, including the sub plans for implementing protection and mitigation measures, shall describe the Contractor’s policy and actions it will implement to ensure, throughout the execution of the Works, compliance by the Contractor and the Subcontractors and other agents with the Environmental Requirements as set out in Appendix A1-12 and elsewhere in the Contract. The Contractor shall, as it considers necessary, translate into the Lao Language (and other languages as necessary) parts of the final version of the Contrac- tor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan and the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities. Such translations shall be made available to the Owner for information. 14.2.2 Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan The Contractor shall prepare a preliminary draft plan, of the Contractor’s proposed Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan and submit it to the Owner for non objection no later than nine (9) months prior to the Commencement Date. The preliminary draft plan shall include a summary of the proposed methodology to develop and implement the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan and shall outline the proposed actions for all the requirements given in Part 14 and Appendix A1-12, Owner’s Environmental Requirements, including the requirements for sub plans for implementing protection and mitigation measures. 14.2.3 Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan No later than six (6) months prior to the Commencement Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a draft of the Contractor’s Environmental Moni- toring and Management Plan, including the sub plans for implementing protection and mitigation measures, in the then current version the development of the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan has reached at that time. The draft of the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan shall be in the proposed final format and shall contain sufficient detail to enable the Owner to review and comment on the Plan. The Contractor shall take into account the Owner’s comments in the preparation of the final version of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. No later than four (4) months prior to the Commencement Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner for non objection the final version of Contrac- tor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, including the final sub plans for implementing protection and mitigation measures. 14.2.4 Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities The Contractor shall prepare a Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities and shall submit it to the Owner for non-objection no later than six (6) weeks prior to the proposed commencement date of any preliminary construction work. The Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities shall describe the Contractor’s policy and actions it will implement to ensure compliance by the Contractor and the Subcontractors and other agents with the Environmental Requirements as set out in Appendix A1-12, Owner’s Environmental Requirements and elsewhere in the Contract, which are relevant to the proposed Preliminary Construction Activities. 14.3 [Not Used]
K 14.4 Contractor’s Responsibilities
14.4.1 Contractor’s Compliance Monitoring & Reporting
Annex The Contractor shall institute a program of self-monitoring and enforcement via standard international quality assurance procedures for monitoring the Project Impacts, as described in Appendix A1-12, Owner’s Environmental Requirements. The self-monitoring and enforcement program shall be in accord- I ance with the associated quality assurance procedures which shall be included in the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing monthly reports, as a section within the monthly report required in accordance with Part 16.11.1, Monthly and Quarterly Reports, for submission to the Owner, setting out: • Implementation of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan against the agreed program; • Any difficulties encountered in the implementation of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan and recommendations for remedying them for the future; • The number and type of non-conformances and proposed corrective actions;
KI -2- 2 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
• Reports from the Sub-Contractors involved in the implementation of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, including minutes of meetings and discussions held by the Contractor; • Minutes of meeting from discussions held with the Owner regarding the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. 14.4.2 Compliance Monitoring by the Owner, GOL & Others The Owner will have an environmental unit called the “Environmental Management Office” (EMO) which will be responsible for monitoring the Contrac- tor’s compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The GOL will have an environmental unit called the “Environmental Management Unit” (EMU), which will monitor the Owner’s compliance with the Envi- ronmental Requirements. The EMU will be responsible for: • Coordinating with the EMO and the GOL in relation to the Environmental Requirements; • Liaising with organizations in relation to environmental issues relating to the Project; • Working with the Panel of Experts and International Advisory Group in periodic assessment of the Environmental Requirements; • Responding to any public comments, complaints and inquiries in relation to the Environmental Requirements. The Owner and the GOL will appoint an independent monitoring agency to review implementation of the management of environmental issues by the Project. The Contractor shall provide the Owner full cooperation to respond to queries and provide it with access to all relevant data, documentation, program activities and Construction Areas to facilitate the effective monitoring and evaluation of the Environmental Requirements and the status of the Project Impacts. The EMO will identify to the Contractor any detected non-conformances to the Environmental Requirements and/or the Contractor’s Environmental Moni- toring and Management Plan. The Contractor shall implement the appropriate corrective action for the non-conformances to the Contractor’s Environ- mental Monitoring and Management Plan so identified to the Contractor. Monthly meetings will be held between representatives of the EMO, EMU and any other associated parties to facilitate the administration, coordination and monitoring of the Environmental Requirements and/or the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, which may also include consideration of contractual and legal obligations. The Contractor shall attend such meetings when requested by the Owner. 14.4.3 Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) The responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor with regard to Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) are specified in Appendix A1-12, Owner’s Envi- ronmental Requirements, and Appendix A1-25, Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD).
Appendix A1-12: Owner’s Environmental Requirements 1. Preamble The Owner’s obligations on environmental and social issues are given in the Owner’s Requirements, Volume 1, Part 14, Environmental and Social Require- ments. Those obligations that apply to the Contractor comprise: • the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan; • Sub Plans for Implementing Protection and Mitigation Measures; • Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities; and • Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, as specified in this Appendix and elsewhere in the Contract. These obligations, and the mitigations and constraints they impose on the Contractor, apply as the Owner’s Environmental Requirements. 2. [Not Used] 3. Details of Owner’s Environmetal Requirements Attachment A: 1. Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan 2. Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities 3. Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan Annex Attachment B: Sub Plans for Implementing Protection and Mitigation Measures K
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--3 3 EAMP Annexes
ATTACHMENT A
1. Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan The Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan shall establish an environmental management system that specifies how the Contractor proposes to meet the Owner’s Environmental Requirements. The Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan shall comply with IS0 14001:1996 (Environmental Management Systems) and shall include the following as a minimum: (i) A statement of policy, providing a definition of the Contractor’s environmental policy and an indication of commitment to the execution of its Environ- mental Monitoring and Management Plan. (ii) The environmental planning process, setting out the principal steps in the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, including: • Identify environmental aspects of the Contractor’s work and evaluation of associated environmental impacts; • Specify other environmental mitigations for which the Contractor is responsible under the Contract; • Identify Applicable Laws associated with the requirements of these Owner’s Environmental Requirements and the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, and identify the Contractor’s licenses, permits and approvals associated with the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan in accordance with the Conditions of Contract Annex 2, Part B (Licenses, Permits and Approvals); • Nominate the Contractor’s performance criteria in accordance with the Owner’s Requirements; and • Issue environmental plans and management programs. (iii) The implementation procedures that specify the capabilities, support mechanisms and resources necessary to achieve the objectives and targets of the environmental policy. Responsible personnel with appropriate knowledge, skills and training for specific tasks shall be identified. In addition, the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan shall define communication and reporting responsibilities. (iv) The proposed quality assurance plan for the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, in accordance with Appendix A1-17, Quality Assur- ance Plan. (v) An overview of the impacts that the construction work, within the scope of the Contract and that does not include activities for which the Owner is responsible, will have on the physical, biological and social environment. (vi) The detailed sub plans to be included in the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. (vii) A formal certification from the Contractor that the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan: • Has been prepared by duly qualified consultants and specialists; • Complies with the undertakings specified in this Appendix A1-12 and Part 14, Environmental and Social Requirements, of the Owner’s Require- ments; and • Complies with the Conditions of Contract, including Applicable Laws and Applicable Standards which relate to the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Contractor shall submit a draft of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, in the then current version of the Plan, to the Owner for review and comment no later than six (6) months prior to the Commencement Date. The Contractor shall submit the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan to the Owner for non-objection no later than four (4) months before the Commencement Date. 2. Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities The Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities shall establish an environmental management system that specifies how the Contractor proposes to meet the Owner’s Environmental Requirements while undertaking any part of the Preliminary Con- struction Activities. The Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities shall comply with the following require- ments as a minimum: (i) ISO 14001:1996 (Environmental Management Systems) (ii) Be based on the requirements of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, but be specific to the construction tasks related to the Preliminary Construction Activities to be undertaken. (iii) Comply with the relevant undertakings specified in this Appendix A1-12 and Part 14, Environmental and Social Requirements, of the Owner’s Require- ments.
K The Contractor shall submit the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan for Preliminary Construction Activities to the Owner for non-objection no later than six (6) weeks prior to the commencement date of any preliminary construction work. 3. Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan Annex The Contractor shall submit a Preliminary Draft Plan, of the proposed Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, which shall include: (i) A summary of the proposed methodology to develop and implement the plan and shall outline the proposed actions for all the requirements given in I Part 14 and this Appendix A1-12 of the Owner’s Requirements. (ii) A proposed shortlist of personnel, specialists and consultants to be employed by the Contractor. (iii) Provide basic information regarding the Contractor’s proposed quality assurance plan and, in particular, the proposed compliance monitoring pro- gram. (iv) Outline the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Contractor shall submit the Preliminary Draft Plan of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan to the Owner for non-objection no later than nine (9) months before the Commencement Date.
KI -4- 4 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
ATTACHMENT B Sub Plans for Implementing Protection & Mitigation Measures 1. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 2. Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plan 3. Quarry Management Plan 4. Water Quality Monitoring Plan 5. Chemical Waste/ Spillage Management Plan 6. Emergency Plan for Hazardous Materials 7. Emissions and Dust Control Plan 8. Noise Control Plan 9. Physical Cultural Resources 10. Landscaping and Revegetation Plan 11. Vegetations Clearing Plan 12. Waste Management Plan 13. Reservoir Impoundment Management Plan 14. Environmental Training for Construction Workers Plan 15. On-site Traffic and Access Management Plan 16. Explosive Ordnance Survey and Disposal Plan 17. Construction Work Camps and Spontaneous Settlement Areas Plan 18. Manual of Best Practices in Site management of Environmental Matters 19. Project Staff Health Program
1. EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
Impact Identified There is the potential for site erosion and sedimentation of downstream waterways if the site activities are not carefully managed. Owner’s Requirement
• Erosion and sedimentation shall be controlled during the construction of the Works. Areas of the site not disturbed by construction activities shall be maintained in their existing condition. A principal effort at the Construction Areas shall be management of erosion of excavated surfaces especially during the wet season when the volume of runoff is expected to be high. A Manual of Best Practices shall be prepared for use at all the construction sites as part of the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan, that shall include environmental management and pollution control techniques for all these areas of activity including drainage measures for underground works. • The Contractor shall prepare an erosion and sediment control plan in conjunction with the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Manage- ment Plan which shall be prepared in accordance with the Landscaping and Re-vegetation Plan and the Manual of Best Practices. It shall detail all site-specific measures the Contractor will implement during the construction phase to prevent an increase in pollution loads being exported from
the site. It shall cover site drainage, especially related to stormwater management. In particular it must include: Annex - An assessment of the potential for water pollutants to be generated; - Measures to be taken to collect, store and treat stormwater prior to any discharge from the site, (considering options for water re-use on
site); K - Management of material storage areas, including raw materials, chemicals, fuels and oil; - Measures to prevent litter entering water courses (e.g. by providing trash racks or traps) and details of permanent gross pollutant traps or other water pollution control devices proposed for the operational stage; - Identification of any significant effects on hydrological conditions and appropriate hydrological studies; - Monitoring proposals; - Consideration of the impact of the proposal on upstream and downstream flooding; and - An inspection and maintenance program to maintain the effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures. • Examples of activities, requirements, and practices that should be included in the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--5 5 EAMP Annexes
1. EROSION & SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN
Owner’s Requirement (continued)
and the Manual of Best Practices include the following: - Areas within the Construction Areas not disturbed by construction activities shall be maintained in their existing condition; - Soil erosion and sediment control practices shall be implemented prior to any major soil disturbance, or in their proper sequence, and maintained until permanent protection is established. Only approved areas due for construction activity according to the Programme shall be cleared of vegetation and topsoil in accordance with sub-plan 11; - Prior to each wet season, the Contractor shall implement appropriate measures to ensure that erosion is minimized from works where the permanent drainage and erosion control measures, if any, are not yet complete; - Materials excavated by the Contractor from open and underground excavations, which are unsuitable for incorporation into the Permanent Works or are surplus to such requirements shall be disposed of as spoil dumps in spoil disposal areas. Materials suitable for roads, saddle dams, slope protection, channel armoring or riprap and resettlement area fills shall be stockpiled separately from spoil disposal areas, at agreed locations for later use by the Contractor or Owner; - Soil excavated during construction shall be stockpiled separately. The soil shall be used for landscaping and restoration of work areas. All stockpiles and spoil dumps shall be constructed and stabilized, including provision of drainage and erosion control measures in accordance with the Landscaping and Re-vegetation Plan and the Manual of Best Practices. The height of stockpiles and spoil dumps in spoil disposal areas shall be proposed in the Sub Plan and shall be limited to 3 m for topsoil and materials for future use. The height of spoil dumps shall be determined by the locations occupied, but generally shall be not more than 6 m, with a 2 m berm at 3 m. Topsoil stockpiles shall be deep ripped to provide for moisture retention and re-growth. Drainage and erosion from the stockpiles shall be controlled by locating them in areas away from drainage lines. The erosion of the base of the dump shall be prevented by providing a diversion bank uphill to prevent any runoff from reaching the pile, and at the same time constructing a silt fence to contain any sediment in any runoff resulting from the stockpile or spoil dump; - Stockpiles and spoil disposal areas shall not be located on drainage lines or in floodway zones or other areas important for the conveyance of floodwaters during major floods. Flooded areas behind spoil disposal areas shall be allowed to drain to the Downstream Channel; - Plans for water management during construction shall be in accordance with the Manual of Best Practices, and include development of drainage works, sediment traps, diversions, culverts and other structures designed to treat water to the water quality requirements of this Sub Plan and Sub Plan 4, Water Quality Management Plan before discharge into natural watercourses. All these structures shall be constructed progressively prior to commencement of each stage of the earthworks. Regular inspection and maintenance shall be conducted to monitor their efficiency. All runoff from the construction areas shall be directed to the sediment settling areas; - The drainage works shall direct site runoff to established watercourses. They shall be inspected regularly for damage caused by scouring, sediment deposition, channel obstruction, and loss of vegetation cover. Non-erodible segments shall be established along the slope lengths through temporary banking for diversion to stable outlets at non-erosive velocities, with adequate capacity to manage runoff from 20 year ARI storm flows for Permanent Works structures and 2-year ARI storm flows for Temporary Works structures. These outlets shall be located along the natural drainage lines; - Sedimentation controls shall be implemented in the form of silt trap fences and sedimentation basins where appropriate depending upon the size of the catchment, and other physical and environmental constraints. The silt trap fences shall control sheet flows along minor drainage lines, whereas the sedimentation basins shall be utilized for removing sediment-laden runoff from the construction areas. These shall be built prior to the start of the activity and shall be maintained until the completion of that activity. The basins shall be designed in accordance with the Manual of Best Practices and it shall be desilted when the basin capacity gets reduced by approximately fifty percent (50 %); and - Potential sandstone quarry sites are located near rivers, with one located on the Nam Theun downstream of the dam, and one along the Nam Nian. Special attention to sediment control measures will need to be taken in these areas. Sedimentation traps are compulsory. K Annex I
KI -6- 6 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
2. SPOIL DISPOSAL PLANNING & MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified Impacts from spoil disposal from excavation activities on surface water drainage shall be properly addressed during construction period. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plan for the total Works in conjunction with the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Contractor shall also submit Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plans for each proposed spoil disposal sites, to the Owner for non-objection at least three (3) months prior to commencement of construction work at each site. The Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plans shall include environmental studies and consultations which analyze the potential impacts of each proposed spoil deposit and shall be complete at least six (6) months prior to commencement of construction activities in the particular area. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, prior to submission of the Reference Design, drawings showing the proposed locations for spoil disposal areas for all features of the Works. The drawings shall include consideration of the satellite photographs provided by the Owner, and topographical maps. The Contractor shall also include the requirements of the activities given below which are the Contractor’s responsibility when preparing the drawings. The Owner will provide comments on the locations of the spoil disposal areas as shown on the drawings, which shall be modified in accord- ance with the Owner’s comments and incorporated in the Reference Design. For the proposal to use spoil from the Headrace Channel to provide additional land in the Nakai area, the Contractor shall submit drawings showing the proposed location of spoil disposal areas associated with the proposed general filling of low areas between the Headrace Channel and Nakai township and east of the Headrace Channel. The areas to be filled could include Saddle Dams 1A and 2B and adjacent downstream areas, areas downstream of relocated Saddle Dam 12B and adjacent to existing Road 8B in Nakai township. The spoil shall be placed in reverse order of excava- tion, with finer materials in layers towards the top of the spoil dump, and stockpiled topsoil placed as the final layer. All layers shall be of uniform thickness and compacted sufficiently to minimize future settlement, in accordance with agreed procedures. The Contractor shall carry out all of the following activities, except for (h) and (i), and shall use the findings and results in the preparation of the draw- ings showing the proposed locations of the spoil disposal areas: (a) Field inspection of sites and geomorphological studies to determine if any proposed spoil disposal areas are located in floodway zones of the flood plain; (b) Land use impact assessment, with attention to those areas of land used and designated for agricultural purposes; (c) Estimation of flood stage frequency at relevant locations; (d) Determination of the reduction in flood storage volume that would result from spoil dumps in main segments of flood plain, by means of pegging and surveying of anecdotal flood levels and the use of existing ground level data to estimate over-bank flood volumes; (e) Determination of the reduction in cross-section area that would result from the positioning of each spoil platform; (f) Survey of the flood experience of inhabitants of those relevant locations; (g) Assessment of impacts caused by increases in the general depth of flooding in each proposed spoil disposal area. The determination of what constitutes “negligible” flooding shall be established from consideration of current and historical land use, frequency of inundation and inconven- iences caused; (h) If preliminary flood studies show that the effect of spoil disposal in a particular site would be so small as to have little impact on users of the flood plain, the application of more rigorous hydrological analysis and hydraulic modeling may not be necessary. However, if the preliminary studies show that significant adverse impacts might accrue to the well-being of the flood plain inhabitants, more rigorous analytical methods shall be applied to determine, with greater accuracy, the effects of spoil disposal in a particular site; and (i) Consultations with those communities, if any, living close to the proposed spoil disposal sites which may be affected. The consultations shall pro- vide local villagers with detailed information of the potential spoil disposal site, collect relevant information which may be of use in determining the most appropriate site, and provide an opportunity for villagers to express their opinions and concerns with the proposed plans. Information and feedback from the consultation process shall be incorporated into the final design for each spoil disposal site. Consultations for each site shall follow internationally accepted procedures for conducting public consultations, including special attention to vulnerable households and ethnic minorities if required. The Owner shall consider all of the above requirements when reviewing the drawings showing the proposed locations of the spoil disposal areas, which may require modifications to the proposals, in accordance with the comments provided by the Owner. The modifications shall be incorporated in the Reference Design. The Contractor shall also use the findings and results of the above activities to prepare a Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plan as a sub-plan under the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Spoil Disposal Planning and Management Plan shall:
• Include allowance for spoil disposal sites to be located in flood storage areas only in those cases where the studies have determined that the impact Annex is not significant; • Include the requirement for all spoil disposal sites to be located outside of flood conveyance areas; • Not permit the obstruction of access to gardens or dwellings, or require re-routing of roads and tracks;
• Include provisions regarding the environmental management of the day-to-day construction of the spoil platforms with cross-reference to the K Contractor’s Manual of Best Practices (Sub Plan 18, Manual of Best Practices on Site Management of Environmental Matters); • Require disposal sites not to be located in areas of land, which, prior to the commencement of the construction works, were used for agricultural purposes, or were designated for agricultural purposes; • Include provisions for incorporating the most appropriate stabilization techniques for each disposal site; • Assess risks of any potential impacts regarding leaching of the spoil, both in terms of impacts on surface water as well as on ground-water sup- plies; • Include appropriate engineering analysis to determine that the selected spoil disposal sites do not cause unwanted surface drainage; • Include recommendations for measures to be implemented regarding stabilization and erosion relating to the spoil disposal sites, in accordance with the requirements of the Landscape and Re-vegetation Plan and the Manual of Best Practices; • Include a social and environmental assessment of risk in case of failure of each spoil disposal site;
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--7 7 EAMP Annexes
2. SPOIL DISPOSAL PLANNING & MANAGEMENT PLAN
Owner’s Requirement (continued)
• Require that spoil from excavation of the Downstream Channel be disposed of by being incorporated into levee banks where feasible, while still maintaining adequate drainage for the Downstream Channel catchment area; • Include provisions for the spoil from the excavation of the Downstream Channel to be configured as reasonably requested by local communities during the public consultation process, provided there is no significant additional resultant cost; and • Incorporate information and feedback obtained from public consultation meetings as provided by the Owner for the areas identified above or as practical for the other areas. Topsoil shall be stripped from areas to be used for spoil platforms and subsequently used to landscape and grass the top and slopes of the spoil platforms. The Contractor shall identify spoil materials which have potential for use by others in future construction work. Such spoil shall be stockpiled and secured by the Contractor according to those requirements relevant within this Appendix A1-12 and in such a manner to allow future use of the spoil by others.
3. QUARRY MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there is potential for noise, dust and sedimentation of waterways, and increased traffic hazards if the development and operation are not carefully managed. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall have the right to quarry construction materials such as soil, sandstone, limestone, stone, sand, gravel and any other materials from the Quarry Areas subject to the requirements of these Environmental Requirements and the Conditions of Contract Annex 16 (CA Obligations). The Contractor shall prepare an overall Quarry Management Plan for the total Works in conjunction with the Contractor’s Environmental and Man- agement Plan. At least 6 months prior to commencing any activities in a particular Quarry Area, the Contractor shall submit a separate Quarry Management Plan to the Owner for non-objection for the proposed quarrying activities. The Plans shall include the following considerations: • An assessment of the following impacts at all quarry sites shall be identified and assessed for their magnitude and importance: - Erosion and sedimentation; - Road damage; - Spoil and other waste generation; and - Noise and dust generation. • A plan showing the extent to the area to be developed; • A method statement defining the proposed working methods; • The proposed access and haulage routes between the quarry and the destination for the extracted material; • A justification for the quantities of material to be extracted, an estimate of the waste materials to be generated and disposal details for such waste materials; • Details of the measures taken to minimize the quarry area and its visual impact on the surrounding area; • Details of the measures to be taken for the long-term rehabilitation of the quarry and borrow workings. These shall include re-establishment of vegetation, restoration of natural water courses, avoidance of flooding of the excavated areas wherever possible, achievement of stable slopes, and avoidance of features which would otherwise constitute a risk to health and safety or a source of environmental pollution; • Where the excavated quarry and borrow areas cannot be reasonably drained, the Contractor shall minimize their number and consult with the local population as to that population’s preference for their location for reuse for fish farming or other community purposes; • Measures which are recommended to minimize the significance of each identified impact; • Quarry faces and excavations shall be made safe and buildings, plant, equipment and debris and miscellaneous stockpiles of material shall be removed from the areas; and • Materials, other than waste materials, extracted from quarrying operations on the Construction Phase Land Areas shall be used exclusively for the Construction Works. K Annex I
KI -8- 8 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
4. WATER QUALITY MONITORING PLAN
Impact Identified Construction activities may impact water quality in areas downstream of the construction activity. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Water Quality Monitoring Plan in conjunction with the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Water Quality Monitoring Plan shall be designed to monitor the effects of surface water runoff from areas disturbed by all construction related activities. The plan shall include the following: • Detailed plans regarding monitoring the effects of surface water runoff from all construction areas, including cleared land, roads, construction camps, quarry areas, which may affect water quality in natural waterways. The plans shall include the locations of sampling water in waterways upstream and downstream of the entry points of surface water runoff from construction areas. The frequency and method of testing shall be in accordance with internationally recognised standards; • The Contractor shall ensure that all construction related activities shall not pollute waterways, in accordance with Applicable Standards. The Water Quality Monitoring Plan shall include the Applicable Standards for suspended solids, biochemical oxygen demand and phosphates from rural sites in similar tropical areas; • The Contractor shall submit water quality data reports to the Owner within the Monthly Reports; • The Contractor shall warn the Owner within 48 hours of the discovery or measurement of any abnormal and/or dangerous concentrations which could cause harm to human beings or the environment; and • The water quality monitoring program shall also monitor the quality of potable water supplied to the construction work camps, work sites and Residence Nam Theun.
5. CHEMICAL WASTE/SPILLAGE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for the pollution of adjacent habitat areas and downstream waterways if site activities are not carefully managed. Owner’s Requirement The Contractor shall prepare a Chemical Waste/Spillage Management Plan. The Plan shall include proposed actions for the following situations, and any other situations which could involve similar products: • All refuelling of heavy equipment and machinery shall be undertaken by a service vehicle, with appropriate safeguards and protection measures to prevent any spillage or contamination by chemical wastes or maintenance oils, lubricants etc.; • All the fuel and hazardous material storage shall be adequately bunded to prevent any spillage problems; • Stormwater runoff from open workshop servicing and repair areas and bunded storage areas shall be collected and treated in hydrocarbon separa- tion pits/tanks before discharge to drains or waterways; • Chemical portable toilets shall be installed at each short term work site employing 5 workers or more. At least one toilet shall be installed per 20 workers. The toilets shall be kept clean and a special service unit shall be responsible for collection and distribution of toilet units. The sludge shall be treated according to the requirements of the Contractor’s Waste Management Plan; • Suitable sanitary sewage and solid waste disposal facilities or systems shall be provided at all long term work sites, workshops stores and offices; • All explosives shall be transported, stored and handled in accordance with Applicable laws and Good Design Engineering, and Construction Prac- tice. The Contractor shall provide details of proposed storage and security arrangements; and • Pesticides shall be packaged, labeled, handled, stored and disposed of according to standards acceptable to World Bank OP4.09, Pest Manage- ment. Note: for chemical and other hazardous spills: See 6. Emergency Plan for Hazardous Materials. Annex K
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--9 9 EAMP Annexes
6. EMERGENCY PLAN FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for the pollution of adjacent habitat areas and downstream waterways if site activities are not carefully managed. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare an Emergency Plan to handle situations resulting from accidental spills of hazardous materials, including chemicals and hydrocarbons or other similar incidents. The Owner shall be informed immediately of any accidental spill or incident in accordance with the plan. Following any spill or incident the Contractor shall immediately initiate remedial action. The detailed Emergency Plan must include provision of trained personnel, specialised plant and equipment, and defined and approved treatment and disposal methods for the known range of hazardous materials. The Contractor shall subsequently provide a report detailing the reason for the spill or incident, remediation action taken, consequences/damage from the spill, and proposed corrective actions. The Emergency Plan for Hazardous Materials shall be subsequently updated and submitted to the Owner for non objection.
7. EMISSIONS & DUST CONTROL PLAN
Impact Identified Fugitive dust from site disturbances, and emissions from vehicles and plant have the potential to negatively affect air quality in the vicinity of the con- struction sites and access roads. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare an Emissions and Dust Control Plan. The Plan shall include the following: • Proposed methods and action to control dust resulting from construction related activities, including quarry sites, crushing and concrete batching plants, earthworks including road construction, embankment and channel construction, haulage of materials and construction work camps. As a minimum, dust shall be controlled by water spraying or any other similar measures. These are to be applied as necessary to reduce to a minimum the spread of dust from unsealed construction roads and public roads when construction equipment is active, in areas of major earth excavation, and any other areas which produces dust; • The exhaust gases from construction machinery and vehicles are accepted. However the engines shall be inspected and adjusted as required to minimize pollution levels; • The Emission and Dust Control Plan shall include an internationally recognized air quality standard such as from ITA (International Tunneling Association) which shall be applied to designing, monitoring and controlling air quality/ pollution in the underground works; • For all underground works, for all activities and type of material excavated, the Contractor shall install mechanical/forced ventilation systems which shall provide air pollution concentrations that comply with the requirements of the internationally recognized air quality standard included in this sub plan. When internal combustion engines are operated in the underground works only diesel engines shall be used; and • The burning of waste and/or garbage shall be done in designated areas at a distance of at least 5 km from nearby villages and in accordance with Applicable Law and the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. Burning of any material which produce toxic gases is not allowed.
8. NOISE CONTROL PLAN
Impact Identified Although noise impacts on communities on the plateau are unlikely, excessive noise will impact on wildlife. In the Power Station and Downstream Channel area, excessive noise will impact upon communities. Owner’s Requirement K The Construction Contractor shall be prepare a Noise Control Plan. The Plan shall include the following: • The Noise Control Plan shall include an internationally recognized noise level standard, such as BS 5228 or equivalent, which shall be applied to designing and managing noise levels in construction plant, equipment and vehicles (except for tunnel drills);
Annex • Mufflers and other noise control devices of construction equipment and vehicles to be repaired or replaced if defective; • Construction works may generally be carried out 24 hours a day: Within 1 km of villages and construction camps, work practices may have to be modified outside the period of 6:00 and 18:00 hours; and I • Construction workers exposed to noise levels of 80 dB or more shall be provided with adequate hearing protection, in accordance with the require- ments of the Health and Safety Plan. Blasting, except for underground, only permitted between 6:00 and 18:00 hours (subject to approval for extended periods), within 2 km of villages.
KI -10- 10 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
9. PHYSICAL CULTURAL RESOURCES
Impact Identified Objects and sites of physical cultural resource may be encountered during construction activities in the Construction Areas. A procedure is required to prevent damage to the objects and sites of Physical and Cultural Resource and to enable appropriate action to be taken by the Owner. The Owner will be responsible for the appropriate management of all items or sites of physical cultural resource located in Construction Areas in coor- dination and consultation with Government Authorities. Owner’s Requirement
The Owner has completed surveys for objects and sites of physical cultural resource within selected Construction Areas. The results of the completed surveys indicate that few, if any, objects and sites will be affected by construction activities. The Owner intends to conduct another survey for objects and sites of physical cultural resource for all Construction Areas. Objects and sites of physical cultural resource which may be encountered during construction activities include sites having archaeological (prehistoric), palaentological, historical, religious, sacred and unique natural values (for example, canyons and waterfalls). Physical cultural resources encompass remains left by previous human inhabitants, such as middens, shrines, battlegrounds, graveyards and burial sites. Prior to commencement of work by the Contractor in any portion of the Construction Areas, the Owner will have: • Completed a Physical Cultural Resource Survey for the particular portion of the Construction Area; • Informed the Contractor of any known objects and sites of physical cultural resource within the particular portion of the Construction Area; and • In accordance with Conditions of Contract Clause 4.25 (Fossils and Antiquities), advised the Contractor of the required actions to be implemented by the Contractor for any such known objects and sites of physical cultural resource. The Contractor shall prepare a Physical Cultural Resources Plan for dealing with any objects and sites of physical cultural resource notified by the Owner or encountered by the Contractor within the Construction Areas. Such Physical Cultural Resources Plan shall include proposed methodologies for: • Documentation and identification of any locations of any objects or sites of physical cultural resource notified by the Owner or encountered by the Contractor within the Construction Areas; • Notification to the construction workforce of the need to be vigilant in the detection and reporting of, and the prevention of disturbance and dam- age to, objects and sites of physical cultural resource; • In relation to previously identified locations of objects and sites of physical cultural resource, notification to the Owner at least 28 days prior to the disturbance of such locations of the Contractor’s intention to commence construction activities at the locations; • Notification to the Owner of any objects or sites of physical cultural resource encountered by the Contractor within the Construction Areas; and • Stopping work and securing the areas adjacent to the objects and sites of physical cultural resource to prevent damage to such objects and sites. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prevention of disturbance and damage to objects and sites of physical cultural resource within the Construc- tion Areas and for advising the Owner with at least 28 days prior notice of the Contractor’s intention to commence work at locations of objects and sites of physical cultural resource previously identified to the Contractor by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction workforce is appropriately informed and vigilant in the detection and reporting of, and the prevention of disturbance and damage to, objects and sites of physical cultural resource. If the Contractor encounters objects or sites of physical cultural resource within the Construction Areas, the Contractor shall immediately stop work adjacent to the objects or sites, advise the Owner and await further instructions from the Owner. The Owner, in coordination and consultation with Government Authorities, will be responsible for the appropriate overall management, protection and preservation of all objects and sites of physical cultural resource encountered within the Construction Areas and will, in accordance with the Condi- tions of Contract Clause 4.25 (Fossils and Antiquities), instruct the Contractor on the actions to be taken by the Contractor in relation to avoiding or minimising disturbance and damage to such objects and sites of physical cultural resource, including: • What, if any, protection and preservation measures are to be taken by the Contractor; • What, if any, additional mitigation, management, notification and reporting measures are to be taken by the Contractor to enable the construction activities to proceed; • What, if any, changes to the Works and construction methods are required to be taken by the Contractor; and • What, if any, related changes are required to the Construction Areas. Annex K
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--11 11 EAMP Annexes
10. LANDSCAPING & REVEGETATION PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for the pollution of adjacent habitat areas and downstream waterways if site vegetation activities are not carefully managed. Necessary vegetation and habitat destruction on construction sites will have unavoidable but limited negative impacts on local biodiversity values managed. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Landscaping and Re-vegetation Plan which shall include the following: • Restoration of cleared areas, quarries which are no longer in use, spoil areas, construction roads, construction camp areas, borrow areas, stock pile areas, working platforms and any areas temporarily occupied during construction of the works shall be undertaken using landscaping, provi- sion of adequate drainage and revegetation; • All areas disturbed by construction activity, including temporary access roads and tracks, shall be landscaped to reflect natural contours, restore suitable drainage paths and encourage the re-establishment of vegetation; • Land used for agricultural activity prior to use for construction activities shall be, as much as reasonably possible, restored to a state to allow the same agricultural activity to continue; • Spoil heaps and excavated slopes shall be re-profiled to stable batters, and grassed to prevent erosion; • Topsoil stripped from the areas occupied by the spoil heaps shall be used for landscaping works; • Re-establishment of vegetation shall be commenced at the earliest possible opportunity. Appropriate local species of vegetation shall be used; • Local depressions created by construction activities shall be either backfilled or drained to prevent ponding wherever possible. Where the local depressions cannot be reasonably drained, the Contractor shall minimize their number and consult with the local population as to that population’s preference for their location for reuse for fish farming or other community purposes; • All hazardous materials, construction plant and waste shall be removed from the site and safely disposed of in an environmentally acceptable man- ner. Reusable construction materials shall be either removed from site or, with the approval of the Owner, left in a secure manner such that they do not constitute a risk to health and safety or a source of environmental damage. Temporary buildings and installations should be demolished and removed, with concrete base slabs broken up and debris buried; and • Watercourses, which have been temporarily diverted by the construction activities, shall be restored to their former flow paths.
11. VEGETATION CLEARING PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for areas to be cleared in excess of real requirements, and insufficient consideration given to retaining vegetation and avoiding UXOs. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Vegetation Clearing Plan for the total Works which shall include the following requirements: • Areas proposed for clearing shall be submitted with the Plan, and only those proposed areas shall be cleared in accordance with the Plan. The Vegetation Clearance Plan shall reasonably consider the existing usage of the Project Land to allow its existing usage to continue as long as is practicable, without interference with the Contractor’s activities. Vegetation shall not be disturbed in those areas not submitted with the Plan for non objection; • The Plan shall include the requirements of ‘Logging and Removal of Waste Forestry Products’ given below in this Sub Plan; • If major trees form part of the vegetation to be cleared, then the requirements of the Health and Safety Plan shall be followed. Large or significant trees in camp areas and access roads should be preserved wherever possible; • The design of roads, including temporary and permanent access roads, shall avoid crop areas where reasonable and practical; • The application of chemicals for vegetation clearing shall be minimized to the greatest extent reasonable and practical; • Chemicals shall be selected on the basis of being non-residual and with regard to human health; • Herbicides used in the Project shall: - have negligible adverse human health effects; - be shown to be effective against the target vegetation species; - have minimal effect on the natural environment; and
K - be demonstrated to be safe for inhabitants and domestic animals in the treated areas, as well as for personnel applying them; • Herbicides shall be appropriately packaged, labeled, handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according to international standards to be pro- posed by the Contractor for the Owner’s non objection; • Persons applying herbicides should be provided with appropriate training, equipment, and facilities to handle, store, and apply these products Annex properly; • All herbicides shall have labels in both English and Lao languages to allow those handling the herbicides to comprehend the labeling fully; and • Clearing shall be carried out in accordance with the following requirements, ‘Logging and Removal of Waste Forestry Products’ given below, which I describes the Contractor’s responsibilities in Schedule 13 of the Concession Agreement, which is referred to in the Conditions of Contract Annex 16 (CA Parallel Obligations), Section 3.3.5 (CA Clause 10.6, Ancillary Rights). Logging and Removal of Waste Forestry Products 1. Prior to Commencement of the Preliminary Construction Phase Prior to the commencement of the Preliminary Construction Phase, the GOL shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove or arrange for the removal of commercial and non-commercial timber as well as other forestry products from the designated Construction Areas, including land
KI -12- 12 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
11. VEGETATION CLEARING PLAN
Owner’s Requirement (continued)
that falls into the following areas: a) Those areas for which the boundaries are largely final: i) Nakai Reservoir Area; ii) Nakai Dam; iii) Nakai saddle dams; iv) Headrace Channel; v) Power Conduit Water Intake; vi) Surge shaft; vii) Power Station; viii) Substations; ix) Regulating Pond; x) Regulating Dam; xi) Residence Nam Theun; and xii) Road from Thakhek to Oudomsouk (Nakai); and b) Those areas whose boundaries will be progressively adjusted: i) Dam Site Access road; ii) Downstream Channel; iii) Transmission Lines Routes; and iv) Road from Oudomsouk (Nakai) to Ban Nam Nian. 2. After commencement of the Preliminary Construction Phase After commencement of the Preliminary Construction Phase the Contractor shall have the right to log and remove forestry products remaining as required to clear areas to carry out the construction of the works in the Preliminary Construction Phase and Construction Phase Areas, as neces- sary: a) The Contractor shall submit plans for removal of the remaining timber and other forestry products in the areas permitted under this clause to the Owner for approval at least three (3) months in advance of any work being executed by the Contractor; b) The plan shall be in accordance with the Contractor’s obligations in this Appendix A1-12 of the Owner’s Requirements, including in particular the following items: i) Erosion and sedimentation control and mitigation; ii) Vegetation clearing; iii) Air quality; and iv) Noise pollution; c) The Contractor’s plan shall provide detailed information regarding the proposed logging and clearing work, including the following: i) Clear identification and justification of the areas to be logged and cleared; ii) Identification of those parts of the areas referred to in paragraph (i) which the GOL may elect to log and clear in accordance with para- graph (d) within a time period to be specified at as early a time as is reasonably possibly by the Contractor, such period to be as much time as is reasonably possible so as not to interfere with the Contractor’s construction schedule; iii) Name of company or organization to do the logging and clearing work; iv) The schedule for logging and clearing to be undertaken; v) Methods and procedures to be used consistent with the requirements of the Owner’s Requirements and of this Appendix A1-12; and vi) Clear identification of disposal sites for the timber and forestry products; d) If the GOL elects to log and clear the areas nominated in the Contractor’s plan as areas which the GOL may log and clear, it shall have the right to do so within the period specified by the Contractor and agreed to by the Owner provided that it uses techniques consistent with the obligations of the Contractor referred to in paragraph (b) above. If the GOL has not completed the logging and clearing within the period specified by the Contractor, then the GOL must cease its logging and clearing activities in the nominated areas and the Contractor may from the expiry of that time period carry out that logging and clearing; e) All works involving the logging and removal of timber and other forestry products after the commencement of the Preliminary Construction Works must be carried out in accordance with the Contractor’s non objected Vegetation Clearance Plan;
f) The Contractor shall arrange for the employment of Construction Contractors and locally licensed logging firms to log, clear and where the Annex logs and forest products are not required by the Contractor to be used in the construction of the facility, and the Owner has advised that they have no requirements for the logs and forest products, sell the commercial timber and forestry products from the areas to be cleared and will be liable to pay GOL the applicable royalty under the Forestry Law in respect of the sale of such commercial timber and forestry products, in
accordance with Section 3.3.5 of Annex 16 (CA Parallel Obligations) of the Conditions of Contract; K g) Other than the Contractor’s rights to use commercial timber obtained from areas permitted under this clause for the construction of the Facility or for the temporary works necessary for that construction and other than the sale rights described above, the Contractor must not sell, use or obtain any other benefit from the commercial timber of forestry products form the Construction Areas; h) The Contractor shall dispose of any timber or forestry products resulting from clearing not used in the Construction Works and which are not sold, in a manner selected by the Contractor including: i) Leaving the timber and forestry products at the perimeter of the cleared Construction Areas or areas selected by the Contractor within the cleared Construction Areas for collection by GOL; or ii) Burning or burying the timber or forestry products in an environmentally acceptable manner, provided that in the case of commercial timber and forestry products, the Contractor first gives the Owner fourteen (14) days notice of its intention to burn or bury such timber and forestry products and GOL or its nominated representative is allowed a reasonable opportunity to remove same during that fourteen
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--13 13 EAMP Annexes
11. VEGETATION CLEARING PLAN
Owner’s Requirement (continued)
(14) day period, provided that the Contractor shall not be obliged to dispose of any forestry products cut by the GOL but not removed by the GOL; i) For timber and forestry products discarded by the Contractor and left at the perimeter of the cleared Construction Areas or at areas selected by the Contractor within the cleared Construction Areas, the GOL shall have the right to arrange for the removal of such discarded timber and forestry products under the following conditions; j) Such removal by the GOL shall be done at times and in such a manner so as to not provide any disturbance or obstruction to the Contractor’s construction activities or damage to the Contractor’s Construction Works. The Contractor must inform the Owner as to the times and the manner in which the GOL may remove the timber and forestry products without providing any disturbance or damage to the Contractor’s Construction Works; k) The Contractor will be under no obligation to provide special access for GOL to discarded forest products, nor shall the Contractor be obliged to prepare forestry products for removal by GOL; and l) The Contractor shall not be obliged to transport any forest products.
12. WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be potential for garbage and waste collection and disposal to be given a low priority with resultant, efficiency and health problems. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Waste Management Plan which shall include the following: • A sufficient number of garbage bins and containers shall be made available at Residence Nam Theun, the work camps, the areas of planned and spontaneous resettlement and at the main work sites; • Garbage and other waste shall be regularly collected and be transported to a designated waste disposal site; • The waste disposal site shall be located at least 2 km from the nearest village. Connections to the groundwater or surface water shall be avoided, either by clay or impervious membrane at the bottom and walls of the waste disposal site; • Burning of solid waste is permitted, according to the relevant requirements included in the Emissions and Dust Control Plan; • When parts of the waste disposal area are full, they shall be covered by a minimum depth of 1.5 m of soil, and then revegetated according to relevant requirements included in the Landscaping & Re-vegetation Plan; • A separate collection and storage procedure shall be developed for hazardous or toxic waste, such as batteries, unused paint thinners and hydrocarbons, disused electronic equipment, etc. This waste shall be stockpiled in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix A1-12 and, Applicable Laws and subsequently transported to special solid waste treatment plant capable of proper disposal of such hazardous or toxic waste; • Suitable sanitary and solid waste collection and disposal facilities or systems shall be provided at all camps (including those areas set aside for spontaneous settlement), workshops, stores, offices, long term main work sites, and personnel shall be provided to operate and maintain the systems; and • Rehabilitation of those areas used to bury waste shall be done in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix A1-12.
13. RESERVOIR IMPOUNDMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for the rising water levels in the Reservoir to result in stranding or drowning the inhabitants of the area. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall, with not less than 30 days prior notice, inform the Owner of any planned construction events likely to raise water levels in the Reservoir. K The Owner shall take necessary action with regard to stranded animals. Annex I
KI -14- 14 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
14. ENVIRONMENTAL TRAINING FOR CONSTRUCTION WORKERS PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for workers to damage the forests and waterways adjacent to camps and work areas. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a training plan for all construction workers. The plan shall address the following items: • All employees of the contractor shall be required to comply with environmental protection procedures and they shall be able to provide evidence that they have attended the training sessions detailed in the plan; • The goal of the “Environmental Training for Construction Worker” program shall be to educate all construction workers on the following issues: fire arms possession, traffic regulations, illegal logging & collection of non-timber forestry products (particularly in the resettlement areas, and NBCA), non disturbance of resettlement communities, hunting & fishing restrictions, waste management, erosion control, general health issues including the information and education given in Sub Plan 19, Project Staff Health Program, safety issues and general information on the environment in which they will be working and living; • Explosive and chemical fishing, which shall not be permitted; • Penalties for those who violate the rules shall be established; and • Proposed methods for conducting the training program, which shall include formal training sessions, posters, data in newsletters, signs in construc- tion and camp areas and ‘tool box’ meetings.
15. ON-SITE TRAFFIC & ACCESS MANAGEMENT PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for large numbers and size of vehicles to result in hazardous conditions on public roads, camps, project roads and work areas. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare an On-site Traffic and Access Management Plan. The plan shall address the following: • Details regarding expected road quality, sealing type, maximum permissible vehicular speed on each section of road, establishment of safe sight distances including within construction areas and construction camp sites; • Detailed plans for signage around the Construction Areas to facilitate traffic movement, provide directions to various components of the Works, provide safety advice and warnings. All signs shall be in both English and Lao language and be constructed to Lao standards; • Estimated maximum concentration of traffic (number of vehicles/ hour) and effects on existing traffic patterns for different times of day, and at individual locations within the Construction Areas; • Detail the provisions to be made by the Contractor for adequate off-road parking of all construction related vehicles. Parking shall be provided for all classes of vehicles traversing the site. At no time shall construction vehicles be parked in a manner which may restrict movement of traffic on public roads; • Plans to be followed while moving special loads, such as hazardous material, or heavy loads; • Monitoring and methods of enforcing the requirements of the traffic management plan; • Construction traffic, including heavy loads, must not damage public roads; • Plans for controlling site access, including both construction areas and construction camp areas; and • Personnel authorised to the Construction Areas shall be briefed on traffic regulations applicable to the Construction Areas.
16. EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE SURVEY & DISPOSAL PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be a potential for UXO to be encountered. Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare an Explosive Ordnance Survey and Disposal Plan for the total Works. The plan shall be prepared and executed by a Annex specialist professional organization experienced in work in this area and address the following: • Assessment of extent of ordnance survey and disposal to be undertaken in accordance with the Conditions of Contract; • Detailed procedures for identifying, securing, disposing of unexploded ordnance, implementation of Quality Control procedures and UXO aware- ness training; and K • Submission of reports to the Owner, including proposed reporting format, for the following: - Report on each Construction Area searched, cleared, audited and certified, within 14 days of completion of this work; and - Six (6) monthly reports of all search, clearing, disposal, quality control, auditing, certification, UXO awareness training etc., activities carried out in the period.
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--15 15 EAMP Annexes
17. CONSTRUCTION WORK CAMPS & SPONTANEOUS SETTLEMENT AREAS PLAN
Impact Identified During construction there will be potential for construction work camps and spontaneous settlement areas to be developed without sufficient considera- tion of planning, health and environmental requirements. Owner’s Requirement
Where required, the Owner will plan and provide, in the vicinity of each major work site, areas outside formal construction camps for the spontaneous settlement and development that will be associated with the families and merchants that may be attracted to the construction activities. Administration and management of the spontaneous settlement areas will be performed by relevant GOL departments. The Contractor shall plan, design and construct construction work camps for the construction workers which satisfy the following requirements: General: • Plans shall be prepared for all camps and preliminary plans and information shall be submitted with the Contractor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. Final plans, including plans and details of all buildings, facilities and services, and approvals from GOL and local authori- ties, shall be submitted no later than three (3) months before commencing any camp construction work; • The Contractor shall advise proposed changes to the camp arrangements no later than two (2) weeks before the planned change; • Approvals and permits shall be obtained in accordance with Applicable Laws, Applicable Standards and Environmental Requirements for the build- ing and infrastructure work for each camp area; • Camp site selection and access roads shall be located so as to avoid clearing as many major trees and vegetation as possible from the areas and to avoid aquatic habitats; • Camp areas shall be sited to allow effective natural drainage; • Effective sediment control measures during construction and operation of the construction work camps in accordance with the Environmental Requirements, especially near rivers; • Adequate drainage structures shall be located and constructed to prevent formation of stagnant pools; and • Suitable sanitary, sewage and solid waste collection and disposal facilities shall be provided to serve the construction camps. Sewage effluent shall meet water quality criteria required by Applicable Laws, Standards and Environmental requirements before discharge. Construction Camp Areas: • Paved (concrete, DBST or gravel surfaced as required) internal roads; stormwater drainage system to prevent stagnant water; adequate day-time, night-time and security lighting shall be provided; • Camps shall consist of living facilities with housing, mess, shopping, recreational and sanitary facilities for all workers accommodated within the camps; • Fire fighting equipment and services and portable fire extinguishers shall be provided for all buildings; • Medical and first aid facilities shall be provided at each camp area; • The camp areas shall have an adequate supply of potable water compliant with WHO criteria and Applicable Laws; • Ventilation of buildings within the camp areas shall be in accordance with Applicable Laws and Standards; and • Mess halls and residential accommodation shall be mosquito and fly proofed.
18. MANUAL OF BEST PRACTICE
Owner’s Requirement
The Contractor shall prepare a Manual of Best Practices which shall provide implementation prescriptions for all of the sub-plans within the Contrac- tor’s Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan. The Manual of Best Practices shall follow internationally recognized standards and codes of practice associated with earthworks and environmental protection, stockpiling materials, agricultural considerations and erosion control. K Annex I
KI -16- 16 Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements EAMP Annexes
19. PROJECT STAFF HEALTH PROGRAM
Impact Identified During construction there will be potential for workers to be affected by diseases associated with the tropical location and camp/temporary living conditions. Owner’s Requirement
As part of the Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan, the Contractor shall prepare and enforce the Project Staff Health Program in respect to matters regarding the health and safety of the construction workforce, which shall ensure that: With regard to the construction camps: • In general, anti-malaria measures following current accepted practice shall be instituted at campsites and facilities established for the early diag- nosis and treatment of patients with the disease; • Disease control and pest management measures are to be implemented by the construction contractors at the time the construction camps are built; • Decisions regarding siting of camps shall be made with regard to good drainage, water supply, sewage disposal and disease transmission poten- tial, especially malaria; and • Where buildings can not be made mosquito proof, pyrethroid-treated mosquito nets shall be provided. With regard to providing high quality health services to the Contractor’s employees, the program shall include: • Appropriate measures to address mosquito control, including dengue fever control; • A medical centre, sited at the main construction camp(s), for the diagnosis and treatment of communicable diseases, simple medical complaints and the handling of medical emergencies and accidents. It shall be staffed by one medical officer, one trained nurse of senior level, two medical auxiliaries, one laboratory technician (who shall also be responsible for monitoring water quality in construction camp areas), one driver, one ambulance (4WD), with subsidiary treatment or first aid posts at each smaller construction camps staffed by either a trained nurse or locally trained personnel, as required; • Suitable workers shall be selected from the workforce and receive additional training in occupational health and first aid and shall form teams of two or three personnel at each work site. They shall do this as part of their normal work and shall be under the supervision of the person respon- sible for occupation health and of the medical officer; • For the control of communicable diseases and other public health issues the following staff shall be employed: one sanitation/disease control officer, one mechanic, three semi skilled labourers, one driver, one vehicle; • Provision shall be made for health checks of employees, including checks, where required, for drug abuse and sexually transmittable diseases in accordance with ILO and WHO resolutions, recommendations and guidelines for construction workers including an ILO document entitled “ILO code of practice on STD HIV/AIDS and the world of work”; ILO Geneva (June 2001); • The Contractor shall include a pest management program for the construction areas, including construction work camp areas in the Project Staff Health Program, which shall provide for: - Controlling pests primarily through environmental methods. When environmental methods are alone not effective, the use of pesticides shall be considered; - Promoting the safe use of all pesticides; - Incorporating integrated pest management strategies where feasible; - Selecting and using pesticides given in the attached Annex, Pesticides (Extract from Nam Theun 2 Hydroelectric Project, EAMP, March 2004: Pest Management Plan); and - Pesticides shall be handled, stored, disposed of, and applied according to standards acceptable to World Bank Operational Policy OP4.09, Pest Management; and • The Contractor shall employ a sanitation and pest management and control officer who shall work full time to: - Control vector borne and other diseases; - Ensure the continued safe disposal of all solid waste and sewage; - Implement fly and other insect pest control at construction camp sites and in the project area; - Implement and monitor the pest management programme throughout the project area including construction camps and spontaneous reset- tlement areas; - Provide appropriate information and education to the workforce on prevention of diseases, including, malaria, opisthorchiasis, diarrhea, STD and HIV/AIDS;
- Investigate and document disease outbreaks within the Contractor’s workforce; and Annex - Ensure correct maintenance of water and sewage treatment plants with the assistance of two labourers, appropriate transport and one driver. To reduce the risk of workers contracting malaria, the following measures shall be followed for mosquito control at construction sites: K • Education of workers about problems and preventive measures; • Require protective clothing; • Repellents applied to clothing; • Minimise presence of containers full of water; • Remove discarded items that could contain water; • Keep storm water drains and borrow pits free of vegetation; and • Insecticide control as a last resort method, & only after studies indicate primary locations of mosquitoes. The Contractor’s Project Staff Health Program shall also provide some assistance to nearby communities for emergency matters if spare resources become intermittently available. Availability of health services from the Contractor’s Project Staff Health Program to local communities is not required to be guaranteed.
Annex K: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements I K--17 17 EAMP Annexes L Annex
LI -18- 18 Annex L: Head Construction Contractor’s Environmental Requirements Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex L: Pest Management Plan
Applicable Laws, Regulations & Policies ...... 1
Current Pest & Pest Management Activities ...... 1
Potential Impacts from Pest & Management Activities ...... 5
Mitigation Measures ...... 7
Institutional Capacity & Strengthening ...... 9
Pest Management Plan ...... 10
Monitoring ...... 10
Pests of Vegetables & Fruit ...... 10
ctivities associated with the Project may lead to an increase use, or transmit diseases and debilitating conditions. IPM based in pest populations and subsequently an increase in the pest management is a mix of farmer-driven, ecologically based Ausage of synthetic chemicals to control these pests in the pest control practices that seeks to reduce reliance on synthetic region affected by the Project. Any increases in the current pest chemical pesticides. It involves: i) managing pests (keeping them population may be detrimental to agricultural productivity or below economically damaging levels) rather than seeking to eradi- human health. Any subsequent increase in the use of synthetic cate them; ii) relying, to the extent possible, on non-chemical meas- chemicals, which can be toxic, has the potential to cause harm to ures to keep pest populations low; and iii) selecting and applying users, to the public and to the environment. This annex presents pesticides, when they have to be used, in a way that minimizes the Pest Management Plan (PMP), which has been developed to adverse effects on beneficial organisms, humans, and the environ- manage potential pest problems that may develop and help ensure ment (World Bank Pest Management Guidebook). that the use of all pesticides, herbicides, fertilizer and other syn- thetic chemicals associated with the Project will be handled prop- Applicable Laws, Regulations & Policies erly and in accordance with World Bank Operational Policy OP 4.09, Pest Management. The PMP is based on the Integrated Pest The relevant GOL regulations that have been identified are: Management (IPM) approach, which promotes good agricultural • Regulation No. 886/AF (10 March, 2000) regarding the man- practice through the use of responsible and sustainable activities agement and use of pesticides; and that will result in a reduction in pesticide use and ensure be�er • Regulation No. 1503/AF (29 November, 2000) regarding the compliance with OP 4.09. management and use of fertilizers; The annex begins with an outline of current pest problems and pest There are two routes for the registration of pesticides in Lao PDR management activities carried out in the Project area. This is fol- dependant on the intended usage. For agricultural use application lowed by the identification of the potential impacts of the Project in must be made to the Department of Agriculture and for public terms of increased prevalence of pest and the identification of the health and household use to the Ministry of Health. type and degree of potential impacts resulting from pest manage- ment activities. The third section presents an evaluation and rec- For agricultural pesticides there has been a registration procedure ommendation of management and mitigation measures; including in Lao PDR since June 1998. It is based upon FAO Guidelines steps to promote the use of non-chemical pest management tech- and under it 46 products have been registered to date. There are niques. Impacts and mitigation measures are considered by geo- 31 active ingredients represented in these products (Table L.1). graphical location (NNT NBCA, Nakai Plateau, Xe Bang Fai and Some of the active ingredients registered in Lao PDR are listed as Construction Lands) within each of which consideration is given Category I (WHO). to three sectors (Agriculture, Public Health and Vegetation Clear- There is presently no formal system for registering public health ance and Control for construction and operation activities). Finally, and household pesticides. a pest management plan is outlined for three sectors: i) agriculture; ii) public health; and iii) construction. Budgeting and scheduling Current Pest & Pest Management Activities requirements are included in these separate plans. Finally, the annex discusses monitoring and capacity building needs. This section presents the current pest and management activities In the context of this annex, a pest may be defined as any organ- in Lao PDR and, more specifically, in the Project area. Annex ism whose presence causes economic loss or otherwise detracts Agriculture from human welfare. The term covers a broad range of organisms (plants, animals and micro-organisms) that reduce the productiv- In general, pest a�ack on agricultural crops is low in Lao PDR.
ity of agriculture, destroy goods or render them unfit for human Although there is a range of pests mentioned both by farmers, offi- L
H L--1 1 EAMP Annexes
Table L.1: Active ingredients registered in Lao PDR
Insecticides Fungicides Herbicides Plant Growth Regulators Rodenticides
Alpha-cypermethrin Carbendazim Butachlor + propanil AlphaNAA + betaNOAA Coumatetralyl Carbofuran Metalaxyl + mancozeb Glyphosate BetaNOAA Salmonella Acephate Isoprothiolane + iprobenfos 2, 4-D Butralin Zinc phosphide BPMC (fenobucarb) Kasugamycin + Gibberellic acid Cyfluthrin Copper oxychloride Cartap Validamycin Cypermethrin Zineb Deltamethrin Diazinon Dimethoate Fenvalerate
Table L.2: Pests of rice in the Project area (Morton, 2003)
Pest NNT NBCA Plateau XBF
Yellow & striped stem borers: Scirpophaga incertulas; Chilo suppressalis (DS) √ √ √ Rice bug: Leptocorisa oratorius (WS, DS) ? √ √ Gall midge: Orseolia oryzae (WS) ? √ √ * Brown plant hopper: Nilaparvata lugens (DS) √ Armyworm: Mythimna spp. ? √ √ Golden apple snail: Pomacia spp. ? √ √ Rats √ √ √ Bacanae: Gibberella fujikoroi ? √ √ Bacterial leaf blight: Xanthomonas oryzae p.v. oryzae √ Rice blast: Magnaporthe grisea ? ? √ Brown spot: Cochliobolus miyabeanus (alt. Helminthosporium oryzae) ? √ √ * Weeds, especially Cyperus spp. ? √ √ Mimosa pigra control ? Notes: WS = wet season; DS = dry season. “√” = present; “?” = unknown; “*” = main pest.
cials and in the literature, these are rarely of economic importance, • The rice bug, Leptocorisa oratorius occurs in both wet and dry except perhaps in some cases for vegetables. season lowland crops. In general, the rice bug does not reach Pests of Rice economically important levels, but in the Mekong Valley it appears to be of increasing importance. Its presence has been There is a rich arthropod fauna in the rice crop in Lao PDR – prob- indicated in the Xe Bang Fai area (Morton, 2003) and on the ably the richest in the world. Table L.2 summarizes the current Nakai Plateau (T. Taipangnavong, pers. comm. in Morton, agricultural pests for rice present or suspected to be present in four 2003); Project areas; NNT NBCA, Nakai Plateau, Xe Bang Fai and Con- struction Lands. The current impact from these pests is low. Insects • An armyworm, probably Spodoptera mauritia acronyctoides, that have the potential to be pests and indeed are in neighboring occurs in flood prone areas including parts of Khammouane countries are not pests in Lao PDR, being kept at low levels by Province; the rich biodiversity of predators and parasites. There appears to • The golden apple snail first became a problem on dry season be a stable ecological balance in the crop. The main insect pests rice in Vientiane Province in 1992 and it has now spread to reported are: seven provinces; • The brown plant hopper, Nilaparvata lugens, is possibly the • Rats are reported to be a significant problem in some areas, most widespread dry season pest but only when there is an particularly in upland rice. A CARE survey reported rats a outbreak. The last significant outbreak occurred in 1990/91 “problem” in the NTT NBCA watershed area (Chamberlain when more than 40% of the irrigated crop was damaged; et al., 1996). Supported by the government of Australia, a pro- • The stemborer, mainly Scirpophaga incertulas, occurs in the dry gram to evaluate this problem started in 2000; season irrigated crop but rarely cause economically important • The only rice disease reported by officials and farmers in the damage (IRRI, 1998); Xe Bang Fai region is brown spot disease, Cochliobolus miya- • The gall midge, Orseolia oryzae occurs in the wet season low- land crop. Lao-IRRI has confirmed that the gall midge can beanus, alt. Helminthosporium oryzae, especially in conditions of water stress. This disease is associated with soil conditions of
L cause severe yield losses, with total crop loss sometimes being reported. The worst affected areas are the Phalanxay District of induced or real potassium (K) deficiency, or when inappropri- Savannakhet Province and, to a lesser degree, Phiang District ate varieties are used or when chemical fertilizers without a K of Sayabouly Province; component are used; and Annex
LI -2- 2 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.3: Pests of vegetables in the Project area
Pest NNT NBCA Plateau XBF
Diamond back moth, Plutella xylostella on cruciferae √ √ √ Bacterial wilt on tomato √
• Another rice disease mentioned by Xe Bang Fai farmers is Fai, reported spot spraying in some years on the paddy field “jumping spot” – a leaf spot disease that spreads within a few before transplanting. days over an entire paddy. The identity of this disease has not Pests of Vegetables been ascertained. Morton (2003) identified the main vegetable pests and diseases in Current Pest Management for Rice the Project area. These are presented in Table L.3. A more compre- Pesticides hensive description of the pests and diseases of vegetables in Lao PDR is presented at the end of the annex (Table L.11). Across the country there is very li�le pesticide use per unit area of As in most of S.E Asia the most problematic pest is the diamond rice. A recent survey indicated that in Savannakhet 50% of farmers back moth, Plutella xylostella, on cabbages, other cruciferae, and sprayed rice one or more times per year, with 25% sprayed once some other plants. and 25% sprayed more than once (Heong et al., 2001). Heong et al. (2001) suggested that insecticide use is more prevalent Current Pest Management for Vegetables in the Xe Bang Fai plain, where the influence of farming practice In Lao PDR there is believed to be significant use of pesticides in Thailand and the intensity of rice production is greater than fur- on vegetables. Most pesticide use is insecticides and most of this ther upstream in Mahaxai and Gnommalat Districts. However, in occurs in districts along the Mekong and also around the capital the Xe Bang Fai plain usage is nevertheless still low, with some Vientiane and other major towns. A baseline survey for the Vegeta- blanket spraying against brown plant hopper in the dry season ble IPM program which investigated the spray frequency (Kumar, but generally being restricted to spot sprays of particularly severe 2001) indicated that Khammouane Province does not have the infestations, of for example rice bug, Leptocorisa oratorius. Stocks of most intensive pesticide use in Lao PDR (Table L.4). pesticide do not appear to be kept on the farm (nor in local dealers) The number of treatments applied in Khammouane Province is as the products are easily accessed from Thailand. As the distance not excessive, but suggests that every farmer treats his vegetables, from the Mekong River increases so the awareness and use of pes- with insecticides being the predominant treatment. The villages ticides declines. In Mahaxai no farmers reported using them. on which the survey was based were almost entirely in Thakhek However, the situation is changing and the amount of insecticide District, but the information is likely to apply to all of the Xe Bang use in rice has increased in the last five years, possibly doubled Fai plain. It is likely that in the less intensive agriculture around (Heong et al., 2001). Such a situation is in accord with expectation. Mahaxai and Gnommalat li�le is applied. In general where pro- Lao PDR government policy has been effective in increasing the duce is grown for the use of the farmer’s family li�le or no treat- area and intensity of rice production in the lowlands during the ments are made; where it is destined for trade, such as in the Xe last five years. It has been observed in many countries that increas- Bang Fai plain, it receives some treatment. ing insecticidal input occurs, partly to protect the extra invest- There has been no analysis of pesticide residues in fresh produce ment in the dry season irrigated crop, but partly because double in Lao PDR. There are no facilities for this. cropping leads to an increase in the number and intensity of pests Intensive preventative treatment of vegetables can sometimes a�acking the crop. It is thus very likely from circumstantial evi- lead to pests developing resistance mechanisms, which in turn dence that insecticide use, though still relatively light, is increasing can leads to further treatment and unacceptable residues in the year by year. produce. This level of treatment has not yet occurred in Lao PDR Other Pest Management Activities and the approaches being developed to avoid it include the use of “so�er” pesticides such as Bacillus thuringiensis, a clear awareness Communities have adopted methods other than the use of syn- of pest identity, the tolerance of the crop to pest a�ack, and biologi- thetic chemicals to manage the presence of pest in their rice crop. cal control. Current non-chemical pest management activities conducted in the Project area can be summarized as: National IPM Program • Golden apple snail: there is some pesticide use, though in the From 1996 to 2002, IPM was promoted in Lao PDR through Lao- area influenced by the Project farmers and officials report that IRRI and the FAO Regional Community IPM Program. The Pro- snails are collected for human consumption. All farmers knew gram was initiated for vegetables but immediately locally re-ori- that le�ing the paddy dry out can drastically reduce the popu- lation; Table L.4: Insecticide treatments in Khammouane Province (Kumar, 2001) • Rats: although there have been two human mortalities reported from the accidental ingestion of rodenticidal baits, anecdotal Crop Insecticide Sprays Per Crop evidence and observation of dead rats for sale at the road side Cabbage – Dry Season 3 to 5 on the Nakai Plateau suggests some people consider them as Tomato – Dry Season 3 to 5 food and actively trap with snares rather than use chemicals; Cucumber – Dry Season 3 to 9 • Rice diseases are rarely treated with chemicals. Officials and
Yard long bean – Dry Season 3 to 6 Annex farmers in the Xe Bang Fai did not report any fungicide treat- Chinese Kale – Dry Season 1 to 4 ment of rice disease; and Cauliflower – Dry Season 2 to 6 • Weed control with herbicides is very rare but there are some Hot Pepper – Wet & Dry Season 3 to 7
farmers using them. One farmer near Nongbok, lower Xe Bang L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--3 3 EAMP Annexes
entated to rice. Basic research was carried out mainly by Lao-IRRI, appear to be available in a locality on the basis of availability from and the extension of IPM to farms was carried out by the National donors rather than local need. Agricultural and Forestry Extension Service (NAFES). This was Organic fertilizers, commercially available or made on the farm, backed by FAO expertise for six years, funded through the govern- that are available in the Xe Bang Fai area do not appear to have ments of the Netherlands and Norway, and terminated in 2002. been analyzed. This may be an over simplification of the position, Funding for a renewed vegetable IPM program through FAO, this nevertheless the true need for organic fertilizer does not seem to time orientated to vegetables, has recently come from the Swiss be understood by farmers on the Xe Bang Fai. In Xe Bang Fai plain Government. organic fertilizer, mainly manure, is used with inorganic fertilizer IPM is taught through hands-on experience within villages with at around 250 kg/ha; a relative low rate, but beneficial if applied three core activities: annually. 1. Training of Trainer Courses – 12-16 week course for agricul- Public Health tural extension workers to learn skill to be applied to farmer field schools that they will organize; Table L.5 summarizes the current disease and their vectors that are 2. Farmers Field Schools (FFS) – 20-30 farmers learn aspects of present in the Project area and the specific diseases are discussed IPM and crop production on a weekly basis; and below. 3. Field Studies – The IPM Program supports studies by farmers, Dengue trainers, researchers and others into all aspects of crop produc- tion. The results are fed back into the FFS curricula thus acting Dengue fever is recorded throughout Lao PDR, including the three to continually strengthen their applicability and appropriate- Provinces within the Project area. ness. Education programs have been instituted to promote the need to IPM appears to be strongly embedded institutionally in the opera- minimize standing water, the habitat preferred by the larval stage tions and planning of the MAF. There are IPM specialists in nine of the Aedes aegypti mosquito vector, which is the most effective provinces, including Khammouane Province, and there are 100 method to control infection levels. District IPM trainers throughout these provinces. Larvicidal chemicals to control the vector mosquito such as teme- There is a natural reluctance to use pesticides among farmers and phos (Abate insecticide) are added to standing water around the so the a�itudinal baseline onto which IMP is launched is sympa- farm, and adulticidal sprays of malathion or a synthetic pyrethroid, thetic. The training of farmers is through the medium of the FFS, are applied in houses. However, these rely on a level of technical but in the areas specific to the possible impact of the Project there awareness and finance for the inputs that is normally only present has been very li�le influence of the program. Only 17 FFFs have when the authorities implement control schemes. been carried out and discussion with the District IPM coordina- Some biological control practices have also been implemented in tor for Khammouane Province suggests in fact only four may be Lao PDR. The predaceous copepods, Mesocyclops sp., feed on Aedes relevant (Morton, 2003). larvae and breed locally on farms and although there is no cost Since the end of 2002 no more FFSs have been held due to lack of there remains the need by householders to continually undertake funding. The new funding is for vegetable IPM and this will be ori- monitoring and augmentation of colonies to ensure their effective- entated to the more intensive area of the Xe Bang Fai plain. It will ness. have no relevance to farms east of Road 13 and probably minimal Malaria influence on rice production in the areas of the (vegetable) FFSs in the plain. The level of Plasmodium infected mosquito, Anopheles dirus, A. minimus and A. nivipes, in the entire Project area is not known With the lack of funding of the IPM program in the last two years it but must also be low. Current levels of human infection are very seems that some momentum in the program has been lost. Unless low on the Nakai Plateau (< 0.6% Khammouane Province, Dept. funds are found to continue with rice IPM training the momentum of Health) and also in the Gnommalat, Mahaxai, and Xe Bang Fai gained in the last few years will be lost, and the effect of the FFSs Districts. so far held will fade. The institutional structures are there but no A Lao-EC project in the last few years until 2002, has covered seven funds for running costs. Provinces in Lao PDR including Khammouane and the Districts Inorganic & Organic Fertilizers of Nakai, Gnommalat, Mahaxai and Thakhek. The prime means of controlling malaria in Lao PDR is the use of bed nets. Levels of Inorganic fertilizers are used in the more permanent agricultural human infection have dropped dramatically since treated bed nets areas of Gnommalat, Mahaxai and Xe Bang Fai Districts, but not (IBN) were introduced in 1998 along with a campaign for early at all in the shi�ing cultivation agricultural practices of the Nakai diagnosis and treatment. They are outstandingly effective in bring- Plateau and NNT NBCA. ing infection levels down when regularly used and when the nets Where used it is predominately on the dry season rice crop, but are re-treated with insecticide at appropriate intervals. The la�er in the Xe Bang Fai it is also used in the wet season. The type of is one of the most difficult things to ensure happens – unless there usage varies according to the recommendations of MAF extension are repeated campaigns to remind people to maintain the effective- workers and availability locally. Farmers mentioned using an NPK ness of their nets they will not be treated. The current recommen- 16-20-0 compound fertilizer to “prime” the land at around dation of the MOH is an annual treatment with the synthetic pyre- 200-350kg/ha followed by urea 46-0-0 at around 50kg/ha. These throid insecticide, deltamethrin. The IBN campaign sells treated fertilizers contains no K, making the rice susceptible to diseases nets at a subsidized price of about US$ 1.60 or treatment tablets of such as brown spot disease in K deficient conditions. deltamethrin for US$ 0.20 each.
L Farmers and officials in the Xe Bang Fai plain indicated that inor- All districts in the seven provinces were covered through distribu- ganic fertilizer use appears to follow no particular guidelines with tion of chloroquine in 1999, 2000 and 2001 and the “SP” combina- respect to soil analyses or the analysis and usefulness of organic tion in 2001 and 2002 (a combination of sulfadoxin and pyrimeth- fertilizer (Morton, 2003). Some inorganic compound fertilizers amine) to health centers and voluntary health workers. Annex
LI -4- 4 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.5: Diseases and their vectors in the Project area
Disease & Vector NNT NBCA Plateau XBF Construction Lands
Dengue fever: Aedes aegypti, clean standing water √ √ √ √ Malaria: Anopheles dirus in wet season, A minimus post rainfall √ √ √ √ Japanese encephalitis: Culex mansonii, C. tritaeniorhynchus wet season, animal ? ? √ ? reservoir pigs Opisthorchiasis, trematode: interm host Bythynia genus snails, cyprinoid fish, – – √ – vertebrate host cats Schistosomiasis: interm host Neotrichula genus snails, vertebrate host dogs – – – – Notes: “√” = present; “?” = unknown; “–” = not present.
From the agricultural perspective, where there is no dry season irri- Potential Impacts from Pest & gation there is some seasonality to infection rates as a result of the decline in availability of vector mosquito breeding sites. In areas Management Activities where such irrigation exists, for example the Xe Bang Fai plain, the Identifying prior to construction the possible impacts that may strategy for monitoring by clinics etc. for outbreaks of malaria has occur is important so that mitigations measures are already in been adjusted accordingly. The government has introduced into place to eliminate or reduce the impact as much as possible. This many areas, dry season irrigation for rice cultivation and is in the section identifies impacts from pest and pest management activi- process of introducing “off-season” irrigated crops in the Xe Bang ties that may result from the Project. Fai plain. This may well adversely affect control measures in cer- Agriculture tain areas by providing suitable vector breeding conditions all year round. However, it should be said that infection levels now in the The agricultural pests currently present in the Project area, indi- Xe Bang Fai plain are only classified as “low”. cated in Table L.2, have the potential to make an impact. The extent and plausibility of the impacts from agricultural pest is discussed Japanese Encephalitis below. Japanese encephalitis is endemic in most rural areas of Asia, par- NNT NBCA ticularly where there is paddy rice and irrigated agriculture, and Improved access to the NNT NBCA and improved infrastructure its presence has bee indicated in Khammouane Province, however, will improve access for traders of synthetic chemicals, and an the extent is not known (Vongsay et al., 1994). Although the main increased human population would result in increased pressure vector mosquito, Culex tritaeniorhynchus, is common only a small on the limited agricultural lands. There is no reason to suppose fraction are infected. The level of infection is higher where domes- that the consequences of improved access and increased popu- tic pigs are common as they act as a permanent reservoir of infec- lation will result in more pesticide use than currently exists; for tion. example, in the more densely populated Mahaxai District pesti- cide use is still currently low. Any increases that may result from There is no specific treatment for infected individuals but general the improved access to low priced, generic pesticides will be man- viral vaccines give short-lived protection. Preventing mosquito aged by the WMPA. bites around dawn and dusk is effective in avoiding the disease. Inorganic fertilizer use is unlikely to develop considerably though Opisthorchiasis use is possible and the WMPA needs to be aware of this. This liver fluke, Opisthorchis viverrini, is picked up through eating Nakai Plateau infected raw fish and the residents of Gnommalat and Mahaxai The rese�led villages are to adopt a se�led agriculture system with commonly are infected. The intermediate host is the snail Bithynia access to irrigated water to grow rice and other crops. Through siamensis goniomphalus, and a survey has identified infected snails analysis of indicative livelihood pa�erns and financial assessment in the area to be affected by the Project, specifically in the Gnom- of the profitability of crops, a variety of crops (rice, maize, vegeta- malat District (Lohachit, 1997). The fluke can be found in a com- bles, melons, forage legumes, field crop legumes and fruit trees) monly eaten raw fish sauce, “padek”. have been identified to integrate into the rese�lers agricultural systems. Schistosomiasis Given the variety of crops and pests, the specific consequence for Schistosoma mekongi, a blood fluke, is only recorded around Kong each individual pesticide use in the long term is therefore impos- Island in the south of Lao PDR. The intermediate host is the snail sible to predict. Overall, in the long term, the intensification of Neotrichula aperta gamma race and a survey has identified this snail vegetable production will tend to result in a general increase in in the area affected by the Project area, specifically in Ban Nakio the use of pesticides. In the first few years a�er re-se�lement, how- ever there could be sporadic pest outbreaks, especially of insects and Ban Mahaxai. However these individuals were not infected and diseases not normally considered pests, as the ecology of the (Lohachit, 1997). new crops and resident insect/pathogen population find a balance. Vegetation Clearance The rotation and juxtaposition of crops are important influences Annex on pest and disease a�ack and these will need to be monitored. If The area for the Pilot village and the Demonstration farm have outbreaks on a particular crop occur repeatedly the best solution
already been cleared and only physical means have been used. may be to avoid cultivating it. L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--5 5 EAMP Annexes
The poor state of the soil on the Nakai Plateau is the major physi- ascertain the practicality of planting at the end of the wet season cal factor in the agricultural development of the re-se�lement in a drying out environment, but before the beginning of the dry area. Applications of fertilizer, both organic and inorganic, will be season proper – an off-season crop. Such a crop would benefit or required. Uncontrolled application of fertilizers could lead to the indeed require irrigation throughout the dry season. The increase contamination of not only the land but also the reservoir and sur- in flow from the Project may or may not have an effect given the rounding water bodies. currently large variability in the matrix of factors that govern Colonization of Mimosa pigra in the reservoir draw down zone is whether flooding occurs. Off-season rice production is likely to a serious potential problem. The weed has become a serious prob- result in higher levels of pests as detailed above. lem in many countries, colonizing large areas of land and making Construction Lands others inaccessible. In Thailand it has infested rice paddy bunds and roadsides and is registered as a Noxious Weed requiring it to During construction, food requirements will be substantial and be killed wherever found. undoubtedly many local farms will arise to grow vegetables. Pest a�ack will be inevitable and there is the very clear likelihood of Xe Bang Fai pesticides being used to ensure good quality produce. Without The greatest possibility for increased agricultural pesticide and management this could lead to excessive pesticide residue in pro- inorganic fertilizer use is in the Xe Bang Fai area. The increased duce, a hazard to spray operators, and a possible source of pollu- flow of water from the Nakai Reservoir into the Xe Bang Fai will tion for the environment. Similarly, production will be relatively result in two possible new scenarios that could result in a pest or intensive and inorganic fertilizers will need to be applied. pest management impact: Public Health Increase in Dry Season Irrigation In June 2003, a Task Force to provide a Health Impact Assessment The increased flow of water in the Xe Bang Fai will provide a water of the Project was established by the MOH, but will not report for resource and reduce pumping costs in areas, such as the upper Xe some time. The Task Force will undoubtedly be aware of the need Bang Fai, where the dry season river flow is currently low, and to consider all possible medico-sociological effects to ensure that insufficient for large scale irrigation. If indeed more irrigated rice diseases that currently are of relatively rare incidence or those well is introduced it will be based on more intensive production than in contained in the existing population do not increase. the wet season, requiring improved varieties, fertilization and crop NNT NBCA protection. The potential impact will be as follows: • Stem borers, gall midge, brown plant hopper and armyworm In terms of pests and pest management the Project is not expected could all increase but the result should not be more insecticide to have any impact on public health in the NNT NBCA. In sum- application than currently exists in the Xe Bang Fai Plain, with mary: about half the farmers applying only one or more sprays per • Malaria: the Project should have no significant impact on the season; vector nor the existing prevalence of this disease; • Golden apple snail will increase and whilst it is accepted that • Dengue: the Project should have no significant impact on the snails may be eaten for food there is a clear danger of it becom- vector nor the existing prevalence of this disease; ing a serious pest and pesticides will be used. There are specific • Opisthorchiasis: this disease is not recorded and the snail vec- molluscicides that are not toxic to fish but they are relatively tor is not found in this area; expensive and their application may require an improved • Schistosomiasis: this disease is not recorded and the snail vec- level of paddy management. Broad spectrum, cheap alterna- tor is not found in this area; and tive insecticides, such as endosulfan, therefore tend to be used • Japanese encephalitis: occurrence not recorded and unlikely which can be toxic to other freshwater life, which presents a in this area. real threat to the consumption of fish of rice farmers; Nakai Plateau • Rice diseases are unimportant at present but, because of the increased cost base of irrigated rice, farmers will be more There is not expected to be any significant pest or pest manage- inclined to apply a fungicide to protect their investment. Baca- ment impacts resulting from the Project on the Nakai Plateau. In nae, blast and bacterial leaf blight could increase if two rice summary: crops per year are grown but introduced improved varieties, • Malaria: the Project should have no significant impact on the commonly used for irrigated rice, are bred for blast and bacte- prevalence of this disease among the re-se�led villagers as long rial leaf blight resistance and the seed is heat treated to kill as normal current preventative measures against the vector bacanae. There is no reason to believe that fungicide use will mosquitoes are adopted. There is the possibility of an increase be greater than the very low levels that already exists in the Xe in breeding sites for the mosquito vectors resulting from irriga- Bang Fai plain; tion carried out by the re-se�led villagers, and possibly from • The same consideration applies to weeds as to diseases. the reservoir itself; Although readily available in Thailand there appears to be • Dengue: the Project should have no significant impact on very li�le herbicide use on the irrigated crop in the Xe Bang the prevalence of this disease as long as normal current pre- Fai; ventative measures to remove the breeding sites of the vector • Inorganic fertilizer use will increase as has happened in the Xe mosquito are adopted. These measures would also need to be Bang Fai plain. adopted by new itinerant people a�racted to the area; • Opisthorchiasis: this disease is not recorded and the snail vec- Increased Duration of Wet Season Flooding tor is not found in this area. Raw fish sauce “padek”, may con- The potential increase in the duration of wet season flooding has tain the disease and the local community could be at risk from
L yet to be verified. The Xe Bang Fai plain is an area where current infection if they consume it – though this is no different from flooding frequently causes the loss of significant areas of paddy the current position; rice. In this and other similar areas the Lao government has insti- • Schistosomiasis: this disease is not recorded and the snail vec- tuted a program of investigation, in collaboration with Vietnam, to tor is not found in this area; and Annex
LI -6- 6 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
• Japanese encephalitis: occurrence not recorded and unlikely Vegetation Clearance in this area. In the construction phase large areas of land will be cleared to Xe Bang Fai facilitate living areas for staff, yards for equipment, workshops, offices, bulk materials storage, and all the normal requirements of The Project is not expected to have any significant impact on the large civil construction projects. The Concession Agreement stipu- prevalence of malaria, dengue, Opisthorchiasis and Schistosomia- lates that land clearance must be through physical means. sis in the Xe Bang Fai area: • Malaria: there is the possibility of an increase in breeding sites NNT NBCA for the vector mosquito in the dry season if and when more There is no requirement for vegetation clearing activities within dry season irrigation is adopted. However preventative meas- the NNT NBCA. ures are already being implemented by the MOH throughout these areas in the form of insecticide treated bed nets and the Nakai Plateau population should suffer no noticeable increase in risk. As part Rese�lement area land is to be used for agriculture and so the soil of the Project’s compensation package for communities in the should be disturbed as li�le as possible by the application of herbi- Xe Bang Fai, aquaculture and rice-cum-fish practices may be cides for land clearance. Primary tree clearance must be carried out strengthened. The production of insectivorous fish, such as by felling. Because the rese�lers will participate in the preparation the mosquito fish (Gamgusia affinis) and the common guppy of their own land, clearing of small trees and undergrowth will be (Poecilia reticulate), may encourage the biological control of in a manner that the local people are used to – manually. No chem- the aquatic larval stage of the mosquito. A review of the local ical use is permi�ed nor the need envisaged. There is predicted to aquatic ecology and the implication of such encouragement be no impact from the use of chemicals to clear vegetation. shall be first carried out by a specialist; • Dengue: the Project should have no significant impact on the Xe Bang Fai prevalence of this disease, nor of the vector; Transmission Lines • Opisthorchiasis: the Project should have no significant impact on the existing prevalence of this disease; For initial construction this land will be cleared using only physi- • Schistosomiasis: disease not recorded but the snail vector has cal means. It is important for maintenance and safety that the land been found in the area. The nearest place the disease has been underneath power lines is accessible. Maintenance of land under recorded is Kong Island in the south of Lao PDR. In the opin- power lines in a similar, existing hydroelectric scheme, the Theun- ion of local specialists there is no reason to believe the Project Hinboun scheme, is through the use of labour and the Project will will have any impact in the spread of this disease; and no doubt be the same. Certain situations may dictate occasional • Japanese encephalitis: dry season irrigation could augment use of a herbicide and to prepare for this appropriate herbicides the population of the vector mosquito in the Xe Bang Fai valley may be identified beforehand. east of Road 13 by providing more breeding sites in irrigated Downstream Channel fields and surrounds. Appropriate management is required to prevent shrubby coloni- Construction Lands zation of the banks of the Downstream Channel, especially by such noxious weeds as Mimosa pigra. The use of herbicides to control Providing the construction workforce follows the correct personal woody stemmed weeds may be necessary. Encouragement of her- preventative measures there should be no impact from malaria, baceous growth as opposed to woody may also be desirable, and dengue, Opisthorchiasis, Schistosomiasis or Japanese encephali- if so a shrub killer may need to be applied in the first year. The tis: criteria for selecting a suitable herbicide are provided later in this • Malaria: the Project should have no significant impact on the annex. Both these situations may be successfully managed through prevalence of this disease, subject to all site staff and others the use of local labour. associated with the Project abiding by the same precautions as are recommended to the present Lao population. Certain Mitigation Measures amounts of pesticide to treat the bed nets will need to be pur- chased, but the insecticides in use (synthetic pyrethroids) are All mitigation measures are outlined as part of the three specific of very low mammalian toxicity and there should be no danger Pest Management Plans detailed later in this Annex. Some of the to human heath; main mitigation measures are discussed in more detail below. • Dengue: the presence of new habitations and living areas will result in the inevitable presence of small pools of standing Integrated Pest Management clear water. These provide the breeding site for the dengue vec- NAFES IPM FFSs tor mosquito, Aedes aegypti, who’s larvae inhabits clear water in artificial and isolated cavities. Dengue fever could increase if The objective of this PMP is that pesticide use is minimized or these sites of breeding are not eliminated; avoided where possible and that any use is an intelligent and con- • Opisthorchiasis: there is no reason to believe construction sidered part of an IPM approach. This has indeed also been the lands will lead to any changes that will cause an increase in policy of NAFES since 1994, therefore it is proposed to mitigate this disease; agricultural impacts, resulting from an increase in or inappropri- • Schistosomiasis: disease not recorded but the snail vector has ate use of synthetic chemicals, by supporting NAFES to implement been found in the area. The nearest place the disease has been a program of IPM training in geographical areas relevant to the recorded is Kong Island in the south of Lao PDR. In the opin- Project. Annex ion of local specialists there is no reason to believe the Project It is proposed that GOL undertake FFSs, mainly in the upper and will have any impact in the spread of this disease; and middle Xe Bang Fai, prior to Commercial Operating Date (COD),
• Japanese encephalitis: not relevant to the construction lands. with a prerequisite of NTPC to support a specialist to first assess L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--7 7 EAMP Annexes
the success of NAFES run IPM FFSs and to strengthen the curricu- with the MAF. There is currently no charge levied by GOL for this lum and teaching methodology before the start of the program. registration. Farmers will be trained, when the use of pesticides is necessary, to In addition, for use on vegetables grown for the Project workforce, use only the correct pesticides, at the appropriate dose, at the right there will be a CODEX Alimentarius MRLs (Maximum Residue time, and not to pose a hazard to themselves, others or the envi- Level) for the active ingredient on that vegetable to allow mean- ronment. Each FFS accommodates up to 30 farmer families, and so ingful assessment of residue levels. villages larger than this will have untrained families unless some The decision process on which active ingredient is most appropri- information trickles down from the trained families to others. If ate will consider: necessary, since the impacts in terms of pest management will only materialize in the years following COD, there is time to continue • Low or zero toxicity to fish and aquatic life; the IPM program. • Short soil persistence; • Inability to leach from soil; The effectiveness of FFSs as a method of education and/or chang- • Low hazard to the user; ing farmer practice has been discussed among aid workers for • Rapid degradation (for vegetable use); and many years by sociologists, agriculturalists and others, but for the • Narrow spectrum of activity in IPM use. last two decades it has been the generally accepted method and the best one to provide a sustainable result. Pesticides Not Acceptable to NTPC Pest Management Specialist Approximately sixty pesticides have been banned or have been NTPC will employ a Pest Management Specialist (PMS) to pro- subject to restricted registration throughout the world. These pes- vide IPM training needs for the rese�lers, and to authorize capac- ticides are not banned in Lao PDR, and there is no suggestion here ity of pesticide use. The PMS will be trained in IPM to be able to that they need to be. Table L.6 indicates active ingredients with strengthen the capacity of the NAFES run IPM FFSs, as outlined restrictions in Asia/Pacific countries as well as those banned in Lao above. PDR. The use of these active ingredients will not be acceptable to NTPC. Promotion of Organic Fertilizer Three pesticide not acceptable to NTPC of interest are: The desirability of using organic fertilizer has been well established • Endosulfan is one of the most highly toxic insecticides to throughout the area of the Project as is evident from the establish- aquatic life. It’s use to control a pest of increasing importance ment by NTPC of an organic fertilizer factory on the Nakai Plateau in Lao PDR, the golden apple snail, has been noted and will to supply the rese�lement villages. Regardless of the desirability certainly increase, so endangering fish. In Thailand endosulfan of using inorganic fertilizers in their own right it is highly desir- is not registered for snail control but is used for that purpose, able that organic ma�er be introduced to the soil. This factor is being readily available on the farm because it is registered for of prime importance and makes the use of inorganic fertilizers other uses. Fish kill in areas where it has become carelessly of secondary importance. As the soil survey has shown however, used is of great concern. This insecticide should definitely although of secondary importance to organic fertilizers, careful not be used nor stored or transported in any area relating to choice and planned use of the correct inorganic fertilizers will be the Project, and for the general good should immediately be also be essential for successful se�led agriculture on the Plateau. banned in Lao PDR; Analysis of the organic fertilizer and soil will be conducted. • Methamidophos was banned in Thailand in April 2003. The Pesticides Acceptable to NTPC hasty nature of the banning demanded the immediate removal of stocks from distributors shelves. This may be unenforceable Given pesticide availability is limited by the size of the market in however. Its use in Lao PDR may thus be expected for a fur- Lao PDR, pesticides used by farmers within the Project area will be ther two or three years, as will also occur in Thailand, as stocks those registered in neighboring Thailand and Vietnam, and may in the Thai distribution channel are used up. Its listing in PIC or may not be registered in Lao PDR. Both neighboring countries relates to liquid formulations of 60% or higher; and have effective and up to date registration and regulatory systems. • Monocrotophos was banned in Thailand in 1999; any usage in Thus pesticides acceptable for use in areas where NTPC has influ- Lao PDR since then is the result of stocks in the long distribu- ence over selection must satisfy the following criteria: tion channel. PIC listing relates to liquid formulations of 60% • Registered in Lao PDR for the use in question and not on the or higher. Category I (WHO) list; and/or • Registered in Thailand for the use in question; and/or Procedures for Pesticide Management • Registered in Vietnam for the use in question; and There exists the danger that if pesticides need to be used by farm- • Not banned in Lao PDR. ers there may be no advice readily available or training in safe use. A list of active ingredients that have been registered in Lao PDR Farmers and all personnel in contact with pesticides shall adhere and who’s appropriate use, with the exception of Category I to accepted international guidelines and procedures. The main (WHO) listed active ingredients, is acceptable to NTPC was pre- international agencies publishing these are the FAO and the GCPF sented in Table L.1. (Global Crop Protection Federation). Although regulatory and pesticide registration systems of Viet- Part of the support given by GOL to NAFES is to ensure that nam and Thailand have been adopted, both countries have serious NAFES is properly equipped to train farmers and give such advice problems with cheap generic pesticides. Pesticides will therefore be on pesticide use as part of the FFS education process. It should be checked to avoid the use of these problematic generic pesticides. ascertained that NAFES has the capability to give such advice as L In situations where an internationally approved pesticide is pro- part of the FFS education process. posed to be used but does not fulfill the criteria outlined above Specific pesticide procedure have not been submi�ed as part of the then, a�er approval by the PMS, NTPC may apply for registration PMP and therefore can not be included in this dra�. Annex
LI -8- 8 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.6: Active ingedients not acceptable to NTPC
Active Ingredients with Restriction in Active Ingredients Banned In Lao PDR Active Ingredients on the PIC List But Not Banned in Lao PDR Asia/Pacific Countries
Country placing a Active Ingredient Active Ingredient Status Active Ingredient Status restriction
Aramite Thailand 2,4,5-T X DNOC (X) Scheduled for PIC review Azinphos-ethyl Thailand Aldrin X Methamidophos Xf Azinphos-methyl Thailand Binapacryl X Pentachlorophenol X Calcium arsenate Thailand Captafol X Phosphamidon Xf Chlordecone Thailand Chlordane X Benomyl powder formulations >7% scheduled for PIC review Chlorthiophos Thailand Chlordimeform X Carbofuran powder formulations >10% scheduled for PIC review Cycloheximide Thailand Chlorobenzilate X Thiram powder formulations >15% scheduled for PIC review Dichlorophen Thailand Cyhexatin ! Demefox Thailand Daminozide ! Demephion Thailand DDT X Dinoterb Thailand Dieldrin X Disulfoton Thailand Dinoseb X DNOC Thailand Endrin X Endosulfan Thailand Ethylene Dibromide X Fensulfothion Thailand Ethylene Dichloride X Folpet Malaysia Ethylene Oxide X Fonofos Thailand Fluoroacetamide X MCPA Thailand Gamma HCH X MCPB Thailand Heptachlor X Mecoprop Thailand Hexachlorobenzene X Mephospholan Thailand Leptophos ! Methamidophos Thailand MEMC ? Methazole Australia Methyl Bromide ! Mevinphos Thailand Monocrotophos Xf Mirex Thailand and others Parathion Xf Paraquat Malaysia Parathion Methyl Xf Paris Green Thailand Sodium Arsenate X Phorate Thailand Sodium Chlorate ! Phosphamidon Thailand Sodium Fluuroacetate ! Prothoate Thailand TEPP ! Schradan Thailand Toxaphene X Sulfotep Thailand Tribufos Australia Notes: “X” = not registered in OECD countries and on the FAO/UNDP Prior Informed Consent (PIC) List. “Xf” = formulations subject to restriction and not the active ingredient. “?” = banned but with unknown PIC status. “!” = poses risk to handlers, environment, in the treated produce and is subject to regulatory restriction in some countries.
NTPC support for the Ministry of Health ening needs and means for the MAF and the MOH are outlined below. Through its rese�lers health program and regional health pro- gram, NTPC will support the local clinics and small hospital on Ministry of Agriculture & Forestry the Nakai Plateau and Xe Bang Fai area to educate the population in prevention of malaria and dengue. Such support and reinforce- NAFES – IPM Training ment of local medical facilities to provide preventative measures has been found to be lacking in schemes elsewhere in the world, With the exception of the IPM program on vegetables, NAFES is and is now considered an essential prerequisite to international no longer organising IPM training in the country, and particularly funding, (Hunter J.M., in Sharp D., 2003). for rice integrated pest management through FFSs, which is con- sidered to be the best method to train farmers in pest management. Institutional Capacity & Strengthening The best option to train farmers in the areas affected by the Project
Implementation of mitigation measures depends not only on the will be that GOL revive such FFSs. The PMS and the agronomist Annex ability of the NTPC to plan and control its own activities but also will assist with the review of the curriculum content training meth- on the capacity of governmental departments to fulfill their com- ods, resources available at NAFES to ensure adequate training in
mitments in these areas. The institutional capacity and strength- the appropriate use of pesticide and IPM techniques. L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--9 9 EAMP Annexes
Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Vegetables Agriculture Pest Management Plan No facilities exist in Lao PDR to carry out pesticide analyses on This PMP (see following Table L.7) deals with the impacts associ- fresh or processed food. There is much anecdotal evidence and ated with increases in the use of agricultural pesticides and inor- some quantitative data to suggest that significant pesticide use ganic fertilizers that may result from changes in agricultural prac- occurs in areas where vegetables are intensively grown. NTPC tices and intensities. The objective of the plan is to ensure that: needs to ensure that the vegetables grown for the workforce do • Any intensification of agricultural practice does not result in not contain pesticide residues or where they do that they are in accord with levels accepted in Thailand or elsewhere. There are any increase in the use of agricultural chemicals; three options as means to achieve this: • The rese�lers have support and advice in pest and soil man- agement for coping with their new pa�ern of agriculture; and 1. Establish own laboratories; • The supply of food for the constructing and operating work 2. Support the purchase of additional equipment for existing lab- force is safe in terms of pesticide Minimum Residue Levels and oratory in the MOH, Food and Drug Quality Control Centre has been produced with due a�ention to human and environ- (FADQCC), Vientiane; and mental safety. 3. Send samples away (to Thailand) for analysis. Option 1 has merit only if there is to be built a specialist laboratory Public Health Pest Management Plan for the MAF for other purposes into which the equipment necessary for pesticide analyses can be installed and run. The establishment The PMP presented in Table L.8 is concerned only with any impact of such a laboratory is, on a strict basis of need, unwarranted. the Project will have on the distribution and prevalence of disease vectors, and the subsequent control measures. Increases in the Option 2 seems suitable in the long term if GOL authorities wish prevalence of disease vectors may result directly from increased to regularly monitor residue levels in other produce. The FADQCC water on the Plateau or in the Xe Bang Fai, or indirectly through already has equipment for analyzing medical drugs and one mem- alteration of agricultural practices. The diseases malaria, dengue, ber of staff has in fact been trained in Sweden in pesticide analysis. Japanese encephalitis, Schistosomiasis and Opisthorchiasis have It has long term support from the USA Pharmacopaeia via WHO, been discussed in the potential impacts, however, only the first training assistance from the US CDC, and current support from the Wellcome Trust (UK) for malarial and HIV medicine analysis. It four appear relevant to the Project. Schistosomiasis’s snail vector does not have the equipment for analyzing foodstuffs for pesticide may have more breeding sites but it is not infected by the disease residues. A joint MOH and MAF initiative would be called for. in this area and the nearest place is a couple of hundred kilometres away. There has been plenty of opportunity for the snail to become Until recently Option 3 looked unreliable, frozen samples having infected over many years, and there is no current shortage of sites to make the journey to Vientiane and then (by air) to the nearest for the snail. It has to be concluded, as do the experts in the MOH, laboratory in Thailand – probably Bangkok, however in July 2003 that there is no risk posed by the Construction Lands. The issues the Thai authorities decided to establish by 2004 a network of eight regional residue analysis laboratories, one of these being in Ubon are therefore: Ratchathani – only 170km by road from Savannakhet, and another • Education in malaria personal prevention measures; in Khon Kaen. Initial informal soundings in the Thai Department • Education in reducing breeding sites of the dengue mosquito of Agriculture suggest there would be no barrier to NTPC using vector; the service of these laboratories and this option should therefore • Education in Opisthorchiasis personal prevention measures; be adopted for monitoring residues in the vegetables supplied to • Monitor the mosquito vector of Japanese encephalitis along the the workforce. upper Xe Bang Fai. Ministry of Health Vegetation Clearance Pest Management Plan Concerning vector control there is a need for the MOH to provide In general, clearance of vegetation using chemicals is unnecessary education concerning malaria and dengue to the workforce vil- and is specifically undesirable in the context of geographical loca- lages and the re-se�lers. With the assistance of NTPC as proposed, tion of the Project. The use of chemicals for any vegetation clear- there should no problem with this occurring. The MOH is prepar- ance shall be minimized and hand labour opted for. Three areas ing its own assessment of the impact of the Project and presum- where the possibility of herbicide use has some justification are: ably will deploy its resources accordingly. The PMP includes the provision of financial help to the MOH to enable three surveys in • Any specific shallow soil areas of the re-se�lement area that the upper Xe Bang Fai to monitor the infection rate in the mosquito are destined for agricultural use; vector of Japanese encephalitis. • The area underneath the Transmission Lines, and • along the banks of the Downstream Channel. Pest Management Plan The vegetation clearance PMP is presented in Table L.9. To help focus the mitigation measures, three User PMPs have been Monitoring developed, one for each of the sectors of Agriculture, Public Health and Vegetation Clearance. Monitoring activities and responsible parties are presented in The Pest Management Plans are designed to avoid the use of, or Table L.10, by geographical location. properly manage synthetic chemical use. The strategy for imple- menting activities contained in the PMP is therefore to utilize the Pests of Vegetables & Fruit present institutions in Lao PDR, particularly the National Agricul- ture and Forestry Extension Service, NAFES – augmenting them Table L.11 presents a collection of comments from interviews with
L where necessary, to use local staff, and to build on existing farmer officials and farmers and, for vegetables, data from Kumar (2001). inclinations of keeping synthetic chemical use to a minimum. For It is not by any means a survey of incidence or of economic impor- aspects in which expertise has not yet developed the strategy is to tance of pests and diseases. This table is included because of the utilize Technical Assistance. paucity of published information in Lao PDR. Annex
LI -10- 10 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.7: Pest management plan for agriculture
Possible impact Activity/Mitigation Measure
NNT NBCA A1 Increased human population in NNT NBCA coupled Regulatory control of agricultural chemical use in the NTT NBCA. with use of pesticides or inorganic fertilizers may impact water quality & wildlife conservation. Nakai Plateau A2 Ill-advised pesticide use in re-settlement farms to control NTPC employ Pest Management Specialist (PMS). sporadic pest outbreaks. A specialist should be employed who has IPM training, but who will have several responsibilities includ- ing overseeing pest control at resettlement area, construction lands, & monitoring the effectiveness of the FFSs to be run by NAFES. A3 IPM education through FFSs. Once the final pattern of cropping has been decided the main pests will become obvious. For rice & many vegetable pests the IPM research base exists. For other crops vigilance will be needed & consult an IPM specialists if necessary.
A4 Unnecessary inorganic fertilizer use. NTPC employ Agronomist.
A5 Undertake fertilizer trials & nutrient analyses of organic manures & inorganic fertilizers to ascertain need & application rate for inorganic fertilizer. Advise villagers.
A6 Unnecessary use of synthetic pesticides & inorganic Institute Bye-Law to ban use of pesticides & inorganic fertilizer use without written authority of Nakai fertilizer. District Authorities, delogated to NTPC’s PMS. NTPC’s PMS & Agronomist will monitor. Usage would require authorization & pesticide choice be limited to pesticides of zero aquatic toxicity, short persistence & poor capacity to leach through soil. A Pesticide Usage Log Book should be instituted.
A7 Mimosa pigra may become established in the drawdown Annual survey by PMS to check for presence. zone of the reservoir making movement difficult & If present, a plan devised to eradicated or controlled this pest; this may require consultancy on invasive rendering areas unusable. plant species. Physical & biological control may need to be tested – a bruchid beetle has been effective in research. Chemical back up may be necessary. Xe Bang Fai A8 Stem borers, gall midge, brown plant hopper & army- FFSs to train farmers in IPM, & in the correct & safe use of pesticides & fungicides. worm could increase to levels found on the XBF plain, if Examine curriculum of FFS to ensure that it is adequate & monitor performance of NAFES. more farmers adopt dry season irrigated rice. Increased pest population could result in increased pesticide usage.
Fungicides are more likely to be applied to control Train farmers in IPM methods of plant disease control. Correct identification of diseases and under- diseases in irrigated rice. This increases the cost of standing of their potential for damage. Selecting the correct fungicide if necessary. Ensuring safe and production. effective use of fungicides. Train IPM trainers & extension staff in fungicide recommendations. Inorganic fertilizer will be used on the irrigated crop to Inorganic fertilizer should be used optimally & only on the back of organic so as to improve soil structure. maximize yield potential. The IPM program of NAFES through FFSs encourages the use of organic fertilizer.
A9 Golden apple snail numbers increase as dry season Petition to ban endosulfan use in Lao PDR. irrigated crops are adopted. Educate & encourage farmers in IPM methods of snail control. Use of endosulfan to control golden apple snail kills fish & other aquatic life. Construction Lands A10 Uncontrolled growing of vegetables to supply work force Whichever scheme for vegetable supply is adopted there need to be clear guidelines set & enforced for & associated followers will result in significant uncon- agrochemical selection & usage, as part of Good Agricultural Practice. trolled use of pesticides & of inorganic fertilizers. The PMS referred to for approval or rejection of pesticide on supply farms. Random residue analysis of produce will require to be carried out. Annex L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--11 11 EAMP Annexes
Implementing Budget Reason for Mitigation Benefit Agency Responsibility
NNT NBCA A1 To prevent contamination of wildlife & the reservoir. Pristine wildlife habitat & clean water in the reservoir. NTT NBCA WMPA Included in WMPA scope.
Nakai Plateau A2 To provide NTPC with a source of specialist advice in Prevent water contamination of the reservoir to avoid NTPC Included in RMO pest management & pesticides & an authorizing capa- toxicity to aquatic organisms including fish which are an scope. bility in various aspects of the Project. essential food & livelihood of local people. Protection of resettlers health & creation of sustainable agriculture. A3 Resettlers are untrained in all aspects of pesticide usage, NAFES Included in RMO fertilizer application & IPM. scope. Avoid unnecessary use of synthetic pesticides & inor- ganic fertilizers. Avoid human hazard from pesticide residues especially in vegetables & during spraying. A4 Provide capacity & expertise in fertilizer usage, & assist Preserve water quality. NTPC Included in RMO PMS as necessary. scope. A5 Prevent contamination of reservoir with nitrates. Improve the organic matter status of the soil & contrib- NTPC Included in RMO Keep farming costs low & improve soil structure. ute to sustainable agriculture. Agronomist. scope. Optimize success of resettlers. A6 Re-settlement is in the watershed of the reservoir & water Avoidance of water contamination will provide safety to GOL for Bye-Law. GOL for Bye-Law. pollution must be prevented. aquatic organisms including fish, a local source of both NTPC PMS & Agrono- Authorization & Resettlers are untrained in all aspects of pesticide usage, nutritional and commercial value. mist for monitoring. monitoring included fertilizer application & IPM. Protection of wildlife. in PMS & Agronomist Avoid human hazard from pesticide residues especially Protection of settlers & creation of sustainable agricul- scope. in vegetables & during spraying. ture. A7 If this thorny weed becomes established it will invade Maintain land free for wildlife & human movement. NTPC PMS for survey Included in PMS many areas of the Plateau, making movement difficult, & control program. scope. & render areas unusable. NTPC for specialist NTPC for TA, if (Technical Assistance). required.
Xe Bang Fai A8 Excessive pesticide use will imbalance the existing natu- Preserve existing natural pest control agents & train NAFES for FFSs. GOL ral pest control & will lead to further use. farmers in IPM including safe & informed pesticide use. NTPC PMS for exam- Included in PMS Accidents & improper use will result in human & envi- Provide a low cost & sustainable pest control system ining curriculum & scope. ronmental hazard. using most appropriate product. monitoring NAFES. The existing resources of NAFES are not adequate Avoid accidental environmental & human risks. enough to train enough farmers before operational Increased profit. phase. To manage diseases & protect the irrigated crop yield potential but at the same time optimize profitability. To provide an informed position on fungicide use.
Inorganic fertilizer increases cost, may lead to soil water Provides maximum use of organic & supplementary use contamination, does not improve soil structure & alters of inorganic fertilizer. freshwater biology. A9 Golden apple snail may increase with increased dry Conserve fish for human consumption & sale. DOA for banning GOL season irrigated rice. Its control using endosulfan must endosulfan. be prevented to avoid inadvertent fish kill. NAFES for IPM. Include in A8 scope.
Construction Lands A10 To avoid the uncontrolled use of pesticides & inorganic Safe food for the work force. HC may decide to Included in HCC fertilizers, in order to prevent excessive residues in No contamination of the water of the reservoir (fish). control vegetable scope. vegetables. production with assist- No contamination of the environment of the plateau. Prevent environmental contamination from excessive ance from PMS. use. PMS to monitor Included in HCC pesticide use. scope. L Annex
LI -12- 12 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.8: Pest management plan for public health
Possible impact Activity/Mitigation Measure
NNT NBCA None Nakai Plateau PH1 Malaria control. Malaria control measures that are already being implemented locally as a result of an EU supported malaria control initiative need to be additionally implemented through three groups of people: 1. People being re-settled by NTPC; 2. Itinerant settlers; and 3. Construction workers & eventual operators. Augment current Ministry of Health capabilities through creation of a clinic staffed as appropriate to cope with a population increased by around 20,000 people. The main preventative measure against the vector mosquito, Anopheles dirus and A. maximimus, insecticide treated bed nets, should be supplied in all NTPC sleeping accommodation, & issued through workers to all family members. Only may be treated with synthetic pyrethroids, permethrin or deltameth- rin, as advised by MOH. Re-treatment needed at regular annual intervals, with deltamethrin. PH2 Dengue Control. Dengue control measures that are currently being implemented through District clinics etc., which need to be additionally implemented through three new cohorts of people. 1. People being re-settled by NT2; 2. Itinerant settlers; and 3. Construction workers and eventually operators. Education campaign will be required to advise on need to minimise mosquito vector, Aedes aegyptii, breeding sites – still clear water. PH3 Opisthorchiasis control. Educate the three groups of people not to eat raw fish.
Xe Bang Fai Malaria control Included in PH1 Dengue control Included in PH2 PH4 Japanese encephalitis is endemic in the plain. Any Monitoring for the occurrence of Culex tritaeniorhynchus. increases in dry season irrigation will provide additional breeding sites for the vector mosquito. Opisthorchiasis control Included in PH3 Construction Lands PH5 Workforce unprotected against malaria vectors, The workforce must be advised of the normal protection measures applied in the district. Anopheles dirus & A. maximumus. Insecticide treated bed nets should be supplied in all NTPC sleeping accommodation, & issued through workers to all family members. Treatment should only be with synthetic pyrethroids, permethrin or deltam- ethrin, as advised by MOH. Re-treatment is needed at regular intervals.
PH6 Dengue may spread Education campaign will be required to advise on need to minimize mosquito vector, Aedes aegyptii, breeding sites – still clear water.
Opisthorchiasis control Included in PH3
Annex L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--13 13 EAMP Annexes
Implementing Budget Reason for Mitigation Benefit Agency Responsibility
NNT NBCA None Nakai Plateau PH1 Avoid the occurrence of malaria & dengue through Health of the local population & the Project work force. MOH Included in Resettlers preventative measures. health program. Included in regional health program. Included in HCC Project staff health program.
PH2 Avoid the occurrence of dengue through preventative Health of the local population and the project work MOH Included in Resettlers measures. force. health program. Included in regional health program. Included in HCC Project staff health program. PH3 Avoid contracting Opisthorchiasis. Health of the local population and workforce. MOH Included in Resettlers health program. Included in regional health program. Included in HCC Project staff health program. Xe Bang Fai Included in PH1 Included in PH1 Included in PH1 Included in PH2 Included in PH2 Included in PH2 PH4 Forewarning of possible disease in order to ensure Avoid disease in population. MOH Included in regional awareness of symptoms & enable supportive care. health program.
Included in PH3 Included in PH3 Included in PH3 Construction Lands PH5 To avoid the workforce contracting malaria. A healthy workforce. HC – with advice Included in HCC from MOH, to supply Project staff health insecticide treated program. bed nets, facilities to re-treat, & the insecticide. PH6 To avoid the workforce contracting dengue fever. A healthy workforce. HC – with MOH Included in HCC advice, for leaflets, Project staff health etc. program. Included in PH3 Included in PH3 Included in PH3 Included in HCC Project staff health program. L Annex
LI -14- 14 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.9: Pest management plan for vegetation clearance and control
Possible impact Activity/Mitigation Measure
NNT NBCA None Nakai Plateau VC1 Use of herbicides for initial clearance of the resettlement Herbicide use in the watershed is forbidden in the Concession Agreement & no need is envisaged in the area & construction lands on the Plateau could contami- re-settlement area nor the construction lands. Monitoring procedures via NTPC’s PMS need implement- nate soils & result in a hazard for wildlife & humans. ing & authorizing in case there is an unexpected need. Herbicide selection criteria in Sections 5.2 & 5.3. Use of herbicide only if authorized by the PMS, & logged in the Logbook. VC2 Use of herbicides for initial clearance of undergrowth on shallow soil in areas where cultivation may be practiced. Not believed to be necessary at this point.
Xe Bang Fai None Construction Lands VC3 Herbicide use for initial clearance for construction of the Herbicide use will be controlled under the PMP & no need is envisaged in the construction lands. Transmission Line towers, then routine clearance during Monitoring & authorization procedures need implementing in case there is an unexpected need. Operating Phase.
VC4 Control of woody plants on the Downstream Channel The use of manual labour is planned for the area under power lines. Shrub controlling herbicides may banks. be necessary for preventing the growth of noxious shrubs along the Downstream Channel. Monitoring & authorization procedures need implementing.
Annex L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--15 15 EAMP Annexes
Implementing Budget Reason for Mitigation Benefit Agency Responsibility
NNT NBCA None Nakai Plateau VC1 Prevent contamination of resettlement farm soils & Optimize the performance of the poor soils of the re- PMS Include in PMS scope. reservoir. settlement farms. To ensure only appropriate herbicide is used. VC2 To prevent the unwanted disturbance of shallow soils on Include in PMS scope. sites for re-settlement farms. To ensure only appropriate herbicide is used. Xe Bang Fai None Construction Lands VC3 Allow access for power line maintenance. Allow routine maintenance of power lines & create safe HC for clearance in Included in the HCC. clearance from the surrounding vegetation. Construction Phase. NTPC for monitor- Included in EMO ing in Construction scope. Phase. NTPC for clearing Included in NTPC & monitoring during operating costs. Operating Phase. PMS for authorization. Included in PMS scope. VC4 Prevent colonization by woody shrubs along Down- Efficient, locally sensitive & responsible management of HC for clearance in Included in the HCC. stream Channel - outer banks & spoil banks. Allows impact of peripheral structures. Construction Phase. access for maintenance & movement by local people. NTPC for monitor- Included in EMO ing in Construction scope. Phase. NTPC for clearing Included in NTPC & monitoring during operating costs. Operating Phase. PMS for authorization. Included in PMS scope. L Annex
LI -16- 16 Annex L: Pest Management Plan EAMP Annexes
Table L.10: Monitoring activities associated with the Pest Management Plan
Management Monitoring Activity Why Needed Benefits/Performance Indicators Responsibility
NNT NBCA Ensure no use of pesticides or inorganic fertilizers in the Improved access & increasing population Prevent population becoming used to us- WMPA – part of role of NNT NBCA. Farm visits & checks on retail stores. pressure may lead to usage of pesticides & ing inappropriate agricultural chemicals. “rangers”. inorganic fertilizers in spite of WMPA/NBCA Maintain natural biodiversity & water regulations. quality. Nakai Plateau PMS employed by NTPC will advise re-settled villagers Regulatory control of chemical use to Prevent injudicious use of pesticides. NTPC – part of role in pest control issues, & monitor & authorize use of prevent water contamination & maintain A single point of contact, the PMS, to of PMS. synthetic pesticides if necessary. biodiversity. avoid pesticide residues in vegetables. A pesticide use log must be maintained. The usage log ensures traceability & pro- vides an administrative tool. Monitor use of inorganic fertilizers. The procedure Some use will be necessary but minimization Ensure low cost sustainable agricultural NTPC – part of role of should follow that noted directly above for pesticides. is important. production & avoidance of reservoir con- Agronomist. tamination. Monitor Mimosa pigra occurrence. A noxious weed if it becomes established in Keep land free of this noxious weed. NTPC – monitoring by the drawn down zone of the reservoir. the PMS & Agronomist. Monitoring of human disease vector control. Keep prevalence of diseases low in the MOH population. Xe Bang Fai Monitor performance of NAFES in conducting FFSs for Need to ensure that farmers possibly affect- That the NAFES program is properly NTPC – PMS & IPM training. Examination of curriculum. Visit to villages ed by the Project receive good IPM training. planned & executed, & farmers effectively Agronomist. to ascertain impact. In each year five villages after one It is proposed to support the existing IPM & trained. Coordination with year & five after two years – ten per year. FFS program of NAFES. NAFES. Monitor for new pests or any other unexpected agricul- Be aware of unexpected effects as they occur Ensures the Project remains a benign NTPC – PMS & tural effects of increased water flows from the Project. to enable prompt response & amelioration. & beneficial influence on Xe Bang Fai Agronomist. This should include monitoring in the lower Xe Bang Fai To be able to separate any effects of the agriculture. Coordination with where the GOL is introducing off-season cropping. Project from those independently caused by Ensures NTPC can clearly identify its own NAFES & other MAF Monitoring should be a specific activity & recorded the introduction of off-season cropping. impact. Departments. as such in separate log books at monthly intervals at Monitoring will begin when the Project least, but not involving biological surveys unless there construction is given the go-ahead, as is a strong indication of some Project prompted change noted later, & this will provide a base line after the Downstream Channel starts to flow. As noted of about five or six years before water later, monitoring should take place during the FFS flows in the Downstream Channel. assessments. Monitor fertilization practice & effectiveness of NAFES Ensure inorganic fertilizers are only used That NAFES program is properly planned NTPC – Agronomist. extension & FFSs. supplementary to basic use of organic & executed, & farmers effectively trained. Liaison with NAFES. fertilizers. Monitor for increased risk of Japanese encephalitis in Be forewarned about risk of disease Population can be educated & treated as NTPC – financial sup- upper Xe Bang Fai; monitor for infected Culex tritaen- increase. appropriate. port to MOH. iorhynchus. Sponsor three studies – a base line study the year before expected water flows from the Project, a second two years after & a third five years after. Construction Lands Monitor vegetable supply to the work force & followers. Maintain focus of vegetable producers Ensures that the sudden demand for fresh NTPC – HC PMS & Monitor for adherence to GAP & pest management on safety of spray operator, consumer & produce placed on the locality by the Agronomist. guidelines. environment. Project is managed with proper regard To ensure that vegetable producers are for the environment, operator safety & Monitor suppliers for best practice in operator training, workforce consumers. pesticide selection, storage & waste disposal. abiding by best practice with regard to IPM & fertilizer use. Fosters the introduction of GAP & IPM to Monitor vegetable produce for pesticide residues. See Appendix III for details. commercial vegetable production in Lao Liaise with Thai consultants as necessary to achieve this. PDR. Vector control monitoring concerning malaria & den- To ensure constant implementation of MOH Ensure MOH has resources & implements NTPC – HC in col- gue. Monitor treatment of bed nets. PMS should monitor recommended practice. training measures. laboration with MOH. & be a party to the collaboration between HC & MOH. Ensure NTPC controls pesticide for bed net PMS to be a party to treatment. collaboration & moni- tor activities. Monitoring & formally controlling herbicide use on Avoid unnecessary pesticide use. Ensure Ensures traceability & a cohesive approach NTPC – HC PMS. construction lands. All use must be logged & approved awareness among the fragmented manage- to herbicide use on the sites that managers by the PMS. ment at all the different sites, as need may can easily understand. be sporadic & varied. Monitoring of possible herbicide use alongside Down- The Downstream Channel is away from Creates a “good neighbor” impression NTPC – HC, with stream Channel. the constant preview of company staff, but over a significant area, & maintains pride logging of actions & Annex needs to appear cared for & be well man- of local community. approval of PMS. aged with regard to the local community. Avoid unnecessary pesticide use. L
Annex L: Pest Management Plan I L--17 17 EAMP Annexes
Table L.11: Pests of vegetables and fruit
Insects Diseases Crop Common Name Scientific Name Common Name Scientific Name Vegetables Cruciferae: cabbage, chinese kale, lettuce, etc. Diamond back moth Plutella xylostella Damping off Pythium, Phytophthora Cutworm Agrotis ypsilon Bacterial soft rot Erwinia carotovora Webworm Hellula undalis Downy mildew Peronospora parasitica Armyworm Spodoptera exigua, S litura Alternaria leaf spot Alternasia sp. Flea beetle Phyllotrata sp. Black rot Xanthomonas campestris Cabbage aphid Brevicorynae brassicae Club root Plasmodiophora brassicae Cabbage maggots Phyllocnistis sp. Powdery mildew Erysiphe cichoracearum Looper Chrysodeixis chalcites, Plusia signata Imported cabbage worm Pieris rapae Cabbage shield bug Eurydema rugosum Cluster caterpillar Crocidolomia binotalis Solanacae: tomato, potato, tobacco, aubergine, chillies Tomato Serpentine leaf miner Liriomyza huidobrensis Bacterial wilt Ralstonia solanacearum Tomato Nematodes Alternaria leaf spot Alternaria sp. Tomato Fruit worm Helicoverpa armigera General Thrips Thrips palmi Cercospoa leaf spot Cercospora sp. General Leaf folder Lamprosema indicata Leaf curl virus General Leaf-eating ladybird beetle Epilachna vigintioctopunctata Chillies Tobacco mosaic virus Aubergine Fruit & shoot borer Leucinodes orbonalis Potato Potato tuber moth Phthorimaea operculella Late blight Phytophthora infestans Early blight Alternaria solani Tobacco Green tobacco capsid Nesidiocoris tenuis Tobacco mosaic virus Aliacae: onions/garlic Thrips Thrips tabaci Downy mildew Peronospora parasitica Cutworm Agrotis ypsilon Purple blotch Alternaria porri Cucurbitacae Cucumber beetle Diabrotica speciosa Downy mildew Peronospora parasitica Red pumpkin beetle Aulocophora foviecollis Powdery mildew Erysiphe cichoracearum Leaf-eating ladybird beetle Epilachna vigintioctopunctata Cercospora leaf spot Cercospora sp. Leaf miner Liriomyza sp. Alternaria leaf spot Alternaria sp. Cotton aphid Aphis gossypii Mosaic virus Cucumber fruit fly Bactrocera cucumis Anthracnose Colletotrichum orbiculare Leguminosae Yard long bean Bean leaf miner Japanagromyza inaequalis* Red rust Uromyces sp. Legume pod borer Maruca vitrata Anthracnose Colleotrichum sp. Aphids Aphis craccivora, A. fabae Cercospora leaf spot Cercospora sp. Peanuts Nematodes Maize Corn earworm Helicoverpa armigera Downy mildew Corn borer Ostrinia sp. Fruit Citrus “Bark boring beetle” Pummelo Leaf miner Phyllocnistis citrella? Bacterial canker Pummelo “Bark boring beetle” Lychee “Eater of young leaves” Aphids Mango Oriental fruit fly Bactrocera dorsalis Anthracnose Colletotrichum gloeosporiodes Aphids Mango leaf cutting weevil Deporaus marginatus “Bark boring beetle” Avocado Fruit fly “Bark boring beetle” L Notes: Nomenclature is indicative only. Species underlined are most important. “*” = Mentioned in Kumar (2000), however J. inaequalis is not otherwise recorded in the nortern hemisphere. Specimen possibly J. yanoi or Ophiomyia sp. Annex
LI -18- 18 Annex L: Pest Management Plan Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types Annex Annex M: Public Consultation and Disclosure Events M
This annex summarises all the local, national, regional and interna- out the PCPP, while international experts continued to advise on tional public consultation and disclosure activities for the Project local community participation techniques and reporting. All sur- to date. veys and visits included presentation and interactive discussions, graphic representation including maps and, in the case of the Summary of Local Events Nakai Plateau, visits to the demonstration farm. Table M.1 presents a summary of the local-level consultations Local-level participation has required a�ention to the presentation undertaken to date for the Nakai Plateau and downstream areas. of appropriate information through various formats, including vil- Further details on the methodology used for local-level PCPP are lage meetings and focus groups. PCPP teams of local Lao people presented in the SDP. have been established and trained in PRA techniques to facilitate a flow of information from stakeholders. Each team’s membership represents a diversity of socio-economic, cultural, gender, and Regional and National Participation to Date generational perspectives. The approach was designed to ensure At the regional level, PCPP has enabled an exchange of informa- a clear understanding of the cultural and livelihood implications tion between NTPC representatives, GOL, and regional stake- of the Project and to ensure that stakeholders were involved in holders - that is community leaders, district agencies, provincial Project planning. In all cases, villagers were notified prior to the agencies, BPKP and local businesses and contractors. These activi- arrival of the public consultation team. ties have been held in the district and provincial centres. These The first stages were coordinated by a NTPC consultant responsi- meetings and workshops disseminated information as it became ble for training, planning and reporting on consultation activities available from commissioned studies, and provided a forum for on the Plateau. The RMU had overall responsibility for carrying discussion of issues, and concerns raised as a result. In particular,
Table M.1: Summary of PCPP events at the local level Date Event April - May 1996 Project awareness and villagers attitude survey for selected villages on the Nakai Plateau 25 May 1996 Meeting for information dissemination and voicing of concerns. District, Provincial and NTEC officials. NTPC Nakai Guest House 4 June 1996 Information briefings on Nakai Plateau by District, Provincial and NTEC officials at the following villages: Ban Nakai Neua, Ban Nakai Tai, Ban Sop On, Ban Sop Phene, Ban Done, Ban Khone Khen, Ban Thalang and Ban Sailom November 1996 Involvement of local villagers in Demonstration Farm lots and Agricultural Developments December 1996 - May 1997 Appraisal of the livelihood systems and decision making structures within villages. Recording of villager preferences and concerns with regard to resettlement for all Nakai Plateau villages. Conducted by Social Scientist, Dr. Stephen Sparkes and local team 31 January - 1 February 1997 Inception meeting for Resettlement Management Unit (RMU) and four District Resettlement Working Groups. January - February 1997 Survey of resettlement preferences in affected villages of Khamkeut District Dry season 1997 Information dissemination and consultation with residents in the transmission line corridor – explanation and discussions of the transmis- sion line proposal and its potential impacts. March 1997 Survey of villager attitudes to the Project and related concerns of sample rice-farming villages in the Gnommalat District. Conducted by Social Scientist, Dr. Stephen Sparkes, and local team January - April 1997 Health Reconnaissance Survey by John Storey, Public Health Specialist 11 April 1997 Meeting on resettlement and livelihood issues, Ban Jat San, Nakai District BPKP resettlement village 24 April - 5 May 1997 Training course in participation and consultation techniques for new PCPP teams in Thakhek by PRA trainer, Paul Chatterton May 1997 Consultation of affected villages in the downstream area (Gnommalat, Mahaxai and the upper and lower Xe Bang Fai) by 5 PCPP teams under the direction of Mary Diab 5 June 1997 District Workshop on scoping and methodology for the RAP and EAMP. Held in Ban Oudomsouk 20 - 21 April 1998 Workshop on PRA experiences in 1997 and planning of 1998 PCPP for the Nakai Plateau 22 April - 18 May 1998 PCPP team visits to Plateau for feedback on the livelihood model, house designs and village move preparation. Conducted by Dr. Stephen Sparkes October 1998 Notification Registration and Socio-economic Survey of all villages on the Nakai Plateau; RMU coordination 27 October 2000 Consultations as part of Evaluation of Demonstration and Farms (Theun Deuane and Ban Nakai Neua) by District, RMU, DRWG, VRC, Village organisations and NTEC Throughout 2001 Study tours and consultation carried out by LWU in support of district authorities 23 February 2001 Consultation Meeting on Community Forestry Association, Nakai 27 April 2001 (ongoing) Public Consultation on Pilot Village Layout (at Ban Nong Boua, Ban Sailom and Ban Pamanton villages) 26 September 2001 Consultation Meeting on Nakai Plateau Community Forest, Thakhek
HM --1 1 EAMP Annexes
Table M.2: Regional PCPP events
M Date Event 7 May 1996 Pilot Public Consultation meeting for the Project involving Provincial, District and NTEC officials. Held at Ban Sop On 27 May 1996 Meeting of representatives from NTEC and BPKP with the Deputy Governor of Khammouane Province to discuss resettlement planning. Held in
Annex Thakhek 19 - 20 September 1996 Workshop on National and Resettlement Policy and Plans. Involved Provincial and District officials, LWU and RMU. Held in Thakhek 30 - 31 September 1996 Meeting on regional planning for the public consultation and participation programme. Involved WB representative, NTEC, STENO, National Front for Construction, LWU, and Provincial and District Officials. Held in Thakhek 6 - 7 December 1996 Consultation with Provincial and District officials to obtain feedback on NTEC commissioned studies. NTEC, STENO. Held in Thakhek 16 - 17 December 1996 Workshop on the Social Effects of Power Station Water Release. District and Provincial officials. Held in Gnommalat 14 February 1997 Follow up PCPP Workshop on the Impact of Power Station Water Release. Involved village chiefs and District officials. Held in Gnommalat 12 March 1997 Workshop on the Impact of Power Station Water Release. Involved District officials and NTEC. Held in Mahaxai 20 March 1997 Regional Workshop on the Project. Information briefing to Provincial and District officials. Held in Gnommalat 30 April 1997 Regional Workshop on scoping and methodology for the RAP and EAMP. Held in Thakhek 5 June 1997 Regional Workshop to discuss the draft RAP, Meeting Hall, Nakai District Town 23 June 1997 Regional Workshop to discuss draft EAMP held at the Provincial Meeting Hall, Thakhek June 1999 NNTNBCA ESMP Endorsement Meeting, Provincial Meeting Hall, Thakhek
the regional programme provides an additional channel for com- A summary of regional and national events is presented in Tables municating villagers’ concerns identified at the local level to the N.2 and N.3 respectively. regional stakeholders and interested parties. National PCPP has involved an intensive programme of informa- International Level Participation to Date tion briefings and workshops in Vientiane since May 1996, with STEA being responsible for overseeing the proceedings. These National workshops and information briefings have also addressed events have largely focused on dissemination of information and many of the needs of the international stakeholders. Participation responses to three GOL commissioned studies i) Study of Alterna- by international media in the national consultation programme, tives, ii) Economic Analysis, and iii) the Nakai-Nam Theun NBCA together with the local representation of many international NGOs Management Plan (predecessor to the SEMFOP), as well as the and international aid and development organisations, has ensured safeguard documentation of the EAMP and the RAP. To further the Project a place in the international arena. Project representa- facilitate accessibility to information, an NT2 Public Information tives have a�ended or participated in numerous conferences Centre was opened in the STEA office, Vientiane, in March 1997. addressing international issues related to the Project (Table M.4).
I
MI --2 2 Annex M: Public Consultation and Disclosure Events EAMP Annexes
Table M.3: Summary of PCPP events at the national level Annex Date Event 25 August 1995 Meeting of NTEC, STENO, DoF (District, Provincial and National), CPAWN, BPKP, WCS, to discuss logging and catchment area manage- ment of the Nam Theun Catchment M 6 June 1996 NT2 Information Briefing at NTEC office, Vientiane by David Iverach 24 attendees: including GOL ministries agencies, international organizations, NGOs, diplomatic reps, local and international media 12 June 1996 NT2 Information briefing at NTEC office, Vientiane by David Iverach, Eric Noël and Brian McIllree 29 attendees including GOL ministries agencies, international organizations, NGOs, diplomatic reps, local and international media 6 July 1996 NT2 Information Briefing for senior Lao women officials, Lane Xang Hotel, Vientiane NTEC Presenters - David Iverach, Loy Chansavat and Sue Downie 20 August 1996 Nam Theun Information Briefing and Public Relations Seminar for senior members of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs Maeteechit State Guest House, Vientiane 28 September 1996 NT2 Information Briefing to members of the Vientiane Executives Evening, Novotel Hotel, Vientiane NTEC Presenters – Brian McIllree and Loy Chansavat 25 November 1996 Internal Consultation Workshop on NT2 Project Area Socio-Economic and Cultural Survey by CARE International 29 November 1996 NT2 Information Briefing for a group of Thai journalists brought to Lao PDR by EGAT, Lane Xang Hotel NTEC Presenter - Loy Chansavat 18 December 1996 NT2 Information Briefing for Lao media representatives, Lane Xang Hotel, Vientiane NTEC Presenters - David Iverach and Loy Chansavat 27 December 1996 NT2 Information Briefing for Lao Women’s Union, National Front for Construction and Lao Trade Union Movement NTEC Presenter - Loy Chansavat 16 - 20 January 1997 Field trip for Lao media to NT2 Project area
27 - 29 January 1997 First National Consultation and Participation Workshop on Alternative Study, Environmental and Social Action Plan for the NBCA, and Economic Impact Study 30 January - 1February 1997 Field trip for international media and Lao Ambassador to U.S to NT2 Project area 1 February 1997 Public release of 7 NTEC-commissioned studies relating to social, environmental and technical aspects of the Project 19 February 1997 Half Day Public Consultation Workshop on the NT2 Project Area Socio-Economic and Cultural Survey by CARE International NT2 Public Information Centre, STENO, Vientiane 19 February 1997 Half Day Public Consultation Workshop on the NT2 Hydroelectric Project Forestry Report by Margules Groome Poyry 20 February 1997 Half Day Public Consultation Workshop on the NT2 Hydroelectric Project Xe Bang Fai Hydrology Assessment by the Snowy Mountains Engineering Corporation (SMEC)
20 February 1997 Half Day Public Consultation Workshop on the Potential Impacts of the NT2 Hydroelectric Project on the Fish and Aquatic Fauna of the Nam Theun and Xe Bang Fai basins by Dr Maurice Kottelat 21 March 1997 Official opening of the NT2 Public Information Centre, STENO
31 March 1997 National Public Information Briefing on the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Lane Xang Hotel, Vientiane
1 April 1997 National Public Information Briefing on the Environmental Assessment and Management Plan (EAMP), Lane Xang Hotel, Vientiane
7 May 1997 Public release of Draft Resettlement Action Plan for comments from all interested parties
7 May 1997 National Information and Overview Briefing on the NT2 Project NT2 Public Information Centre, STENO 7 May 1997 Public release of 3 NTEC-commissioned studies on health issues
8 - 10 May 1997 2nd National Consultation and Participation Workshop on Alternatives Study
2 - 3 June 1997 National Consultation and Participation Workshop on Draft NT2 RAP NT2 Public Information Centre, STENO
10 June 1997 National Consultation and Participation Workshop on Draft NT2 EAMP NT2 Public Information Centre, STENO
7 - 12 July 1997 National Consultation and Participation Workshop on Alternative Study, Environmental and Social Action Plan for the NBCA, and Eco- nomic Impact Study
7 May 1998 Resettlement Workshop, UNDP, Vientiane attended by Jean-Christophe Delvallet, Loy Chansavat and Stephen Sparkes
21- 22 January 1999 National Public Consultation and Participation Workshop on Resettlement Action Plan.
January 1999 World Bank PCPP Mission.
November 22, 2000 Public consultation and participation workshop – draft EAMP July 2002 Symposium Nam Theun 2 – A window to the future.
Annex M: Public Consultation and Disclosure Events MI --3 3 EAMP Annexes
Table M.4: International consultation events
M Date Event 21 August 1996 Sustainable Development Seminar, Sydney NTEC Speaker - Dr David Iverach
Annex 1 September 1996 Frontiers of the Public-Private Interface in East Asian Infrastructure Conference - Jakarta, Indonesia NTEC Speaker - Mr Guido Belgiorno-Nettis 30 September 1996 Developing the Mekong Subregion Conference – Melbourne, Australia NTEC Speaker - Dr David Iverach 11 March 1997 Information Briefing on Nam Theun 2 Project Embassy of Lao PDR, Washington D.C. NTEC Speakers - Dr David Iverach & Mr Thomas Philippe 12 March 1997 Information Briefing on Nam Theun 2 Project Embassy of Lao PDR, Washington D.C. NTEC Speakers - Dr David Iverach & Mr Thomas Philippe 13 March 1997 Information Briefing on Nam Theun 2 Project UN Plaza Hotel, New York NTEC Speakers - Dr David Iverach & Mr Thomas Philippe 14 March 1997 Information Briefing on Nam Theun 2 Project Embassy of Lao PDR, Washington D.C. NTEC Speakers - Dr David Iverach & Mr Thomas Philippe 10 - 11 April 1997 IUCN/WB Workshop on Environmental and Social Impacts of Large Dams - Gland, Switzerland NTEC Participants - Dr David Iverach and Mr Thomas Philippe 3 July 2002 ‘Symposium on Nam Theun 2 Window to the Future’ organized by the GOL linking the development of national policy and strategies and interna- tional donor community concerns and issues August 2002 Submission by GOL of a draft National Poverty Eradication Programme (NPEP) to the Donors on the occasion of the UNDP-led Donor Round Table Meeting (RTM) in Vientiane, presenting Nam Theun 2 as a cornerstone of the country’s development May 2003 On the occasion of a mini-RTM, presentation of a second draft of the NPEP emphasizing again the critical importance of Nam Theun 2 for the country’s development and presenting elements on how the Project’s revenue to the GOL will be used for poverty alleviation in the country. August-September International Workshops in Bangkok, Tokyo, Paris and Washington DC attended by Sponsors (EdF, GOL, EGCO and ITD), NTPC management, 2004 technical staff and consultants. Participants in these workshops included WB, ADB and Agence Francaise de Development, international NGOs, foreign governments, potential donors and other interested parties.
I
MI --4 4 Annex M: Public Consultation and Disclosure Events Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types Annex Annex N: Environmental & Social Panel of Experts,
Dam Safety Review Panel & International Advisory N Group
Environmental & Social Panel of Experts ...... N-1
Dam Safety Review Panel ...... N-2
International Advisory Group ...... N-4
Environmental & Social Panel of Experts • The explicit requirement in the Concession Agreement that the POE must act independently of GOL and NTPC and in a man- Introduction ner which, in the Panel’s own opinion, is in accordance with the World Bank Guidelines, which the Project is commi�ed to he three-member Environmental and Social Panel of Experts follow and best protects both the environment and the inter- (POE) was established by GOL with the approval and guid- ests of those affected by the Project; Tance of the World Bank. It is mandated to provide GOL with • NTPC’s guaranteed funding commitment for the POE up to an an independent assessment and review of environmental and annual ceiling while the Panel of Experts is kept as a standing social issues associated with the Project. The POE is required to body; act independently of both GOL and NTPC and in accordance with • The Panel of Experts is to be a standing body until the third relevant World Bank guidelines. anniversary of the COD. Therea�er, at the discretion of GOL, To date, the POE has accomplished seven missions, conducted in it will serve until the sixth anniversary of the COD. Through- January and July 1997, January 1998, 1999, 2001, 2003 and Febru- out the remainder of the Concession Period, it may be recon- ary 2004. Findings of the POE are reported and have been released stituted as an ad hoc body from time to time at the request of publicly. GOL; The POE will continue to play a decisive role through Project • The provisions that the qualifications, experience and inde- implementation and during the initial portion of the Operating pendence of the individual members of the Panel of Experts Phase. A brief summary of the POE’s key findings to date is pre- cannot be challenged by NTPC; sented below in this Annex. Individual reports noted above should • The provisions that the individual members of the Panel of be referred to for further information. Experts cannot be sued by NTPC in respect of any comment or recommendation made by them, whether made in accordance Composition with the provisions of the Concession Agreement or not, even if made negligently and even if NTPC or another person suf- The POE included three members who are experts of international fers loss as a result of NTPC complying with that comment or standing: Lee M. Talbot, PhD (George Mason University, Virginia, recommendation; USA), Thayer Scudder, PhD (California Institute of Technology, • Limiting the rights of NTPC to appeal a comment or recom- USA) and T.C. Whitemore (deceased), PhD (Cambridge University, mendation of the Panel of Experts, requiring that there be three UK). The Concession Agreement requires that one member shall be Experts to hear the appeal; and an environmental generalist with expertise in environment/devel- • Subject to compliance with requirements outlined in the Con- opment trade-offs, one other member shall be a social scientist cession Agreement, the Panel of Experts would have the ability with expertise in rese�lement and indigenous peoples of South- to amend or overturn its previous comments or recommen- east Asia and the other member shall have expertise in tropical dations. An exception would be comments or recommenda- forest and biodiversity conservation, utilisation and management. tions made relative to ma�ers referred to them as provided in Alternatively, one member may be as recommended unanimously Schedule 4 of the Concession Agreement (Environmental and by the two other members as being an expert in a field related to Social Objectives). any of those specified requirements and who is considered by them as a person who will enhance the role and function of the Notwithstanding these provisions, the members of the POE have Panel of Experts. All candidate members must also be acceptable no powers under the Concession Agreement except as expressly to the World Bank. Any vacancy in the membership of the Panel of given by the Concession Agreement. Experts may be filled by GOL provided that the criteria above are Function satisfied and subject to a veto privilege by NTPC of one of the can- didates proposed by GOL. Additionally, GOL may terminate the The Panel of Experts has: appointment of any member provided that the provisions set out • A broad or general function for providing an independent in the paragraphs above apply to any substitute appointee. review and guidance on the treatment of environmental and Independence social issues associated with the Project; • Specific rights set out in the Concession Agreement with respect The independence of the Panel of Experts is achieved by: to social and environmental issues relating to the Project; and
HN --1 1 EAMP Annexes
• Power itself, or if requested by GOL, to provide wri�en Compliance with comments and recommendations is required if reports: the Panel of Experts has: N – Stating whether, in their opinion the parties have complied • Acted within the powers given under the Concession Agree- with their respective Environmental and Social Objectives ment, including a requirement that it is relevant to the World and whether the World Bank guidelines have been complied Bank Guidelines and has applied the provisions of the Conces- Annex with in the amelioration or remediation of unanticipated sion Agreement relating to Environmental and Social Objec- project impacts pursuant to the requirements of Clause 30.9; tives and Unanticipated Project Impacts that are applicable, – Recommending remedial action in the case of considered has applied standards which would be considered Good Oper- non-compliance; and ating Practices for the purposes of the Concession Agreement, – Containing other comments as they may deem appropriate. and has acted in good faith; and • Has followed the procedures set forth in the Concession Key Recommendations & Findings Agreement, including a requirement that it meet with NTPC Key recommendations and findings of the POE include: prior to publishing any comment or recommendation critical of NTPC. • Recommendation that a management strategy for the NNT NBCA be established and enforced, and hunting or other bio- Duration & Associated Costs diversity exploitation be curtailed in core areas; The costs of the Panel of Experts, which GOL is required to main- • Steps should be taken a�er the inundation of the Nakai reser- tain as a standing body until the third anniversary of the Com- voir to remove small diameter trees from the reservoir area; mercial Operation Date and which it may, at its election, maintain • The substantially reduced flow in the Nam Theun is likely to therea�er as a standing body until the sixth anniversary of the affect riverbed vegetation but their loss from the 12 km section Commercial Operation Date, are to be met by NTPC up to certain between the Nakai Dam and Nam Phao seems to be an accept- specified amounts until that date. able trade off for the Project’s positive gains; and • A monitoring programme of fish migration and fishing activi- Disputes Regarding Panel of Experts’ ties on the Xe Bang Fai should be started. Recommendations A summary of POE comments and their integration into Project NTPC may dispute the recommendations made by the Panel of design is presented in Table N.1. Experts in only several specific circumstances, as outlined in the NTPC Obligation to Comply with Panel of Experts’ Concession Agreement. Recommendations Dam Safety Review Panel Comments and recommendations of the POE as outlined in the Concession Agreement shall be binding on NTPC. NTPC shall Introduction promptly and at its own cost comply with and implement any comments and recommendations from the Panel of Experts, if GOL instituted a Dam Safety Review Panel (DSRP) for review of GOL so directs NTPC, as long as those comments and recommen- all safety related issues. A total of three reports have been issued dations have been made in respect of ma�ers that are subject to the by the DSRP: POE comments and recommendations, and in respect of a ma�er • February 2000 – Report on Visit to Lao PDR; for which NTPC is responsible under the Concession Agreement. • June 2000 – Report on Meetings, Chambéry, France; and
Table N.1: Summary of POE comments
Issues Raised Integration into Project Design
Infrastructure alternatives in the NBCA. Infrastructure alternatives have been investigated in a number of reports (SEMFOP 2003) and it has been pro- posed that a combination of tracks and improved river access provides transportation links without endangering the biodiversity of the area.
World Heritage status of the NBCA and extension NTPC will support GOL if it decides to apply for World Heritage status. should be pursued. More socio-economic surveys and pioneering planning The Concession Agreement outlines plans to conduct baseline and subsequent socio-economic and health surveys for the middle and lower Xe Bang Fai. of villages located along the Xe Bang Fai. Surveys will be undertaken after the Commercial Operations Date (two years after COD and four years after COD). NTPC has negotiated with EGAT to cease generation in advance of imminent flooding so that releases do not exacerbate natural floods. Surveys and plans have been made to address the implications of stream channel and bank changes and river levels in relation to riverside gardens and cross-river access.
I Planning and Management of the Hmong Population in Proposals for improving livelihood options for Hmong villages to the NW of the NBCA are included in SEMFOP the NW and along the Nam Theun. 2003.
RAP can be used as an incentive for population move- NTPC recognizes the potential for the Nakai Plateau resettlement experience to act as an incentive for NBCA com- ment out of the NBCA. munities to relocate there. However this will only be encouraged once the Plateau Resettlers are established and the RAP has proved successful. An International Panel of Experts (Dam Safety Panel) be A Panel of Experts to address Dam Safety Issues was selected by GOL and approved by the World Bank in June appointed before Appraisal. 1999.
Monitoring program of current fish migrations and fish- A Xe Bang Fai Fisheries Baseline Study and ongoing monitoring was initiated. ing activities be initiated by the 1999-2000 dry season.
NI --2 2 Annex N: POE, DSRP & IAG EAMP Annexes
• Μay 2002 – Report on Meetings, Chambéry, France. downstream channel over the long term, and likelihood of achieving desired effects; Annex Composition • Dam Design: adequacy of field and laboratory investigations The Dam Safety Review Panel comprises two members i) Paul in relation to materials for construction of the dam and cof-
Back, PhD (Consulting Engineer); and ii) Arthur Stukey (Consult- ferdams, appropriateness of materials selected, proportion- N ing Engineer Geologist), who are international experts in the fields ing and composition of the various zones, static and dynamic of engineering, with emphasis on gravity dams, hydrology, spill- analyses of the dam section; selection of foundation levels, ways, and engineering geology. All candidate members must also proposed measures of forming cutoffs in and drainage of the be acceptable to the World Bank. Any vacancy in the membership foundations and abutments; construction procedures specified of the Dam Safety Review Panel may be filled by GOL provided in relation to the dam and its foundations, instrumentation of that the criteria above are satisfied and subject to NTPC having the dam and proposed monitoring programme; the right of veto of one out of any three qualified candidates rec- • Hydraulic Design: hydraulic design and specifications of the ommended by GOL. GOL may terminate the appointment of any spillway and energy dissipation facilities, diversion, power member provided that the provisions set out above apply to any conduit and drawdown facilities, regulating pond and tailrace substitute appointee. facilities; • Planning and Design of Dams and Hydropower Facilities: over- Function all layout of the Project; design criteria; specifications; design of hydraulic structures; diversion scheme and sizing of its vari- Generally, the Dam Safety Review Panel has the following func- ous components; capacity of the spillway and drawdown and tion: tailrace facilities; procedures for routine inspection of the dam • A broad or general function of determining the safety of the and checking safety of structures, including the organisation dam and other civil structures, the downstream areas of the and staffing of the inspection agency; Nam Theun and Xe Bang Fai and the Catchment Area accord- • Construction of Dams and Hydropower Facilities: Construc- ing to the requirements of the World Bank Dam Safety Policy (as tion planning studies, temporary facilities, access to the site, in force on the date the Concession Agreement is executed); master schedule for implementation, conditions of contract; • The specific rights set out in the Concession Agreement to contractors proposals in relation to construction procedures, inspect and review the design, construction, commissioning, schedule, river diversion; organisation, staffing and proce- and operation and maintenance of the Project; and dures for managing the construction of the Project, methodol- • Power itself, or if requested to do so by GOL, to provide writ- ogy and organisation for quality control of the construction; ten reports: • Concrete Technology: Adequacy of testing of concrete materi- i) Stating whether, in their opinion, the design, construc- als, and their suitability for use in the works, specifications for tion, commissioning and/or operation and maintenance concrete, mix design and quality control procedures; and of the dam and other civil structures, the downstream • Specifications and manufacturers’ proposals: for turbines, gen- areas of the Nam Theun or the Catchment Area comply erators and mechanical and electrical equipment in the Power with the World Bank’s Dam Safety Policy; Station and switchyard, with particular emphasis on design ii) Recommending remedial action in the case of considered provisions for turbines operating in sediment laden water, and non-compliance; and state of the art design of generators, switchgear and control iii) Containing such other comments as they may deem systems. appropriate. Key findings to Date Scope Key findings of the DSRP to date include: The detailed scope of the Dam Safety Review Panel includes all • Nakai Dam: The selection of the Roller Compacted Concrete aspects of dam safety and can be summarised as follows: (RCC) alternative for Nakai Dam is endorsed by the Panel as • Flood Hydrology: extent and sufficiency of data, methodology being the most appropriate for the site. Reviews have been for derivation of extreme and design floods, procedures for undertaken of dam foundation and its protection, repair and routing floods throughout the reservoir and impact of floods maintenance. downstream of the power plant; • Spillway: A design review of spli�er walls have been under- • Seismology: identification of sources of seismic activity, assign- taken that will reduce scour downstream of the dam during ment of earthquake magnitudes to each source, and methodol- asymmetric discharges through the spillway and minimise the ogy for derivation of vibration parameters at the site for maxi- potential problem of cavitation. mum credible and design basis earthquakes; • Diversion Works: The Panel agreed that diversion works capac- • Engineering Geology: quality and sufficiency of the geologi- ity is limited to the dry season ten year flood flows and the con- cal investigations and the interpretation thereof; correctness of struction programme should be managed efficiently to avoid the geological and hydrological models of the region, reservoir any unacceptable disruption to the limited time thus available area and dam site; engineering implications with respect to for the construction of the dam. foundation design, stability of natural and excavated slopes; • Drawdown Facility: On the Panel’s recommendation, the draw- and support of surface and underground excavations; down facility will allow for water levels below El 526.85 m to • Rock Mechanics/Underground Excavations: design of surface be drawn down further by means of the power intake and also and underground excavations, including selection of stable by the very limited discharge capability of the riparian release slopes; appropriate shapes and orientations for underground facility at El 522.0 m. excavations; and design of temporary and permanent support • Intakes: The Panel has received confirmation from the Head systems and linings; Construction Contractor that the designs will ensure that • Sedimentology : estimates of sediment load that will enter the under transient surge conditions (sudden load rejection etc.) reservoir; method of operation of the reservoir to provide sedi- the screens would not be damaged by reverse flows through ment storage in the short term and systematic scouring of the them.
Annex N: POE, DSRP & IAG IN --3 3 EAMP Annexes
• Headrace: The Panel has endorsed the decision of the headrace NTPC Obligation to Comply with Dam Safety channel route. N Review Panel Recommendations • Pressure Sha�s: The Panel has made recommendations about the stability of the sha� in light of the base rock conditions and NTPC shall immediately and at its own cost comply with and potential water inflow problems. implement any comments and recommendations of the Dam
Annex • Penstock: The location for the upstream limit of steel lining Safety Review Panel if GOL so directs NTPC; and if the Dam Safety within the penstock tunnel is under investigation and is under Review Panel has: review by the Panel. • Acted within the powers given to it under the Concession • Power Station: The Panel has recommended se�ing up a debris Agreement, including a requirement that it has had regard to trap to be provided immediately downstream of the turbine the World Bank’s Dam Safety Policy, has applied the engineer- dra� tubes to prevent sealing of the gates. ing standards applicable under the Concession Agreement and • Regulating Dam: The key safety aspect here is the efficient has acted in good faith and reasonably; and functioning of the control gates at the regulating dam. These • Followed the procedures set forth in the Concession Agree- will govern the downstream flows, the Nam Kathang flow and ment, including a requirement that it meet with NTPC prior the flow to the irrigation facility. The Panel has noted that it is to publishing any comment or recommendation critical of important to ensure that gate operations at the dam do not lead NTPC. to erosion or cavitation damage to the waterways. Duration & Associated Costs • Downstream Channel: The most appropriate configuration for the downstream channel has been adopted to satisfy the The costs of the DSRP, which GOL is required to maintain as a environmental and technical performance criteria and to antic- standing body until the sixth anniversary of the Commercial Oper- ipate the behaviour of the channel in operation. The Panel has ations Date and which it may, at its election, reconstitute when it recommended that the construction contract should have the wishes to do so, are to be met by NTPC up to a certain specified requirement for an ongoing maintenance commitment during amount until that date. the early months of operation of the channel. In addition, the Panel has also reviewed the contractual arrange- International Advisory Group ments for project quality control, design reviews and risk. Introduction Independence The World Bank established the International Advisory Group The Dam Safety Review Panel’s independence is achieved by sev- (IAG) in order to obtain guidance on ways in which the World eral means, including: Bank may improve its handling of environmental and social issues • The explicit requirement in the Concession Agreement that the in the hydropower projects it supports worldwide, beginning with Dam Safety Review Panel must act independently of GOL and the Nam Theun 2 Project. NTPC and in a manner which, in the Panel’s own opinion is in To date, the IAG has completed three missions and have published accordance with the World Bank’s Dam Safety Policy; the following reports: • Actions of the Panel must be in the best interest of all who may • 1997 IAG August International Advisory Group Report #1; be adversely affected by the dam and other civil works, the • 1998 IAG December International Advisory Group Report #2; downstream areas of the Nam Theun and the Xe Bang Fai and and the Catchment Area; • 2001 IAG April International Advisory Group Report #3. • NTPC’s guaranteed funding commitment for the Dam Safety A brief summary of the IAG’s key findings to date is presented in Review Panel up to an annual ceiling; this Annex. Individual reports noted above should be referred to • The requirement that the Dam Safety Review Panel be a stand- for further information. ing body until the sixth anniversary of the Commercial Oper- ation Date and therea�er, be an ad hoc body which may be Scope of Work reconstituted from time to time at the discretion of GOL; The IAG was initially requested to provide independent assess- • The provisions that the qualifications, experience and inde- ment and recommendations to the World Bank on its handling of pendence of the individual members of the Dam Safety Review environmental and social issues related to the proposed Project. Panel cannot be challenged by NTPC; This scope of work included: • The provisions that the individual members of the Dam Safety • An assessment of risks to the Bank posed by involvement in Review Panel cannot be sued by NTPC in respect of any com- the Project, and advice on what measures the Bank should take ment or recommendation made by them, whether made in to address these risks; accordance with the provisions of the Concession Agreement • Providing advice to the Bank on the Project’s compliance with or not, even if made negligently and even if NTPC or another the Bank’s environmental and social Operational Directives in person suffers loss as a result of NTPC complying with that both le�er and spirit; comment or recommendation; • Incorporating the concerns and expectations of key Bank stake- I • NTPC has limited rights to appeal a comment or recommenda- holders and providing advice to the Bank on steps to be taken tion of the Dam Safety Review Panel. If there is an appeal, three to build international consensus on the proposed Project; and of the experts are required to hear the appeal; • Potentially providing advice to the World Bank Environment • Subject to compliance with the requirements described below, Department on ways in which to improve hydropower devel- the DSRP may amend or overturn previous comments or rec- opment in an environmentally and socially sustainable man- ommendations; and ner for Bank-supported projects worldwide, while drawing • However, the members of the Dam Safety Review Panel are upon the lessons learned from the ongoing experience with the not party to the Concession Agreement and have no power to Project and to the extent possible, Bank experiences with other enforce themselves. hydropower developments.
NI --4 4 Annex N: POE, DSRP & IAG EAMP Annexes
Composition of the International Advisory Group • It was recommended that further research be carried out on fish resources in all affected areas, including endemic fish; Annex The IAG consists of five eminent persons in the field of environ- • The IAG recommended that there should be no introduction mental and social development; one of the Advisors is appointed of exotic fish species into the reservoir and an education cam- as convenor of the IAG and assumes responsibility for providing the IAG’s secretariat. Members of the IAG are Mr. Dick de Zeeuw paign should be undertaken to guard against accidental or N (Deputy Chairman of Netherlands Commission for Environmen- unplanned introduction; and tal Impact Assessment - Convenor), Mr. David McDowell (Direc- • The IAG recommended that the greenhouse gases impacts be tor General of IUCN - The World Conservation Union), Mr. Emil updated. Salim (Former Minister of Environment for Indonesia), Mr. Kazuo Takahashi (Director of the International Development Research Reporting Arrangements Institute, Japan), Ms. Meg Taylor (Former Ambassador of Papua The IAG provides its findings and recommendations to the Vice- New Guinea to the United States.). President of the East Asia & Pacific Region of the World Bank with Key Recommendations & Findings a copy to the Chair of the Bank-wide Steering Commi�ee on Nam Theun 2 (Director of EA1) regarding work related to this Project. The key recommendations and findings of the IAG include the fol- lowing: Process, Outputs & Funding • The IAG concluded that in terms of the handling of environ- Each mission of the IAG includes a field visit, where a deeper mental issues, early recognition of environmental consequences understanding of the proposed Project, and in particular, of the had been achieved and mitigation proposals, especially for environmental and social impacts can be developed. Following a protecting the watershed, are a breakthrough compared to site visit, and further discussion with GOL and other stakehold- past practices; ers, the IAG prepares a summary note to the Bank on i) its evalu- • The IAG concluded that compliance with the natural habitat ation of how the Bank has handled the environmental and social Operation Directive is adequate if it is accepted that conver- sion of part of the Nakai Plateau into a reservoir is offset by issues posed by the proposed Project; and ii) its recommendations conservation of the NNT NBCA and other areas of biodiversity on what further measures the Bank should undertake to improve significance; its handling of the environmental and social issues of the Project. • The IAG recommended that environment management should These notes, accompanied with a wri�en Bank response are to be be an ongoing aspect of the Project; made available to the public. The members of the IAG are sup- • The IAG recommends measures to be taken to counter illegal ported, in full, by the World Bank. Neither NTPC nor GOL assists hunting and trading activities in the watershed; in funding the IAG.
Annex N: POE, DSRP & IAG IN --5 5 EAMP Annexes N Annex
I
NI --6 6 Annex N: POE, DSRP & IAG Annex H: Forest & VegetationEAMP Annexes Types
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan
This annex presents the PCR Plan, which has been developed to used stone tools. In the period up to around 14,000 years ago, most minimize or address any adverse impacts that the Project may have stone tools were simple flaked edge cu�ing and chopping tools. on PCR in the Project Area. The majority of this annex is based Around 5,000 years ago, most forestdwelling peoples of SE Asia on the work carried out by Earth Systems Australia (ESA) (2004). subsisted through nomadic hunting and gathering. Evidence indi- The annex begins with a discussion on the prehistorical, historical, cates that crop cultivation began 5,000 years ago and communi- ethnological and palaeontological context of the Lao PDR and the ties became less dependent on the forest and started to occupy the Project area. This is followed with a presentation of all PCR that lowland areas. Annex could potentially be impacted by the Project. A description of PCR By 2,500 – 2,000 bce people kept pigs, chickens, and ca�le. As includes a discussion of the types of PCR and its significance on wealth grew so did the sophistication of the ceramics and jewelry a local, national or international level. The third section identifies made of shells and stone. Lao Pako is a po�ery site near Vientiane O the type of impacts that are likely to result from Project activities. dating from between the 4th and 6th centuries ce. There is also evi- The fourth section outlines the PCR Plan and discusses mitigation dence of metallurgy and clay spindle whorls which indicate tex- measures that will be implemented in order to either address or tile manufacture. Also found were a variety of beads, both locally minimize any adverse impacts. This section also highlights the made clay ones and some made of glass, coral and semiprecious procedure for dealing with chance finds of PCR during either con- stones which were traded from India. struction or rese�lement activities. Finally the annex discusses the monitoring and capacity building requirements to ensure the miti- Increasing trade connections became conduits for passing new gation measures are effectively implemented. technologies such as metalworking. Copper smelting and alloying, quickly followed by bronze, commenced around 1,500 bce. In the context of this annex, a Physical Cultural Resource follows the definition used by the World Bank (OP 4.11) and covers mov- The dawning of the Metal Age in SE Asia propelled civilization able or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, into a new era of efficiency and production. Knowledge of this natural features and landscapes that have archaeological, palaeon- period largely comes from ancient burial sites. Elaborate burials tologic, historical, architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cul- have been found in the highlands of northern Lao where the rel- tural significance. ics of several megalithic cultures remain. In Hua Phan Province grouped standing stones mark the entrances to stone crypts con- 1. Applicable Laws, Regulations And taining human remains, ceramics, beads and bronze artifacts. The nearby Plain of Jars in Xieng Khuang Province was made by a Policies younger megalithic culture, and consists of massive burial urns sculptured out of single pieces of stone. The relevant GOL regulation is The Presidential Decree on the Preservation of Cultural, Historical, and Natural Heritage (1997). The significance of limestone karst as a source of archaeological deposits is documented by Vermeulen & Whi�en (1999). They In addition, the annex aims to follow the principles of the World identify limestone regions as important ancient and modern cul- Bank Operational Policy 4.11: Cultural Property which assists in tural heritage sites which harbor some of the earliest evidences of the preservation and avoidance of the elimination of PCR. human culture in East Asia. The area around the Lak Sao Road and Pha Phen Quarry hosts potential se�lement sites for Palaeolithic 2. Literature Review occupation including small limestone rock shelters (Schepartz et al, 2000). To appreciate the physical and cultural significance of PCR a brief description of the PCR context, in terms of palaeonotology, pre- 2.2 History history, history, and ethnicity, within Lao PDR is presented below. A more detailed account of the PCR context is presented in Earth The history of the southern and central parts of Lao PDR has been Systems Australia (2004). documented in a number of reports (Sparkes, 1997); Breazeale, Kennon & Smukarn, 1988); Evans, 2002) and StuartFox, 1996). 2.1 Prehistory In the last 2000 years, people se�led into more established civili- Very few archaeological investigations have been conducted in the zations engaged in international trade with India, the West and Project Area, the most relevant published work is that conducted China. This influence resulted in the introduction of new religious by Saurin (1951, 1952) and Colani (1932). The work of Saurin relates and political structures. Among these the Hinduised kingdoms, a stone mold used for casting bronze axe heads, and the potential the Champa and the Mon which were the most influential on what for the Gnommalat area to have hosted a sophisticated culture. is now Lao PDR. Colani (1932) discovered evidence of a Neolithic population in the The Mon were widespread in this region from the 7th century until limestone caves of Khammouane Province. they were displaced by the Khmer in the 11th century. Influences In the 1930s human remains were found in Hang cave in Hua Phan from this state are believed to have reached central Laos which is Province of Lao PDR. Radiocarbon dating revealed the bones to be evident by the frequency of sema stones and Mon sculpture. 12 to 14,000 years old (Paleontology Centre, Musee de l’Homme, The Khmer influence began between the sixth and eighth century Paris, France). and sites include Se�hapura temple near Champasak. In SE Asia, findings of human remains dating from 10,00040,000 During the Khmer influence, from the 11th century, the south- years ago indicate low population density cavedwelling communi- wards migration of Tai minorities started to affect Laos. The set- ties that hunted in the tropical forests. These early huntergathers tlement of Tai groups marks the end of the Hindu period. Between
HO --1 1 EAMP Annexes
the 1113th centuries, Tai communities established their authority, 2.4 Palaeontology creating two politically independent principalities, Luang Phra- The oldest rocks in the Project area are Upper Carboniferous to bang and Vientiane. Permian – Lower Carboniferous marine micritic limestones, sand- The dominance of the Tai resulted in the adoption of Tai/Lao lan- stones and siltstones. The limestones have formed prominent karst guage and customs by the MonKhmer speaking population. This topography in the Gnommalat region and west of the dam site. linguistic and cultural influence continues to the present day. To From a palaeontological perspective these rocks are likely to host practice irrigation, the Tai people se�led in the lowlands, near the marine invertebrate fossils. rivers. However, hunting and gathering communities o�en contin- On the Nakai Plateau, unconsolidated alluvium and colluvium ued independently in the upland forests removed from the influ- consisting of gravel and sand, silt and clay have filled the Nam ence of the royal court. Theun valley. These materials are unlikely to host items of palae- In the 14th century, this process of ‘laoization’ was manifested in ontological significance. the establishment of the first Lao kingdom, Lane Xang, with its Trân Vân et al. (2002) describes the Mesozoic Nam Theun Basin capital in Luang Phrabang. Tai/Lao statecra� adopted Theravada and identifies that lower to middle Jurassic marine sediments O Buddhism as the official religion of the rulers. However, the rural on the eastern edge of the Nam Theun Basin yield the following populations continued with their indigenous spirit cults. For the marine bivalves: Cuspidaria aff. C. annamitica (Saurin), Cardinia Tai/Lao groups the cult was centered on the territorial spirit (phi sp., Burmesia sp. Pleuromya aff. P. concentrica.
Annex mueang), while the MonKhmer groups venerated spirits of nature, To the south of the Project Area in Savannakhet Province, dinosaur consonant with their traditional livelihood as gatherers and hunt- fossils and footprints have been identified in Mesozoic sediments ers. (Allain et al, 1997). In the early 18th century, Lane Xang was partitioned into three separate Lao kingdoms (Luang Phrabang, Vientiane and Champa- 3. Previous PCR Surveys sak). These kingdoms were to lead a precarious existence, balanc- ing between the two great powers in the region, Siam (Thailand) 3.1 Earlier Studies and Annam (Vietnam). A struggle for independence against the Siamese was organised by Prior to 2004, two surveys had been conducted to identify PCR Prince Chao Anou in the period 1805 – 1827. When fleeing the Thai within the Project area. In 1991, SMEC surveyed locations on the Nakai Plateau (SMEC 1991). Between 1994, 1995, a second survey army, the Prince’s army took refuge on the Nakai Plateau. During was conducted in which the Downstream Channel was included this period Chao Anou’s group established temples and Buddha (TEAM, 1995). The 1990 and 19941959 surveys were conducted by images. staff from the Ministry of Information and Culture (MIC). A team In 1828 Siam conquered and sacked the capital Vientiane. To coun- of archaeologists and social scientists further updated the field ter Siamese claims on its territory, Luang Phrabang started paying identification and consulted with local communities about accept- tribute to Vietnam, while further south, the territories fell under able management measures. Siamese sovereignty. However, Khamkeut and Mahaxai proved recalcitrant to these Siamese claims to sovereignty. 3.2 Need for Additional Studies In the territorial rivalry between Siam and Annam, Siam adopted A�er the surveys conducted in 1990 and 19941995, the design of the strategy of relocating people. The population, both Tai/Lao and the Project was modified. The area of land required for construc- MonKhmer, of Khammouane and Savannakhet provinces were tion and operation has become more clearly defined. In addition, evacuated by the Siamanese to the west of the Mekong in the 1830s the definition of physical cultural resources, encompasses a wider and 1840s, returning only in 1860. array of items than that included in the previous surveys, since the The French, a�er their administration was established over Viet- definition now includes sites having not only archaeological (pre- nam and Cambodia in the 19th century, claimed that the whole historic), palaeontological or historical value, but also religious, of Laos should be annexed to their newly conquered territory. sacred and unique natural value. This broad definition of physical The Siamese counteracted by accelerating their occupation. The cultural resources was not used in previous surveys and therefore an additional survey was required. Siamese clashed with the French Army in different provinces. Finally, the French and British agreed to adopt the Mekong River 3.3 The Baseline PCR Survey as the border line and Laos was split into two, with the “Eastern Lao” under French rule until 1945. Lao PDR acquired the status of In 2004, a baseline PCR survey was conducted by Earth Systems independent state in 1946, but had to wait until 14 December 1955 Australia in association with representatives from the Depart- for this status to be internationally recognized. ment of Museums and Archaeology, and the Institute of Cultural Research, within MIC, Lao PDR. The specific objectives of this The 35 years of the two Indochinese wars, followed by centrali- additional survey was to (i) prepare a detailed registry, which doc- zation, collectivization and administrative and territorial restruc- uments all significance PCR within or adjacent to Project Lands; turing before the 1980s, provoked another period of population (ii) identify and assess the significance of all sites of PCR; (iii) I migration and displacements. During the 2nd Indochina war, parts assess the likely degree of impact; and (iv) evaluate and recom- of the Project area were subject to bombing by American forces mend appropriate management and mitigation options. The Earth a�empting to curtail use of the Ho Chi Minh Trail by the northern Systems Australia (2004) survey adopts the World Bank’s defini- Vietnamese. Numerous villages in the Project Area were bombed tion of PCR. with some communities being completely abandoned. 3.3.1 Methodology 2.3 Ethnography The PCR survey methodology comprised of community consul- A detailed discussion on the ethnicity of communities is presented tation, walkover surveys, transect surveys and satellite imagery in the Ethnic Minority Development Plan of the SDP (2004). interpretation. The PCR survey was not limited to identifying PCR
OI --2 2 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
within LPA but also identified those PCR located adjacent which (i.e. Nakai Plateau, Downstream Channel area and Impact Corri- could be potentially indirectly impacted. dor areas (including the 500 kV Transmission Lines, Xe Bang Fai and Pha Phen Quarry). Community Consultation Figure O.1 shows the indicative locations of the PCR and, if appro- Community consultation involved village level focus group dis- priate, their custodians. Given the potential monetary or cultural cussions using semistructured questionnaire forms. Community value of some of these PCR their precise locations are not identi- consultation enabled the identification of known PCR sites and fied in this annex. In addition, valuable movable PCR identified objects, and the identification of landforms of potential PCR sig- nificance. The outcomes of the consultation were also incorporated as part of the survey have not been presented in this annex as this into the mitigation measures of the PCR Plan. Figure [x] shows the may lead to the� or illegal sale of the items. Although the major- locations of villages that were included in the consultation proc- ity of movable PCR are within private collections, those movable ess. PCR that are not in private collections will be subjected to special mitigation measures outlined later in the annex. This approach recognizes that people will not only be able to iden- tify PCR currently in use but have knowledge of archaeology and 4.1 Prehistorical Sites Annex historical remains. This indigenous knowledge has developed as a consequence of their livelihood activities of (i) swidden cultiva- Sites of known and potential archaeological significance are pre-
tion, (ii) intensive lowland paddy and rotational agriculture; (iii) sented in Table O.2 with an example shown in Plate 1. O livestock management on grasslands and savannah; (iv) hunting 4.1.1 Nakai Plateau wildlife and collection of NTFPs; and (v) fishing. The nature of these activities gives people an intimate knowledge of not only the No sites of archaeological significance were identified on the Nakai immediate village surroundings but further a field. Any PCR sites Plateau. The lack of archaeological finds can be a�ributed to two or objects in the area are likely to be discovered in the course of factors: (i) meandering of the Nam Theun which would have cov- these activities. ered or destroyed archaeological remains; and (ii) the Plateau was To assist in the identification of PCR, the presentation used visual inhospitable to early human occupation. aids such as photographs and samples of PCR objects. The first factor was predicted during the geomorphological satellite As it was envisaged that consultation may be less effective in interpretation. Prehistoric man would likely have inhabited river identifying PCR that do not form part of the present day cultural corridors. However, the geomorphic assessment indicated that landscape, the survey methodology included walk over surveys, most landforms potentially containing archaeological evidence are transects and interpretation of satellite imagery. likely to have been highly disturbed by subsequent changes in the Interpretation of Satellite Imagery Nam Theun river course. A survey of soil confirmed the depth of the Nam Theun alluvium, 5 – 10 metres, and that this deposition Recent high resolution satellite imagery was inspected to allow the had occurred relatively recently owing to the uniformity of the soil identification of unusual geographical or hydrological features. A stratigraphy. geomorphological interpretation was conducted to identify areas favorable for early human occupation. Identified sites were then Remnant old landforms (e.g. a few small hills), are perhaps the inspected in the field. most likely areas to preserve archaeology. However, transects con- ducted in these areas did not identify any evidence which is sup- Interpretation of the imagery was used to refine the survey meth- portive of this area being extensively inhabited in previous times. odology, in particular for the Nakai Plateau. The channel move- ment of the Nam Theun has archaeological and palaeontological implications, as much of the Nakai Plateau is covered in recent sediments. Thus, traditional surveys involving transects were not considered effective. Therefore the ground survey methodology targeted landforms, identified in the interpretation of imagery, that were likely to preserve evidence of early occupation. Transects Selected transects were undertaken in areas identified during con- sultation and interpretation of satellite imagery that potentially host archaeological and palaeontological sites. Walkover surveys Selected walkover surveys were performed to complement the con- sultation and were targeted in areas where it was considered that additional information was required. All identified PCR sites and objects were documented and subjected to a comparative study and contextual analysis to measure their significance. Documenta- tion consisted of technical activities such as inventory, measure- ment, photography, drawing and textual recording. 4. Baseline The PCR are presented as the following types: (i) prehistory, (ii) history, (iii) territorial spirits, (iv) other spirits, (v) religious sites, (vi) cemeteries, (vii) other cultural sites, and (viii) palaeontology. Some of these PCR types are considered by geographical location Plate 1: AS2, Pha Phen
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --3 3 EAMP Annexes
The Plateau may have provided a temporary habitat for the pur- 4.1.5 Lak Sao Road and Pha Phen Quarry pose of seasonal hunting or migration. However, the Nakai Pla- Early human occupation of the Pha Phen limestone pinnacle, teau is unlikely to have provided a suitable longterm habitat for located to the west of the Phou Phako massif, was shown by a prehistoric man due to the unavailability of natural shelter sites, stratified sequence of prehistoric living floors contained in the rock potable water, and raw materials for tool production. shelters and caves that formed on the south side of the pinnacle 4.1.2 Downstream Channel Area (AS2)] The prefield survey identified potential sites to be numerous as the No significant prehistoric artifacts were identified during the com- munity consultation however investigations conducted in the Pha area would have been favoured for early human habitation due to Phen and Tham Pha Phra rock shelters identified unshouldered the abundance of natural shelter sites in the limestone outcrops, stone tools; a ceramic spindle whorl; beads made from shell; and fresh water sources, fauna and suitable materials for tool produc- po�ery shards. tion. However, only one cave site (AS1), of potential archaeologi- cal significance, was identified and consultation with communities
O 4.2 Historical Sites identified only 13 Neolithic stone tools, one bronze, one brass and one iron axe. Sites of known and potential historical significance are presented in Table O.3 and typical historic sites are shown in Plates 2 to 3. Although, as mentioned above, it has been speculated that the Annex Gnommalat area had been a site of bronze fabrication , based on 4.2.1 Nakai Plateau the Earth Systems Australia (2004) survey, had prehistoric bronze Only five historic sites were identified on the Nakai Plateau fabrication been conducted in the Gnommalat area we may have (HS1 to HS5). The survey returning a null result for the follow- expected a greater abundance of artifacts. ing PCR types (i) ancient trading routes; (ii) ba�legrounds, with The most significant object identified was a pair of bronze anklets. the exception that the Plateau was subject to aerial bombing by It is presumed that the anklets were once owned by a woman of US aircra� during the 2nd Indochina War; (iii) historic buildings; the ruling class. No similar objects have been identified previously (iv) built infrastructure such as walls, or fortifications, of historic in Lao PDR. significance; and (v) agricultural areas or gardens of historic sig- nificance. 4.1.3 500 kV Transmission Line The relatively few historic sites can be understood in terms of the No sites of archaeological significance were identified within the inaccessibility of the Plateau, the livelihood of the ethnic groups 500 kV Transmission Line corridor. inhabitating the Plateau, and the impacts of the 2nd Indochina It is less probable that prehistoric se�lements were established in War. this area. The area is relatively devoid of shelter sites. Any open Access across the Plateau has been developed only relatively camps would have been shortlived given the erosion rates in a recently, in the 1930 1940’s, with the construction of Road 8b by monsoonal climate. the French administration. 4.1.4 Xe Bang Fai The Plateau inhabitants have traditionally been hunters, gatherers and swidden farmers moving frequently in response to resources. No sites of archaeological significance were identified along the Xe Thus built infrastructure is not designed to be permanent but rather Bang Fai corridor. movable. Further, a tropical climate where organic materials rap- Although the river banks may have been a site for human se�le- idly decompose means historic sites which have been constructed ments, these would have been shortlived given the rates of river from organic material are no longer visible. No natural quarry sites bank erosion. Any prehistoric artifacts le� behind at these sites are were identified on the Plateau where rock outcrop could have been likely to have been highly disturbed. sourced as an alternative building material.
I
Plate 2: HS1, AbandonedTemple Plate 3: HS7, WatThaPha
OI --4 4 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Aerial bombing during the 2nd Indochina War resulted in the (HS8) where locations have been selected that provide a natural destruction of numerous villages on the Nakai Plateau and any defence against invaders. In addition, many historic objects identi- such historical sites residing there. fied during consultation, had been hidden in limestone caves. Pre- sumably the owners perished at the hand of the invaders or fled 4.2.2 Downstream Channel Area from the area never to return. In total 17 historic sites were identified in the Downstream Chan- It is interesting to note that no historic sites or objects were identi- nel area (HS5 to 21). In light of the broader context outlined above, fied from the 5th to the 18th century despite the establishment of together with the results of the PCR survey, the primary histori- various influential states along the Mekong corridor during this cal influences on the Gnommalat and Mahaxai area are presented period. The 7th century witnessed the establishment of the Mon below. state in central Lao and its gradual replacement by the Khmer in In the 18th century, Mahaxai would have been a peripheral centre the 11th century. of power (muang) and have exercised substantial local influence, Based on the survey results it is evident that the influence of these including on Gnommalat. Strategically located in the foothills of states did not extend as far as Mahaxai but remained concentrated Annex the Annamites, Mahaxai may have served as an important trading along the Mekong valley. It was not until the mid 17th century that gateway between the two great powers of Siam and Annam. Lime the prosperity of this area flourish. production and elephant trading may have provided Mahaxai with increased trading opportunities. 4.2.3 500 kV Transmission Line O Numerous abandoned lime kilns (HS25) were identified on the No significant historic sites were identified inside the LPA for the banks of the Xe Bang Fai. The lime was used as an ingredient for (i) Transmission Line however the survey identified three adjacent chewing beetle nut, and (ii) the manufacture of plaster as evident sites comprising of sema stones in situ, and two production areas on the stupas at Kouan Ku (HS6) and Wat Tha Pha (HS7). for ceramic pots (HS22 to HS24). Tai/Lao statecra� was also associated with the adoption of Thera- The Mekong valley in central Laos was influenced by the Mon vada Buddhism as the official religion. The survey identified seven kingdom of Dvaravati. Sema stones were typically used by both definitive temple sites in the area, the most significant being the the Mon and Khmer states to define consecrated ground, usually abandoned sites of Kouan Ku (HS6), Kouan Ngua (HS8), Tha Pha surrounding a temple, or as boundary markers for kingdoms. (HS7) and Wat That (HS13). The ceramic production areas are believed to date from the 18th Mahaxai area has also developed indigenous forms of Buddhist century. The number and diversity of pot shards indicate that these expression as evident by the design of the Buddha statues found at sites produced significant quantities of ceramics over a period of Kouan Ku and the numerous wooden images identified in various time which may have been traded along the Mekong. caves and temples. The style of design is not typical to Theravada Buddhism and may be the influence of the Ma Khong animism. 4.2.4 Xe Bang Fai Increased prosperity would have resulted in the emergence of a A number of historic sites were identified along the Xe Bang Fai. noble class which is evident by the diversity and abundance of These include approximately 50 abandoned lime kilns, which are objects identified during consultation including the collection of believed to date from the early 19th century, and one abandoned ceramic and bronze objects, the stoneware box, and the ceramic temple (HS25, HS26). pipe. Increased wealth would have a�racted the threat of invasion. The 4.2.5 Lak Sao Road and Pha Phen Quarry threat is evident at sites such as Kouan Ku (HS6) and Kouan Ngua No significant historic sites were identified inside the LPA for Road 8b or Pha Phen Quarry. The survey did however identify two former army camps established during the 1st Indochina War (HS28, HS29). The existing Road 8b was first established by the French pre1940s. The road was subsequently used by the Lao army during the first and second Indochina War. 4.3 Territorial Spirits In summary 10 territorial spirits were identified on the Nakai Pla- teau; eight in the Downstream Channel area; 14 in the vicinity of the Transmission Line corridor; four along the Xe Bang Fai; and four in the vicinity of the Thakhek Road. No territorial spirit sites were identified in proximity to the Lak Sao Road or the Pha Phen quarry. All of the ethnic groups believe in spirits that control various aspects of the cosmos and explain causality, including accidents, sicknesses, death and incomprehensible phenomena. Each type of spirit is associated with a certain location and a particular power. The most important powers in the spirit world are the territorial spirits (phi meuang) that influence a large area around a village or group of villages. These spirits receive annual offerings before the start of the agricultural season in February. The origin of these spir- its is o�en a legendary person/founder of a village or the medium Plate 4: SS10, Phi Meuang offering site who communicated with the spirit.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --5 5 EAMP Annexes
The growth of Tai/Lao statecra� in the Project area during the late 17th and early 18th centuries was also accompanied by the adop- tion of Theravada Buddhism and resulted in the construction of numerous temples. However the forms of Buddhist expression in the Project area have been influenced by local belief systems, whereby temples can resemble spirit huts, and Buddhist ceremo- nies incorporate elements of spiritual rituals including animal sac- rifice. It is believed that many of the temple sites were either destroyed or abandoned over the last 200 years as a consequence of succes- sive invasion by outside forces. More recently, aerial bombing sus- tained during the 2nd Indochina War has also resulted in destruc- O tion or significant damage to a number of temples. Interestingly, Plate 5: SS33, Spirit Rock many of these sites continue to be important features in the cul- tural landscape for the local villagers, and are still esteemed with
Annex Table O.4 presents the territorial spirits in the survey area. The table some religious or spiritual value. indicates the spirit name, ritual centre, and provides both a physi- cal and cultural description of this ritual centre. Territorial spirits 4.5.1 Nakai Plateau are significant at the local level, for those villages located within Eight religious sites were identified on the Nakai Plateau (TS1 to the spirit boundary. A map showing the territorial spirit bounda- 8). Buddhist ideas and various spirit beliefs and Hinduism from ries on the Nakai Plateau is shown in Figure 132 of the SDP. . the Khmer traditions, has influenced many aspects of religion on 4.4 Other Spirits Sites the Plateau. Other spiritual sites typically include unique natural features, such 4.5.2 Downstream Channel Area as grasslands, rock outcrops, or water sources, which through the Ten religious sites were identified in the Downstream Channel course of generations have become part of the cultural landscape area (TS9 to 18) and four temples along the Thakhek Road (TS39 to for the local villages (Plate 5). This cultural landscape includes the 42). Wat Sibounheuang is perhaps the most significant owing to its performance of rituals such as animal sacrifice, offerings of food location in the district centre of Gnommalat. and alcohol, and festivals. In some cases these sites have become the subject of oral folk stories, and a reasoning for otherwise inex- A number of the historic temple sites, although now in ruins, con- plicable occurrences. Villagers will seek guidance from the spirit tinue to be important features in the cultural landscape, and are on auspicious occasions. still esteemed with some religious or spiritual value. These sites In summary 13 other spirit sites were identified on the Nakai Pla- include Kouan Ku (HS4), Kouan Ngua (HS6), Tha Pha (HS5) and teau; 11 in the Downstream Channel area, 5 were identified in the Wat That (HS11). vicinity of the Impact Corridors. 4.5.3 Impact Corridors 4.5 Religious Sites Seven temples and one church were identified in the vicinity of A description of the religious sites identified during the PCR Sur- the Transmission Line corridor (TS19 to 26); 11 temples and one vey is presented in Table O.5 and typical religious sites are repre- church along the Xe Bang Fai (TS27 to 38); and three temples along sented in Plates 6 and 7. the Lak Sao Road (TS43 to 45).
I
Plate 6: TS2, Newly constructed temple, Ban Thalang Plate 7: TS13, Wat Tha Pha
OI --6 6 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes Annex O
Plate 8: C11, Cemetery Plate 9: C44, Cemetery
4.6 Cemeteries 4.8 Palaeontology The villages and their respective cemetery are presented in Table A description of the palaeontology sites is presented in Table O.8 O.6 and examples of the type of cemeteries are shown in Plates 8 and an example shown in Plate 10. and 9. 4.8.1 Nakai Plateau Traditionally the ethnic minority groups inhabiting the Project area, such as the Ma Khong and Sek, buried their dead. However No palaeontological sites were identified on the Nakai Plateau. through the influence of Buddhism, cremation has also become Consultation did not identify any fossils. Survey transects identi- common. Today the funeral ceremonies combine elements of Bud- fied sandstone outcrops. However investigations of these sites did dhism and spirit traditions. not reveal any evidence of fossils. In summary there is li�le out- Cremation is normally conducted at the cemetery. The remains of cropping geology on the Nakai Plateau. As discussed in Section the deceased are placed in an urn which is le� at the cremation 2.4, the basin has been buried beneath unconsolidated alluvium site. Some sites are marked with a wooden post. The urn typically and colluvium. comprises a ceramic or metallic pot. The community may invest in 4.8.2 Downstream Channel Area the construction of a stupa for the containment of an urn belonging to a highly respected individual. No significant palaeontological sites were identified in the Down- Burial is normally conducted in shallow graves which are backfilled stream Channel area. with earth and logs. Some burial sites are marked with a wooden The geology consists of marine micritic limestones built up mil- post on which the name of the deceased may be inscribed. lions of years ago by algae, shells, corals and other marine organ- Cemeteries are typically located on elevated and forested land, on isms and have formed a prominent karst topography. Marine the outskirts of the village. Villagers are not permi�ed to hunt or invertebrate fossils were identified at Tham Phuang (PS1) but it is extract forest products from this area. In fact villagers generally not considered that the fossil occurrence is unusual to the area or avoid approaching the area for fear of disturbing the ancestral of unique scientific interest. spirits. Cemeteries are significant at the local level, for those villages who use the site. 4.7 Other Cultural Sites Village consultation identified a number of other culturally signifi- cant PCR sites in the survey area. In general these sites comprise of natural features which afford recreational amenity. Such sites are generally significant at the local level, for those villages that enjoy the amenity of the site. These sites are described below in Table O.7. Consultation identified a number of sites on the Plateau associated with natural features such as forests, wetlands, rivers, grasslands, and rock outcrop. However a walkover survey of these sites did not identify any features of particular natural significance. Survey transects of the Nakai Reservoir identified additional features but these also were not considered to be of particular natural signifi- cance. Many parts have now been degraded by logging and it is currently not a site that a�racts any significant tourism. Plate 10: PS1, Tham Phuang, marine fossil assemblage
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --7 7 EAMP Annexes
4.8.3 Impact Corridors 5.2 Operations A few palaeontological sites were identified in the Impact Corri- 5.2.1 Nakai Plateau dors including fossilised animal bones of Quaternary age in cave floor deposits within limestone in the Pha Phen (PS2) and a marine The primary impact on PCR located on the Nakai Plateau is loss and fossil assemblage including crinoids and shells, within Carbonifer- disturbance of sites arising from inundation. PCR sites impacted ous limestone in the same area (PS3). by the inundation include spirit sites and cemeteries. Increased pressure on land use in the rese�lement areas abu�ing the reser- No other fossils were identified during the course of consultation. voir, may adversely affect PCR located in these areas. Operation of the Project is also expected to a�ract further immigration and 5. IMPACTS tourism. The improved year round access to the Nakai Plateau will enable people to se�le in the area, and movement from one area Identifying prior to construction the potential impacts that may to another. result because of the Project is important to allow mitigation meas-
O ures to already be in place to address or minimize any adverse 5.2.2 Downstream Channel Area impact. This section identifies impacts on PCR within the Project The impacts associated with operation of the Power Station include area. A more detailed discussion on impacts at each specific PCR restriction and loss of access to PCR by the physical presence of the site is presented in Earth Systems Australia (2004).
Annex Downstream Channel. The development of the Project will impact on some of the PCR Operation of the Project is also expected to a�ract immigration identified above. These impacts will primarily be associated with and tourism, and approximately 150 permanent employees will be construction activities, inundation of the Nakai Plateau, and based at Residence Nam Theun. Project operations. 5.2.3 Impact Corridors 5.1 Construction For the 500kV Transmission Lines the operating phase impacts Impacts associated with construction activities include loss of will be limited to electromagnetic radiation, visual impacts, and land, alteration of air quality, noise, vibration, aesthetic degrada- impacts associated with the access and maintenance of the line. tion , change of water quality and restriction of access. A detailed The primary issues relating to the Xe Bang Fai is the potential for description of these types of impacts and their potential sources increased rates of river bank erosion which could impact PCR are presented in Chapter 3. PCR may also be adversely impacted located close to the river. due to the influx of workers and associated inmigration. Poten- tial impacts of this inmigration include damage, deterioration and 5.3 Site Specific Impacts Assessment unacceptable exposure to historic sites, spirit sites, temples, and A summary of the PCR impact assessment is presented in Table cemeteries. O.2. The table identifies the PCR sites and whether they will poten- tially be impacted by construction, inundation and operation of 5.1.1.Nakai Plateau the Project. There is the potential for loss and disturbance of PCR during con- The Project is not expected to have any direct adverse impacts on struction, and for rese�lement to adversely affect the amenity of movable PCR objects which belong to private (i.e. family) collec- cultural and spiritual sites. tions. However there is potential for the� and desecration of com- In general the impacts associated with rese�lement is assessed to munity owned PCR objects located at temples and/or caves. Miti- be relatively low because the majority of households will be relo- gation measures for the protection of PCR located at community cated within their existing village, administrative and cultural managed sites are identified below. boundaries. Hence the majority of the villagers will maintain their [insert impacts matrix] existing PCR sites. In cases where villages rese�le outside their current village boundaries the village will have to develop new 6. Mitigation cultural landscape from their neighbouring villages. Appropriate management and mitigation measures will need to 5.1.2 Downstream Channel be implemented for all sites potentially impacted by the Project. The following are general measures to be adopted by PCR Plan to The primary impact on PCR in the Downstream Channel area is manage PCR sites: the unregulated access and subsequent disturbance to sites during construction arising from inmigration. Inmigration has the poten- • An awareness program conducted in advance of the construc- tial to adversely affect sites and objects of historic value and the tion activities to prepare the community for the potential impacts amenity of spiritual sites. on PCR sites and to identify further site specific mitigation meas- ures. I 5.1.3 Impact Corridors • Engage a Lao PCR specialist in cultural anthropology to The primary impact on PCR within the Impact Corridors is the conduct the community awareness program, and to oversee the potential loss of land associated with the upgrade of existing road appeasement ceremonies where required. alignments (including the access roads to the transmission line cor- • Engage a Lao PCR specialist in history to work with the Head ridor) In particular there is the potential for the partial loss of land Contractor during excavations, particularly the section of the associated with spirit sites, temples, and cemeteries. Opening Pha Downstream Channel from the Regulating Dam to the Nam Gnom Phen quarry will cause loss of land and a aesthetic impact arising siphon. from loss of part of the limestone karst. Other impacts will be noise • Inform the Head Contractor of the sites and potential sites of and dust generated during aggregate acquisition. PCR.
OI --8 8 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
• Minimize to the extent possible the direct impact by construc- The overall aim of the awareness consultation is to ensure that peo- tion. It is envisaged that the impacts associated with the upgrade ple living in the village fully understand the impacts of construc- of existing road alignments and the Transmission Line can be mini- tion on their PCR. In summary, the objectives are to (i) inform the mised during final design, by providing sufficient buffer distance. communities on the expected impacts from the Project; (ii) gather • Ensure that movable PCR artifacts located in publicly acces- and record further focused information on PCR and the traditional sible places (i.e. temples and rock shelters) are secured from the� practices and customs of the community of the village and how and vandalism prior to the construction period, in a manner that construction will impact on these; (iii) discuss and agree on the does not adversely affect their religious and spiritual amenity. best mitigation measure(s) to be implemented to address negative • Implement the Chance Find Procedure for all construction impacts; (iv) where appropriate, oversee the mitigation measure. works. Relocation of PCR (e.g. stupa, spirit huts, Buddha images, etc.) will • Ensure that all migrant workers receive an induction program be completed in conjunction with provincial and district Culture upon arrival in the Project area, which amongst other things shall and Information Offices. The consultation will determine whether outline codes of conduct to assist in the protection of PCR. it is culturally acceptable to relocate the PCR to a nominated site. Annex • Support GOL through the financing of capacity building pro- The location of the nominated site will also be obtained from the grams which encompass the management and protection of PCR consultation.
i.e. implementation of the Chance Find Procedures. O According to villagers in past consultation, it may not be necessary More specifically some mitigation measures that will be imple- to relocate village cemeteries, on condition that appeasement ritu- mented in the various areas include the following. als for relocation of village spirits are held. Nakai Plateau: • Clarify whether inundation or vibration during construction 6.2 PCR Specialists will impact on the Ban Nakai Tai Temple and accordingly refine The Project intends to support the Department of Museums and the management and mitigation strategies identified. Archaeology to provide several PCR Specialists to assist in the • Consult with communities to prepare them for potential implementation of the PCR Plan, including (i) overseeing the impacts on the territorial spirit sites and the salt licks of Bor Kua, community consultations; (ii) providing technical assistance to Bor Sangtew and Bor Pouak. ensure appropriate customs are followed during PCR relocation • Secure the movable Buddha statues located at the Ban Nakai and appeasement ceremonies; (iii) providing assistance to the HC Tai Temple and Ban Oudomsouk from the� or vandalism prior to on PCR issues such as chance finds. The PCR Specialist will help the construction period. ensure that the PCR Plan is implemented in a culturally sensitive • Consult with the appropriate communities, to ensure that PCR manner and that the regulations of GOL are adhered to. values are considered in the rese�lement plans. A PCR specialist should be consulted during the preparation of the plans for each 6.3 Chance Finds Procedure rese�lement site. The purpose of the Chance Finds Procedure is to assist in the Downstream area: detection, reporting of, and prevention of disturbance and dam- • Secure movable Buddha statues located at Kouan Ku, Wat Tha age to objects and sites of PCR, specifically those PCR unknown Pha, Tham Pha Thoung, Wat Sibounheuang, Wat Nong Ping and prior to the commencement of construction activities. The Chance Wat Ban Phit, from the� or vandalism prior to the construction Finds Procedure has been developed by Earth Systems Australia period. (2004) in conjunction with the Ministry of Information and Culture • Salvage operation (completed) for the caves at Pha Phen by the (MIC), and is consistent with regulatory requirements of Lao PDR. Department of Museums and Archaeology of MIC. The Chance Find Procedure is presented in Figure O.1. • Monitor the rate of river bank erosion along the Xe Bang Fai, The HC will be responsible for ensuring that the construction arising from project operations, assess the likely impacts on the workforce are vigilant in the detection and reporting of, and the identified sites of PCR significance. prevention of disturbance and damage to, objects and sites of PCR. • Ensure that access is maintained to significant PCR sites across This includes stopping work and securing the areas adjacent to the the Downstream Channel. PCR to prevent damage and notifying NTPC of the find. Impact Corridors: To facilitate the implementation of the procedure, Lao PCR special- • Conduct risk assessment of the likelihood of impact on the ists shall be deployed at strategic construction areas to (i) assist abandoned kilns located on the Xe Bang Fai. Monitor kilns during the HC in his identification of PCR; (ii) to report the findings the operations. NTPC; and (iii) where appropriate, conduct the mitigation meas- • Inform the HC of the potential for sema stones to feature as ures to ensure the safety of the PCR item, but at the same time, ‘Chance Finds’ in the Transmission Line Corridor. prevent any unnecessary delays in construction. • Ensure that movable Buddha statues located at Wat Sen Say- All PCR items found in the construction areas shall be placed alarm (Ban Mahaxai) and Tham Saolua (Ban Manilath) are secured under the care and authority of NTPC. Therea�er, the ownership from the� or vandalism prior to the construction period. of any PCR discovered will be determined by the MIC. 6.1 PCR Plan 7. Monitoring The objective of the PCR Plan is for NTPC, in conjunction with the Rese�lement Management Unit (RMU) and Lao Cultural experts Monitoring is an essential component of the PCR Plan. On and from the Provincial and District levels, to minimize any adverse near construction sites, monitoring will be done by the HC, and impacts on PCR. The PCR Plan is presented in Table O.1 and spe- checked by NTPC. Whenever communities are involved, the moni- cifics are discussed below. toring will be undertaken by the RMU
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --9 9 EAMP Annexes
Table O.1: PCR Plan
Implementing Budget Possible Impact Activity/Mitigation Measure Reason for Mitigation Responsibility Responsibility Construction Phase Partial or total loss of the PCR Conduct a community awareness consultation Prepare the community for the potential impacts RMU NTPC value of the site arising from and identify further site specific mitigation meas- aggregate acquisition. ures If required, provide the community with Ensure harmony in the community. RMU NTPC adequate compensation for appeasement ceremonies Conduct an archaeological investigation. Document items of archaeological significance be- MIC NTPC fore loss and further the knowledge of prehistoric human habitation in Lao PDR.
O Pending the results of the investigation, conduct MIC NTPC an archaeological salvage Partial or total loss of the To the extent possible limit direct impact by Prevent any unnecessary loss of PCR. HC HC PCR value of the site arising construction. Annex from construction activities or inundation If impact unavoidable, clarify the type and dura- Permanently lost land can be distinguished from HC HC tion of impacts. permanently transformed, temporarily lost and temporarily disturbed For potential inundation impacts, accurately To confirm whether the PCR is located in the NTPC NTPC measure elevation of the PCR. inundation zone. Assist in the decision process of whether to implement further mitigation measures. Conduct a community awareness consultation Prepare the community for the potential impacts RMU NTPC and identify further site specific mitigation meas- ures
If required, provide the community with Ensure harmony in the community. RMU NTPC adequate compensation for either (i) appease- ment ceremonies; (ii) replacement land (or equivalent); or (iii) for the establishment of a new territorial spirit site.
For relocation, empower community to manage Give community sense of ownership ??? RMU NTPC site.
For relocation, survey selected relocation site. Ensure that the selected site is outside inundation NTPC NTPC zone and away from any further construction ar- eas. Prevent further impacts on the relocated PCR.
Engage a PCR Specialist in cultural anthropol- To conduct the community awareness program, to MIC NTPC ogy. oversee the appeasement ceremonies, and to es- tablish PCR at new locations. Ensure the mitigation measures are conducted in a culturally sensitive manner and within the regulations of GOL During construction, ensure a PCR Specialist is Assist in the implementation of the PCR Plan and MIC NTPC present on site at strategic construction areass. Chance Finds Procedure. Ensure the mitigation measures are conducted in a culturally sensitive manner and within the regulations of GOL Physical damage, dete- Ensure that all construction workers receive an Assist in the protection of PCR and prevent un- HC HC rioration and unaccept- induction program, which shall outline codes necessary impacts. able exposure arising from of conduct. inmigration and unregulated access during the construction Conduct a community awareness program to Designed community management to regulate ac- RMU NTPC phase, and resettlement. support the management of PCR in the area. cess and selfmonitor sites. Empower the commu- nity and prevent any unnecessary impact on PCR
Engage a PCR Specialist in cultural anthropol- Conduct the community awareness program, to MIC NTPC ogy. oversee the appeasement ceremonies, and to es- tablish PCR at new locations. Ensure the mitigation measures are conducted in a culturally sensitive I manner and within the regulations of GOL. Monitor the extent of disturbance during the Identify any PCR being indirectly impacted by NTPC NTPC course of the construction period. construction activities and implement appropriate mitigation measures. Looting of moveable PCR. Ensure moveable PCR are secured from theft Prevent loss of PCR. ?NTPC NTPC and vandalism prior to the construction period without adversely affecting their religious and spiritual amenity.
OI --10 10 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.1: PCR Plan cont. Possible impact Activity/Mitigation Measure Reason for Mitigation Implementing Budget Responsibility Responsibility Operation Phase Physical deterioration of PCR site Investigate the nature and extent of impacts To refine management recommendations for NTPC NTPC resulting from inundation and arising from changes in ground water level. the site pending the results of this investiga- subsequent the increase in ground tion. water level which may affect the moisture content and salinity level of soils beneath the site. Disturbance and exhumation of Maintain existing tree and vegetation cover in Minimise the potential erosion of topsoil in GOL NTPC burial sites as a result of reservoir and around cemetery areas. the drawdown zone and subsequent exhu- drawdown. mation of burial sites. Annex
Loss of access to PCR site resulting Provide access across the Downstream Chan- Ensure the amenity of significant PCR sites. HC HC from the physical barrier created by nel. the Downstream Channel. O Loss of land due to increased river Monitor river bank erosion. Assess whether further management meas- EMO NTPC bank erosion on the Xe Bang Fai. ures (bank protection, relocation, etc.) are required. Preempt any adverse impact. PCR conservation. Undertake a risk assessment of the likelihood Assess whether further management meas- EMO NTPC of impact for those PCR of national signifi- ures (bank protection, relocation, etc.) are cance, i.e. the abandoned kilns located along required. Preempt any adverse impact. PCR the Xe Bang Fai. conservation. Conduct a community awareness program. Design community management to RMU NTPC selfmonitor sites. Empower the community and preempt any adverse impact. PCR conservation.
Loss of land due to increased river Monitor river bank erosion. Assess whether further management meas- EMO NTPC bank erosion on the Xe Bang Fai. ures (bank protection, relocation, etc.) are required. Preempt any adverse impact. PCR conservation. Undertake a risk assessment of the likelihood Assess whether further management meas- EMO NTPC of impact for those PCR of national signifi- ures (bank protection, relocation, etc.) are cance, i.e. the abandoned kilns located along required. Preempt any adverse impact. PCR the Xe Bang Fai. conservation.
Conduct a community awareness program. Design community management to RMU NTPC selfmonitor sites. Empower the community and preempt any adverse impact. PCR conservation. If the site is disturbed in any way, provide the Ensure harmony in the community. RMU NTPC site custodian with adequate compensation.
Geographic dislocation from the Conduct a community awareness program. Prepare the community for the potential RMU NTPC PCR resulting from resettlement. impacts of inundation on PCR sites. This may cause uncertainty and disharmony within the village. Provide the community with replacement land For the establishment of a new PCR site (e.g. RMU NTPC (or equivalent) outside inundation zone and, territorial spirit site, temple, etc.). if required, compensation for the conduct of appeasement ceremonies for the site. Assist the community to manage the site selec- Empower the community and give sense of RMU NTPC tion process and physical relocation of the belonging. spirit hut.
Engage a Lao PCR Specialist in cultural Conduct the community awareness RMU NTPC anthropology, to conduct the community program, to oversee the appeasement awareness program, to oversee the appease- ceremonies, and to establish PCR at new lo- ment ceremonies, and to establish a new PCR cations. Ensure the mitigation measures are site as needed. conducted in a culturally sensitive manner and within the regulations of GOL.
In the longer term there is the po- Conduct a community awareness program Prevent the PCR item from being sold and GOL GOL tential for immigration and tourism to educate the owners of movable PCR in the leaving Lao PDR. to result in the creation of a market importance of not selling the item. For those for private collections of movable items of national significance, consideration PCR objects. given to purchasing the item for safe storage or display in the National Museum.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --11 11 EAMP Annexes
8. Institutional Strengthening edge of recognizing and dealing with PCR objects and sites. With assistance from NTPC, there should be no problems with this pro- Implementation of mitigation measures is dependant on NTPC vision. DMA personnel have worked extensively on the baseline ability to control the plan and on the capacity of relevant govern- ment department to fulfill their obligations. The successful imple- PCR survey , acquiring the necessary capacity to carry out their mentation of the Chance Find Procedure will be reliant on the con- advisory role to NTPC during construction. The PCR Plan includes struction workforce’s ability to recognize PCR objects/sites. As a provision for financial help to DMA to enable chance finds to be lot of activities will be implemented by the RMU, the PCR Plan dealt with in an effective manner. will put a lot of emphasis on improving their capacity in the field In addition, there is also potentially a need for DMA to provide of PCR. education to the HC workforce on identification of PCR objects 8.1 Department of Museums and Archaeology that may be uncovered during the course of construction activities, There is a need for the Department of Museums and Archaeology and to provide training to the RMU regarding PCR sites and the (DMA) within the MIC to provide personnel that have a knowl- appropriate mitigation measures for dealing with them. O Annex
I
OI --12 12 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes Annex O
Figure O.1: PCR chance find procedure
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --13 13 EAMP Annexes
Table O.2: Summary of Impact Assessment Site ID Site Name Village Name Construction Phase Impacts Inundation Operational Phase Impacts Impacts Loss of Land Loss Air Quality Noise Vibration Visual Quality Water Access Migrant Workers of Land Loss Level Ground Water of Access Loss Resettlement of Land Loss Drawdown Level Water Inmigration Access
AS2 Pha Phen Nam Thi • • HS1 Abandoned Temple Nakai Tai • • • • • • HS2 Phetsarath’s Hunting Lodge Nakai Tai •
O HS3 French Administration Post Nakai Neua • HS4 Road 8b various • • HS5 Tham Arong Tha Thod • • Annex HS6 Kouan Ku Thong Mang • • • • HS21 Wat Vang Tha Kaeng Savang • HS25 Abandoned Kilns Mahaxai Kang • • HS26 Wat Viengkeo Phova Neua • • HS28 Konglea / Itsala Army Camp Oudom • HS29 French Army Camp Oudom • SS1 Kaeng Norn Sop Hia • • • SS2 Kaeng Pa Nom Ban Thalang • • • SS3 Phi Mueang Nakai Tai • • • • SS4 Phi Mueang Nakai Neua • SS5 Vang Lamong Sop Phene • • SS6 Phi Mueang Sop On • SS7 Phi Mueang Ka Oy • SS8 Phi Mueang Done • SS9 Phi Mueang Khone Khen • SS10 Phi Mueang Oudomsouk • • SS43 Phi Meuang Pong • SS49 Phi Meuang Bung Houa Na Neua • SS50 Phi Meuang Na Muang • SS51 Phi Meuang Lau Fai • SS52 Phi Meuang Nonesan • SS53 Phi Meuang Kenghet SS55 Phi Meuang Nongsa • SS57 Phi Meuang Pha Nang • • SS58 Phi Meuang Tha Kor • • SS59 Phi Meuang Veunsanan • • SS64 Phi Meuang Phine • SS11 Bor Kua Nakai Neua, Nakai Tai • • • SS12 Vang Nam Xot Thalang • SS13 Pong Ta E Thalang • I SS14 Pong Pa Phai Thalang, Nong Boua Kham • • SS15 Tha Tham Pa Kang Thalang • • SS16 Houay Saynong Hat Khamphane • SS17 Takearn Hat Khamphane • SS18 Bor Sangtew and Bor Pouak Sop Ma, Keng Gnao, Nong Boua • • (abandoned), Boua Ma SS19 Kaeng Meune and Lan Nam Tao Sop Ma, Keng Gnao •
OI --14 14 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.2: Summary of Impact Assessment cont. Site ID Site Name Village Name Construction Phase Impacts Inundation Operational Phase Impacts Impacts Loss of Land Loss Air Quality Noise Vibration Visual Quality Water Access Migrant Workers of Land Loss Level Ground Water of Access Loss Resettlement of Land Loss Drawdown Level Water Inmigration Access
SS20 Tham Phra Sop Hia • SS21 Thong Pong Song Nam Nian •
SS22 Theunkalang Done • Annex SS23 Boungvang Done • SS24 Phi Meuang Lau Na Ngam • •
SS26 Phi Meuang Gnommalath Tai • • O SS27 Phi Meuang Nong Ping Neua • • SS32 Nong Kokmong Korbong • • • • SS33 Spirit Rock Kout Phadang • SS34 Kouan Arah Gnommalath Tai • SS35 Tham Noi Tham Phuang • • SS36 Tham Phuang Tham Phuang • • • • • SS37 Tham Wat Sa Nong Ping • • SS38 Pang Phi Nam Bor Nong Ping • • • • • SS39 Natural Spring Kenglek • • SS41 Tham Bong Pha Thoung • • • • • • • SS42 Tham Pha Thoung Pha Thoung • • SS66 Pak Houay Mong Mahaxai Kang • • SS67 Pha Pet Nam Thi • • • • SS68 Groundwater Spring Pakkatan • • SS69 Hin Sao Man Phonsy • • TS1 Wat Sen Sayalarm Nakai Neua • • • • TS2 Wat Thalang Ban Thalang • • • • • TS3 Abandoned Temple Done • TS4 Wat Nongphai Sop On • TS5 Wat That Phonesavang • TS6 Abandoned Temple Bouama • TS7 Nong Sim Keng Gnao • TS8 Wat Sibounheuang Oudomsouk • • • • • • TS9 Wat Tha Thod Tha Thod • • TS11 Wat Nong Ping Nong Ping • • TS13 Wat Tha Pha Tha Pha • • • TS18 Wat Sbounheuang Gnommalath Tai • • • • • • • TS19 Wat Sisavang Outomphone Sorm • • • • • • • TS20 Wat Sisaat Souvannalarm Thamlai • • • • • • • TS27 Wat Sen Sayalarm Mahaxai Kang • • TS28 Wat Phova Tai Phova Tai • • TS29 Wat Phova Neua Phova Neua • • TS30 Wat Sisaket Pha Nang • • TS31 Wat Phra Ku Pong • • TS32 Wat Keng Khene Keng Khene • • TS33 Wat Sisaat Keng Pe • • TS36 Catholic Church Keng Kasi • •
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --15 15 EAMP Annexes
Table O.2: Summary of Impact Assessment cont. Site ID Site Name Village Name Construction Phase Impacts Inundation Operational Phase Impacts Impacts Loss of Land Loss Air Quality Noise Vibration Visual Quality Water Access Migrant Workers of Land Loss Level Ground Water of Access Loss Resettlement of Land Loss Drawdown Level Water Inmigration Access
TS37 Wat Palai Palai • • TS43 Wat Oudom Oudom • • • • • C1 Cemetery Bouma •
O C2 Cemetery Bouma • C3 Cemetery Done • C4 Cemetery Done • Annex C5 Cemetery Done • C6 Cemetery Done • C7 Cemetery Hat Khamphane • • C8 Cemetery Ka Oy • • C9 Cemetery Ka Oy • • C11 Cemetery Keng Gnao • C12 Cemetery Khone Khene • • C13 Cemetery Khone Khene • • C14 Cemetery Khone Khene • • C15 Cemetery Khone Khene • C16 Cemetery Nakai Neua • C17 Cemetery Nakai Neua • C18 Cemetery Nakai Tai • C19 Cemetery Nakai Tai • • C20 Cemetery Nam Nian • • • C22 Cemetery Nong Boua Kham, Nakai Tai • • • • C23 Cemetery Nong Boua Kham • • • C24 Cemetery Oudomsouk • • • C25 Cemetery Oudomsouk • • C26 Cemetery Phonphanpek • • • • • C27 Cemetery Phonsavang • C28 Cemetery Sophia • • • C29 Cemetery Sop Ma • • C30 Cemetery Sop On • • C31 Cemetery Sop Phene • C32 Cemetery Thalang • • • • C38 Cemetery Thong Mang, Phone Lat Khuay, • • Nong Saeng, Phonsavanh C39 Cemetery Gnommalath Tai, Gnommalath • • Neau, Somsanouk I C40 Cemetery Nong Ping • • C41 Cemetery Nong Ping • • C42 Cemetery Tham Phuang • • C43 Cemetery Kenglek, Nong Ping C44 Cemetery Gnommalath • • C46 Cemetery Kout Phadang, Korbong and • Keovilay C52 Cemetery Phonesaat • •
OI --16 16 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.2: Summary of Impact Assessment cont. Site ID Site Name Village Name Construction Phase Impacts Inundation Operational Phase Impacts Impacts Loss of Land Loss Air Quality Noise Vibration Visual Quality Water Access Migrant Workers of Land Loss Level Ground Water of Access Loss Resettlement of Land Loss Drawdown Level Water Inmigration Access
C56 Cemetery Khamboun • • C59 Cemetery Nathong • •
C63 Cemetery Dongbak (abandoned) • • Annex C64 Cemetery Dongphoung • • C65 Cemetery Phak Kha Nga Kang • •
C66 Cemetery Phak Kha Nga Kang • • O C67 Cemetery Nong Sa • • C68 Cemetery Pong • • C69 Cemetery Nakok Nai, Lak 7, Lak 9 • • C70 Cemetery Lak 9 • • C71 Cemetery Natung, Phonesavanh • • C72 Cemetery Phonlai • • C73 Cemetery Tarn, Donesavang • • C74 Cemetery Phonesaat • • C75 Cemetery Phonesaat • • C76 Cemetery Phonesaat • • C77 Cemetery Nam Phao • • C78 Cemetery Phonxai • • C79 Stupa Phonxai • • C80 Cemetery Phonkeo • • C81 Cemetery Phonsaat • • C82 Cemetery Pakkatan • • C83 Cemetery Pakkatan • • C84 Cemetery Phachumkong, Khoksavang • • C85 Cemetery Nong Khene • • • C86 Stupa None Khene • • C87 Abandoned Cemetery Keovilay (former village) • • • CS1 Nong Oudomsouk Oudomsouk • CS2 Recreation Park (proposed) Oudomsouk • CS3 Holiday Lodge Oudomsouk • CS4 Tham Mut Tham Phuang • • CS5 Tham Keo Tham Phuang • • CS6 Tham Phuang Tham Phuang • • CS7 Pha Tham None Phit Sikhay • • CS8 Tham Lom Khok Savang CS9 Tham Tholapee Tha Thod • • CS10 Tham Heua Kenglek • • CS11 Tham Muang Kenglek • • CS12 Peo Hia Khok Savang CS13 Tham Phra Sorm CS14 Tham Saolua Manilath • • • • • • • CS15 Water Hole Nonesan • • CS17 Bung Ke Kengsavang, Nong Song • •
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --17 17 EAMP Annexes
Table O.2: Summary of Impact Assessment cont. Site ID Site Name Village Name Construction Phase Impacts Inundation Operational Phase Impacts Impacts Loss of Land Loss Air Quality Noise Vibration Visual Quality Water Access Migrant Workers of Land Loss Level Ground Water of Access Loss Resettlement of Land Loss Drawdown Level Water Inmigration Access
CS18 Hat Pha Vieng Mahaxai Kang, Mahaxai Neua, • • Mahaxai Tai, Phova Neua, Phova Tai CS21 Tad Kham Hat Phek • O CS22 Tham Men, Tham Seua, Tham Gnai Nakok Nai CS25 War Memorial Lak 4 • • PS1 Tham Phuang Tham Phuang • Annex PS2 Pha Phen Nam Thi • • PS3 Pha Bong Nam Thi • note: only impacted sites listed; full list of surveyed PCR sites provided in Tables P.3-10
I
OI --18 18 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.3: Archeological Sites Site ID. Site Name Village Location Physical Description Prehistoric Description Significance AS1 Tham Pet Thang Outside The site comprises an upper Prehistoric earthenware pot shards found on the floor of the upper Further investigations Sok Beng LPA and lower cave. The upper caves accompanied with a few pieces of animal bones deposited would be required to cave may have provided in the soil. The cave may have provided a suitable habitat for early confirm whether the a suitable habitat for early humans since at least the Neolithic period. The cave also con- cave was a prehis- human habitation due to its tained stoneware pot shards dating to approximately 300 years. toric habitation site relative accessibility, living space and availability of light. AS2 Pha Phen Nam Inside It is believed that the Pha A test pit identified a primary burial site containing a complete National and prob- Thi LPA 1a Phen outcrop and its various skeleton. Preliminary results indicate that the remains are that of a ably international rock shelters provided a living Neolithic man. The cave also contained pottery shards and deco- significance. landscape for prehistoric rative beads made from shell. These remains are characterised by NTPC commissioned man. Preliminary investiga- cave floor deposits containing charcoal, freshwater shells, bones the Department of tions have identified a range and stone implements. Museums and Ar- Annex of artefacts that are believed cheology to conduct to be from the Neolithic further investigations period and possibly also from and salvage opera- the Palaeolithic. tion in three caves of O Pha Phen AS3 Tham Pha Nam Outside The diversity and number of The cave comprises a large chamber. Parts of the cave contain a National significance Phra Thi LPA artefacts discovered in the stratified prehistoric living floor which projects from the cave walls. and probably inter- cave indicate an extended These cemented cave floor deposits containing charcoal, fresh- national significance period of habitation at the water shells, bones and stone implements. Neolithic specimens of site. polished stone tools without shoulders, a ceramic spindle whorl used for weaving and pottery shards were found in the cave floor. The cave floor deposits have been extensively disturbed by local people excavating the cave floor for fertilizer. However it may also be the work of local ‘treasure hunters’ in search of fossilized bones and artefacts. The cave site is also a contemporary cultural site containing a collection of Buddha images as described in CS26
Table O.4: Historical Sites Site ID. Site Name Village Location Historical Description Physical Description Significance
HS1 Nakai Tai Nakai The temple is believed to be 250 300 years The site contains the brick foundations of at The site is of national Temple Tai old. During the 18th century, the Gnommalath least four structures. These are believed to significance. It is the area hosted a sophisticated culture with strong include a stupa, sanctuary, library, however the oldest remaining Buddhist influences. The temple design and function of the remaining structure is unclear. Buddhist structure method of construction is similar to that found The site covers an area at least 50 x 40 m and that has been in the Gnommalath area. The temple may have is littered with bricks. The height of the founda- identified on the been commissioned by lowland communities in tions vary from 1.5 to 1.8 m. Treasure hunters Nakai Plateau, and an effort to extend their Buddhist influence onto have potentially disturbed the site as evident by may have been the the Plateau. the excavated hole in the stupa and numerous primary centre for bricks which litter the surrounds. Buddhist influence on the Plateau
HS2 Prince Nakai The site accommodated a private hunting lodge All that remains are brick foundations at The site is of national Phet- Tai for Prince Phetsarath from the 1920’s 1940’s. ground level that would once have supported significance sarath’s Locals claim that the building was destroyed in vertical wooden house posts. Hunting the late 1960’s during the 2nd Indochina War, Lodge and that the ruins were subsequently pillaged by locals.
HS3 House of Nakai Local informants claim the building was the All that remain are 11 concrete posts that The historical the French Neua former quarters for the French High Commis- would once have supported a wooden upper significance of this High sion. It is speculated that the French tried to floor, and concrete floor tiles site is assessed to be Commis- reestablished their administrative influence in the relatively low sion province following the 2nd World War. Locals claim that the building was destroyed in the late 1960’s during the 2nd Indochina War, and that the ruins were subsequently pillaged by locals. HS4 Road 8b Construction of Road 8b is believed to have On the Nakai Plateau, Road 8b is an un- Local. The road cor- been conducted in the 1930’s. The road was engineered track providing access between ridor is a memorial commissioned by the French using local labour. Khamkeut and Gnommalath districts in the dry to the loss of life that The road corridor was subsequently used by season only. was witnessed during the French and Lao administration during the its construction, and 1st Indochina War, and the North Vietnamese part of a historical during the 2nd Indochina War. Road 8b is one landscape comprising of a series of trails that ran through eastern Laos the Ho Chi Minh trail. that came to be known collectively as the Ho Chi Minh Trail. From 1965 until 1973, the Ho Chi Minh Trail was subject to a massive bombing campaign by US aircrafts.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --19 19 EAMP Annexes
Table O.4: Historical Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Historical Description Physical Description Significance HS5 Tham Tha Outside A cave in which a collection of stoneware pots and The cave contains shards of broken Local Arong Thod LPA bronze vessels was discovered in 2004 by a family in the pottery from the same collection village. It is believed that the collection was hidden in the that was recovered in 2004. No cave approximately 100 years ago. artefacts of particular historic sig- nificance were identified at the site. HS6 Kouan Ku Thong Outside The site comprises a brick and plaster stupa (decorated The design and construction of National. The remains Mang LPA with a mosaic of colored glazed), and two rectangular the structures is indigenous to the demonstrate the brick structures, which are believed to be a sanctuary Gnommalath area. The site also prosperity and artisanal and offering hall. The structures date from the 1718th comprises three stone Buddha ability of the area in Century. Gnommalath area is believed to have been the heads which are positioned at the the 1718th Century. centre of an ancient city called “Muang Mahaxai Kong altar in the sanctuary Keo”. It is argued that Kouan Ku may have been an integral part of this city in conjunction with a number of
O other historic sites in the area. HS7 Wat Tha Ban Tha Outside The site comprises a brick and concrete stupa, and two The stupa is shaped in the form of National. The remains Pha Pha LPA rectangular brick structures, which are believed to be a a lotus flower and measures 3 x 3 demonstrate the sanctuary and offering hall. The structures date from the m and 8 m high. The base of the prosperity and artisanal Annex 1718th Century. A large Buddha statue has also been sanctuary measures 3 x 5 m. The ability of the area in constructed at the site and a temple called “Vihara” in great Buddha statue is made of the 18th Century. which the statue is housed. Local informants indicated brick and plaster, faces south and that the statue was built in 1912 and claimed to be the measures 5 x 5 m at base and 7m biggest Buddha statue in Gnommalath. The temple also high. comprises a collection of wooden Buddha images some of which may be up to 100 years old.
HS8 Kouan Tha Pha Outside The site comprises a brick and concrete stupa, and one The design and construction of National. The remains Ngua LPA rectangular brick structure, which is believed to be a the structures is indigenous to the demonstrate the sanctuary. The structures date from the 18th Century. Gnommalath area, and similar to prosperity and artisanal The site in conjunction with Kouan Ku and Wat Tha Pha the abandoned temple at Kouan Ku ability of the area in may have comprised a state that exercised considerable and Wat Tha Pha. the 18th Century. power and Buddhist influence over the area.
HS9 Aban- Ban Tha Outside The site comprises two brick structures, one of which is The base of the sanctuary measures National. The remains doned Pha LPA believed to be a sanctuary and the second can not be 3 x 5 m. The unidentified structure demonstrate the Temple identified. The structures date from the 18th Century. measures 3 x 3 m. prosperity and artisanal ability of the area in the 18th Century. HS10 Tham Pet Thang Outside Both prehistoric and historic pot shards have been The upper cave may have provided Local. No artefacts Sok Beng LPA identified in the cave. Some stoneware shards may date a suitable habitat for early human of particular historic from the 18th Century. Three (3) stoneware jars were habitation. In comparison access to significance were iden- found which may have been hidden there within the last the lower cave is difficult, the floor tified at the site. 100 years. is not flat and the there is no light.
HS11 Wat Ban Ban Pha Outside The site was formerly the location of Ban Dong Khuang. The site is now overgrown by trees. Potential National. The Dong Thoung LPA Today the site comprises brick foundations for what is The brick foundations have been remains demonstrate Khuang presumed to be an old temple. The structure dates from highly disturbed. Local villagers the prosperity and arti- the 18th century and was allegedly destroyed during the conduct religious ceremonies at sanal ability of the area Thai War at the end of the 19th century and that objects the site. A spirit hut has been con- in the 18th Century. were stolen. structed 200 m from the site. HS12 Wat Phit Outside The area formerly comprised a city called Muang Phit. This first site is overgrown with Potential National. The Muang Sikhay LPA Today there are two sites which contain the remains vegetation. At the second site the remains demonstrate Phit of structures which are believed to date from the 18th physical integrity of both the sanctu- the prosperity and arti- Century. The first site comprises some brick foundations ary and stupa have been disturbed sanal ability of the area however there is insufficient surface remains to determine by the growth of vegetation. in the 18th Century. the extent and nature of the structure. There is also a block of limestone located at this site, which may have been a sema stone. The second site comprises the brick foundations of a sanctuary and stupa. HS13 Aban- Wat Outside The site comprises two brick structures, one sanctu- The base of the sanctuary measures Potential National. doned That LPA ary and one stupa. The structures date from the 18th 5 x 7 m and 0.9 m high. The base It demonstrates the Temple Century. of the stupa measures 3 x 3 m and prosperity and artisanal 2 m high. ability of the area in I the 18th Century. HS14 Aban- Phone Outside According to local informants the site was the former There are no visible above ground Local. No artefacts doned Lat LPA location of a temple which was constructed from wood in remains of the temple at the site. of particular historic Temple Khuay the early to mid 20th Century. significance were iden- tified at the site.
HS15 Wat Gnom- Outside The Sibounheuang Temple was moved to this site from The site comprises the remains of Local. No artefacts Siboun- malath LPA the former site in the mid 19th Century. The temple was a brick and concrete stupa and of particular historic hueang Tai destroyed in the late 1960s by American air bombing archway. significance were iden- raids, and subsequently moved again. tified at the site.
OI --20 20 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.4: Historical Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Historical Description Physical Description Significance HS16 Wat Siboun- Gnom- Outside The temple is believed to have been abandoned The site is marked by two stupa and Local. No artefacts of hueang malath LPA following the Thai War in the late 19th Century. The the brick foundations of a sanctuary. particular historic signifi- Tai temple was subsequently relocated to the western cance were identified at side of the Nam Gnom in the mid20th Century. the site. HS17 Wat Pho Kenglek Outside According to local informants the site was the The site is marked by some wooden Local. No artefacts of LPA former location of a temple called Wat Pho, which posts which are believed to have been particular historic signifi- was constructed from wood in the early 20th the structural supports for the temple. cance were identified at Century. The village monk died at the age of 89 in the site. 1959. The temple was abandoned in 1961 during the 1st Indochina War. HS18 Wat Ta Sida Kout Outside According to local informants the site was the The site is marked by some wooden Local . No artefacts of Pha- LPA former location of a temple, which was constructed posts which are believed to have been particular historic signifi- Annex dang from wood in the early 20th Century. the structural supports for the temple. cance were identified at the site. HS19 Abandoned Na Outside According to local informants the site was the There are no visible above ground Local . No artefacts of
Temple Myxay LPA former location of a temple, which was constructed remains of the temple. particular historic signifi- O from wood in the early 20th Century. cance were identified at the site. HS20 Phra Chao Tha Outside It is believed that the two stupas located at the site The stupas are constructed from brick Provincial significance. Gnai Thod LPA date from the beginning of the 19th Century. The and concrete. The structures are less architecture of the stupas is unique to the Gnom- significant than the stupas malath area. The site is significant from both a located within the temples historic and religious perspective. A large Buddha at Koun Ku, Koun Ngua statue has also been constructed at the site and a and Wat Tha Phra. number of smaller stupas have been constructed to hold cremation urns.
HS21 Wat Vang Kaeng Outside The site was the former location of a temple called There are no visible above ground Local . No artefacts of Tha Savang LPA Vang Tha, which was believed to be constructed remains of the temple. However the particular historic signifi- from wood in the early 20th Century. survey team did identify an aban- cance were identified at doned kiln, kiln slag and shards of the site. The remains of pottery. the kiln are not unique to the area.
HS22 Sema Na Outside The sema stones are believed to predate the 18th In total 9 sema stones were identified National Stones Mouang LPA century. Sema stones are used during the Mon in a linear arrangement along track. civilsation, from the 7th until the 11th century. Influ- The sema stone is a pink colored sand ences from this state are believed to have reached stone and floral motifs are still evident central Laos which is evident by the frequency of on one of the stones. The design of sema stones. Traditionally sema stones were located the stones appears to vary. A number at temple sites and as border markers for states of of the stones are subsurface and only power. It was believed that the sema stones offered partially visible. protection against invaders.
HS23 None Thasano Outside The concentration of pottery shards and remains The site comprises a 4 m high mound Provincial and potential Mortek Gnai LPA of a kiln, suggests that this site was used for the littered with pottery shards. A struc- National. In conjunction mass production of stoneware. The age of the site is ture, believed to be the rim of a kiln is with None Nakhamthao believed to date from the 18th Century. also evident. The site covers an area (HS24) the site may 30 x 30 m. once have been a major production area for stoneware in the region.
HS24 None Na- Thasa- Outside The concentration of pottery shards and remains The site is littered with pottery shards. Provincial and potential khamthao no Noi LPA of a kiln, suggests that this site was used for the A structure, believed to be the rim National. In conjunction mass production of stoneware. The age of the site is of a kiln is also evident. Some of the with None Mortek (HS23) believed to date from the 18th Century. pot shards comprise green and grey the site may once have glaze. The site covers an area 150 x been a major production 250 m. area for stoneware in the region.
HS25 Abandoned Ma- Inside Kilns used to produce lime, an ingredient used both More than 50 abandoned lime kilns Provincial and potential Kilns haxai LPA Xe for chewing beetle nut and for the production of located on the Xe Bang Fai embank- National. Isolated kilns Kang, Bang Fai plaster. Limestone was sourced from the surrounding ments, both upstream and down- have previously been Phova karst. It is believed that the kilns were established in stream of Mahaxai Kang. The remains identified in Lao PDR Tai, the mid 1800s and production ceased in the 1950s of the kilns are evident by hardened however collectively Phova due to the social disruption caused by the Indochina clay walls and the circular flue. The they show the scale of Neua War and the increased availability of commercial size of the kilns vary however typical lime production in the lime. The lime was traded with settlements along the dimensions are height 3 m, width 2.5 Mahaxai area. Xe Bang Fai and as far as the confluence with the m, and wall thickness 20 cm. Mekong River in Narkhon Phanom. HS26 Wat Vieng- Phova Inside The site of an abandoned temple. The temple was All that remains at the site are 14 Local . No artefacts of keo Neua LPA Xe established in 1958 but was subsequently destroyed wooden stumps that would have sup- particular historic signifi- Bang Fai during the 2nd Indochina War. The villagers no ported the temple building. cance were identified at longer have cause to visit the site. the site.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --21 21 EAMP Annexes
Table O.4: Historical Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Historical Description Physical Description Significance HS27 Abandoned Tene Outside The structures are believed to date from the The site is heavily concealed by vegeta- Potential National. The Sanctuary LPA 18th century. tion however it is believed to comprise remains demonstrate the one sanctuary and one stupa. prosperity and artisanal ability of the area in the 18th Century. HS28 Konglea / Oudom Inside From 1958 to 1960 the site was used as a Lao The property abuts the eastern edge Local. No artefacts of par- Itsala Army LPA 3 army camp. of the existing Road 8B alignment. No ticular historic significance Camp above surface structures of historic were identified at the site. significance are evident at the site. HS29 French Army Oudom Inside The site of a former French army camp. The The property abuts the western edge Local. No artefacts of par- Camp LPA 3 site is believed to have been used pre1950. of the existing Road 8B alignment. No ticular historic significance above surface structures of historic were identified at the site. significance are evident at the site. Local O informants claimed that earth works conducted at the site in the 1980’s, uncovered human remains. Annex
I
OI --22 22 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites Site ID. Site Name Ritual Villages Location Physical Description Cultural Description Significance Centre SS1 Kaeng Sop Hia Sop Hia The spirit is located at the Kaeng Spirit name is Thama Ransi. Territorial name is Din Local Norn Norn on the Nam Theun. The Hin Kiu Nam Yala. The informants believe the rock is focal point of the spirit is a inhabited by a woman who was the former medium of sandstone rock on the western Ban Sop Hia. It is said the site is so sacred that birds are side of the river, which measures unable to fly above the area. Today the villagers do not approximately 5 m x 3 m. conduct festivities at the site. However the spirit is still believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS2 Kaeng Pa Thalang Thalang The spirit is at Kaeng Pa Nom, Spirit name is Ta Sang. Territorial name is Din Kaeng Pa Local Nom located beneath the Ban Thalang Nom. Origin of spirit is the former medium and village bridge on the Nam Theun. head. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the
village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings Annex prosperity. SS3 Phi Nakai Nakai Tai, The spirit is located at Saet moun- Spirit name is Chao Phu Saet. Territorial name is Din Local Mueang Tai Nong Boua tain (approximately 40 km north Phu Saet (Daet Luang). Origin of spirit is the soninlaw of Kham of the village), however the spirit the spirit of Ban Nakai Neua, Chao Khwa Lakhon. The O also extends along the western spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it rim of the Plateau. Because Saet protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. mountain is far, the villagers have selected a different site for com- municating to the spirit. This site comprises three (3) sacred trees and the area that falls between them.
SS4 Phi Nakai Nakai Neua The spirit is located in a forested The spirit name is Chao Khwa Lakhon and Chao Suliya. Local Mueang Neua area to the north of the village. Territorial name is Din Bau Sang Khan Tau. Origin The place is marked by a bam- of spirit is the founder of the village, who resisted the boo spirit hut and a “Khen” tree. Siamese invasion, and his son who inherited his father’s position as leader. Both the hut and tree are regarded as sacred. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield.
SS5 Vang Sop Sop Phene The spirit is located on a bend The spirit name is Chao Saen Sysanxai. Territorial Local Lamong Phene in the Nam Theun called Vang name is unknown. Origin of spirit is the founder of the Lamong. The place is marked by village. Local informants retold a folk story whereby the an old “Khen” tree and a deep sacred Buddha “Phra Ongsen”, currently located in the pool. The spirit hut located in the Mahaxai temple, was brought to Vang Lamong during village adjacent to the house of the New Year festivities. However the Buddha image fell the ritual expert. into the water and it could not be recovered due to the depth of the water.
SS6 Phi Sop On Ban Sop Bamboo spirit hut located in an The spirit name is Phimmasen and Phimmasaun. Ter- Local Mueang On, Ban area of protected forest on the ritorial name is Din Bau Puak Buak Mu. Origin of spirit Sop Ma, bank of the Nam Theun. The is the original names of the father and son who were Ban Hat hut has been located here since mediums in Ban Sop On. The spirit is believed to be Kham- 1988. the guardian of the village – it protects the people from phane, Ban sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop Keng Gnao, yield. The spirit is also closely connected to the salt Ban Boua mines located near Ban Sop Ma. Ma, Ban Sailom and Ban Phon- savang SS7 Phi Ka Oy Ka Oy Bamboo spirit hut located in a The spirit name is Koyi and Kokhad. Territorial name Local Mueang forested area approximately 300 is Din Khanan. Origin of spirit is the founder of the m from the village. village. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield. SS8 Phi Done Done Bamboo spirit hut located in a The spirit name is Chao Sua. Territorial name is Din Local Mueang forested area containing Hai and Katap. Origin of spirit is the founder of the village and Peuai trees. the soninlaw of the spirit of Ban Khone Khen. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield. SS9 Phi Khone Khone Khen Bamboo spirit hut located beside The spirit name is Chao Hualan Ban Sin. Territorial Local Mueang Khen a Dou tree in a forested area. name is Din Sin. Origin of spirit is the founder of the village. A refugee who fled the Siamese attack on Vientiane. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --23 23 EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Ritual Villages Location Physical Description Cultural Description Significance Centre SS10 Phi Oudom- Oudom- Wooden spirit hut located on the edge of Territorial name is unknown. The site was Local Mueang souk souk a forested area behind the temple. identified by local villagers when Ban Ou- domsouk became the district centre in 1993. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield. SS24 Phi Lau Na Lau Na Outside The embodiment of the spirit is located The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang Ngam Ngam LPA at the base of Mai Sam Lam mountain. village – it protects the people from sickness, The focal point of the spirit is a tree (Kok and brings prosperity. Peuay) adjacent to a natural spring. The village does not have a spirit hut. O SS25 Phi Tha Tha Thod Outside The embodiment of the spirit is in a forest The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang Thod LPA located on the eastern bank of the Nam village – it protects the people from sickness, Gnom. and brings prosperity.
Annex SS26 Phi Gnom- Gnom- Outside The embodiment of the spirit is in a The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang malath malath Tai LPA forested limestone outcrop called Pha village – it protects the people from sickness, Tai Kapath. The site comprises a wooden and brings prosperity. spirit hut. A limestone rock shelter located adjacent to the spirit hut contains two wooden Buddha images. SS27 Phi Nong Nong Ping Outside The spirit is located in an open forest The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Mueang Ping Neua LPA surrounded by rice fields to the west of the village – it protects the people from sickness, Neua village. The place is marked by a bamboo and brings prosperity. spirit hut beside a large Kok Peuay tree.
SS28 Phi Kenglek Kenglek Outside The spirit is located in a forest called Phou According to the ritual expert the spirit name Local Meuang LPA Lek adjacent to the Nam Gnom. The is Chao Sisavang Vatthana a former spirit place is marked by a bamboo spirit hut medium who came from Ban Phadang. and numerous Kok Peuay trees.
SS29 Phi Pha Pha Outside The embodiment of the spirit is located The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Mueang Thoung Thoung, LPA in an open forest located near the aban- village – it protects the people from sickness, Phon Khene doned temple of Kouang. The place is brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop marked by a wooden spirit hut and large yield. Kok Peuay trees.
SS30 Phi Phit Phit Sikhay Outside The embodiment of the spirit is located in The origin of spirit is the founder of the vil- Local Mueang Sikhay LPA an open forest surrounded by rice fields. lage (Chao Houng and Chao Ka). The place is marked by a wooden spirit hut and large Kok Peuay trees.
SS31 Phi Khok Khok Outside The embodiment of the spirit is located According to the local ritual expert the Local Mueang Savang Savang, LPA in a forest to the west of the village. The villagers respect three spirits at this site, the Thoy place is marked by three wooden spirit Phi Meuang, Chao Seu (“spirit tiger”) and huts. Chao Seu’s friend. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, brings prosperity, and ensures a good crop yield.
SS43 Phi Pong Inside LPA Spirit hut located southwest of the village The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang 55 in a sacred forest on elevated ground. village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
SS44 Phi Sorm Outside Spirit hut located northeast of the village The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang LPA on a limestone outcrop. village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
SS45 Phi Thamlai Outside Spirit hut located in a sacred forest north- The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang LPA west of the village. village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
SS46 Phi Koktong Outside Spirit hut located north of the village in a The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local I Meuang LPA sacred forest and adjacent to a ground- village – it protects the people from sickness, water spring. and brings prosperity.
SS47 Phi Nam Phou Outside Spirit hut located north of the village in The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang LPA a sacred forest and adjacent to Houay village – it protects the people from sickness, Nam Phou. and brings prosperity.
SS48 Phi Tung Outside Spirit hut located in a sacred forest to The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the Local Meuang LPA the north of the village and adjacent to village – it protects the people from sickness, Houay Tung. and brings prosperity.
OI --24 24 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Villages: Location Physical Description Cultural Description Significance SS49 Phi Bung Partially Inside Spirit hut located in a sacred forest southwest of the The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Houa Na LPA 54 village. of the village – it protects the people Neua, from sickness, and brings prosperity. Bung Houa Na Tai, Bung Houa Na Kang SS50 Phi Na Partially Inside Spirit hut located in a sacred forest 1 km north of the The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Muang LPA 54 village. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS51 Phi Lau Fai Partially Inside Spirit hut located in a sacred forest north of the village. The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local . Annex Meuang LPA 54 of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS52 Phi Nonesan Inside LPA 55 Spirit hut located in a sacred forest north of the village The spirit hut has been located at this Local
Meuang and adjacent to Houay Tung. site since 2001. The spirit is believed O to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS53 Phi Kenghet Outside LPA Spirit hut located north of the village in a sacred forest. The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS54 Phi Phak Outside LPA Spirit hut located in a sacred forest west of the village The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Kha Nga and adjacent to a creek. of the village – it protects the people Kang from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS55 Phi Nongsa Outside LPA Spirit hut located east of the village adjacent to a The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang pond. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS56 Phi Thasano Outside LPA Spirit hut located southwest of the village adjacent to The origin of the spirit is the founder Local Meuang Gnai, the Mekong river. of Thasano Gnai who formerly had Thasano influence over the surrounding villages. Noi Today the site also receives visitors from villages located on the opposite side of the Mekong in Thailand. The spirit is be- lieved to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS57 Phi Pha Outside LPA Spirit hut located in the grounds of Wat Sisaket, south- The Phi Meuang was moved from Local Meuang Nang west of the village and adjacent to the Xe Bang Fai. Mahaxai in 2000. The spirit is believed to be the guardian of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS58 Phi Tha Kor Inside LPA Xe Spirit hut located southeast of the village, in a sacred The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Bang Fai forest and 5 m from the eastern bank of the Xe Bang of the village – it protects the people Fai. The spirit hut is constructed from wood with a from sickness, and brings prosperity. grass roof.
SS59 Phi Veun- Inside LPA Xe Spirit hut located northeast of the village, in a sacred The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang sanan Bang Fai forest and approximately 60 m from the eastern bank of the village – it protects the people of the Xe Bang Fai. The spirit hut is constructed from from sickness, and brings prosperity. wood and corrugated iron.
SS60 Phi Hat Phek Inside LPA Xe Spirit hut located northwest of the village, in a sacred The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Bang Fai forest and approximately 60 m from the eastern bank of the village – it protects the people of the Xe Bang Fai. The spirit hut is constructed from from sickness, and brings prosperity. wood with a grass roof. SS61 Phi Nakok Outside LPA Spirit hut located approximately 800 m south of Road The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Nai 12 B, at the foot of a limestone cliff. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS62 Phi Na Outside LPA Spirit hut located south of the village and south of The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang Kham Road 12 B, in a sacred forest. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
SS63 Phi Lau Outside LPA Spirit hut located north of the village, in a sacred The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang forest. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
SS64 Phi Phine Outside LPA Spirit hut located east of the village, in a sacred forest The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang south of Road 12 B. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --25 25 EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Villages Location Physical Description Cultural Description Significance SS62 Phi Na Kham Outside Spirit hut located south of the village and south of Road 12 B, The spirit is believed to be the guardian Local Meuang LPA in a sacred forest. of the village – it protects the people from sickness, and brings prosperity. SS11 Bor Kua Nakai Inside LPA Villages believe the salt lake or “Bor Kua” is embodied with The salt lake is located northeast of Local Neua, 26a and a spirit. The villagers have traditionally collected salt from the Nakai Neua on the Nongsen Creek, a Nakai Tai Inundation lake. It is the practice of the villagers to make offerings to the minor tributary of the Nam Theun. Area salt lake spirit SS12 Vang Nam Thalang Inside The villagers believe a guardian spirit resides in a water hole The water hole is located at the conflu- Local Xot (Vang Inundation on the Nam Theun. Villagers are accustomed to making ence of the Nam Theun and Nam Xot. “pool”) Area prayers at the site. The spirit ensures the boatman has a safe journey, the fisherman a bountiful catch, and the rowers the strength to win the races at the annual boat festivals held on the Mekong River. O SS13 Pong Ta E Thalang Inside The villagers believe an ancestry spirit resides in a grassland The site is located approximately south- Local Inundation which traditionally has been used as a hunting ground by local west of Ban Thalang. Area villagers. The origin of the spirit relates to an old man by the
Annex name of Ta E who lost his life in this area. Today the villagers do not specifically worship or conduct ceremonies at the site. SS14 Pong Pa Inside Thalang, The villagers believe a spirit resides in a grassland which tradi- The site is located west of Ban Thalang. Local Phai Inunda- Nong tionally has been used as a hunting ground by the local villag- tion Area Boua ers. The origin of the spirit is unknown. Today the villagers do Kham not specifically worship or conduct ceremonies at the site. SS15 Tha Tham Thalang Inside LPA The villagers believe a Naga spirit resides in an underwater The site is located on the Nam Theun Local Pa Kang 10a and cave on the Nam Theun. The origin of the spirit is unknown. downstream of the Ban Thalang bridge. Inundation Today the villagers do not specifically worship or conduct Area ceremonies at the site. SS16 Houay Hat Inside The villagers believe a spirit resides in a sandstone wall on The site is located upstream of the Local Saynong Kham- Inundation the Saynong Creek, a tributary of the Nam Theun. The origin Saynong Creek from the Nam Theun. phane Area of the spirit is associated with the death of a farmer, who The site comprises a sandstone outcrop extended his cultivation area too close to the site. which overhangs the Saynong Creek. SS17 Takearn Hat Inside The spirit of the Gnou Souang (a species of snake) is embod- The site is located on the Nam Theun Local Kham- Inundation ied in a sandstone outcrop and that it is possible to see the at its confluence with Saynong Creek, phane Area print of the snake’s underbelly. The origin of the spirit is un- and comprises a sandstone outcrop known however it is believed to be directly associated with the extending into a series of rapids. visual interpretation of the physical patterns in the sandstone. Today the villagers do not specifically worship or conduct ceremonies at the site SS18 Bor Sop Ma, Inside The salt lakes locally known as Bor Sangtew and Bor Pouak The site is located south of Sop On on Local Sangtew Keng Inundation are embodied with a spirit. Seven days before collecting salt the Nam Ma, a minor tributary of the and Bor Gnao, Area the village is required to sacrifice a buffalo for the spirit. The Nam Theun. Salt crystallisation was Pouak Nong villagers are no longer performing formal ceremonies at the evident in the river bed. Boua site. (aban- doned), Boua Ma SS19 Kaeng Me- Sop Ma, Inside According to the folk story, the villagers living along the Nam The site is located on the Nam Theun Local une and Keng Inundation Theun and Nam Noy gathered together their treasures with downstream from B. Sop Ma. Kaeng Lan Nam Gnao Area the intention to place them in a hole on the site designated Meune comprises a sandstone outcrop. Tao for construction of the Phra Nom Stupa (located in the present Lan Nam Tao is located inland from day town of Nakhone Phra Nom, Thailand) over 300 years Kaeng Meune and comprises a sand- ago. However treasures were placed on a boat and sent stone outcrop. downstream. Upon reaching the rapids, word was received that construction of the Phra Nom Stupa had already com- menced. The treasures were subsequently unloaded at Kaeng Meune and buried at an adjacent site called Lan Nam Tao. SS20 Tham Phra Sop Hia Outside The cave and its surrounds have been used by the village for The cave comprises a space housed Local LPA the enactment of religious ceremonies including Lao New between numerous large sandstone Year. Four bronze Buddha images formerly owned by the boulders north of Ban Sophia on the village were also hidden in the cave until their disappearance edge of a sandstone rock platform. 4 years ago. I SS21 Thong Nam Inside The spirit resides in a small salt pond. The origin of the spirit The lake is located adjacent to a series Local Pong Song Nian Inundation is unknown. Today the villagers do not specifically worship or of grasslands located southeast of the Area conduct ceremonies at the site. village.
SS22 Theunka- Done Inside The spirit of a monk resides near the pond. On the day of The pond forms a tributary to the Nam Local lang Inundation the full moon it is claimed that a temple gong can be heard Theun is located southwest of Ban Area emanating from the area. The origin of the spirit is unknown. Done. Today the villagers do not use the water in the pond for bath- ing as they believe this will disturb the spirit and they shall fall sick. Ceremonies are not routinely performed at the site.
OI --26 26 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance SS23 Boung- Done Inside In- The villagers believe the site is sacred and somehow The site comprises a pond within a forest. Local vang undation related to Theun Kalang (Site SS22) however, this could Area not be substantiated. Ceremonies are not routinely performed at the site.
SS32 Nong Korbong Outside Villages believe that Nong Khokmong is embodied with The pond is located north of Ban Gnom- Local Kokmong LPA a spirit. It is not the practice of the villagers to make malath on the eastern side of the road. The offerings at the site. circular shape of the pond resembles a rice mortar.
SS33 Spirit Rock Kout Outside Local informants believe that a temporary spirit (phi The rock is located on the bank of the Nam Local Phadang LPA thiem) formerly occupied the rock and they continue to Kathang downstream from the village. avoid approaching the rock as the spirit has the power to make villagers sick. Villagers do not routinely make Annex offerings to the spirit unless they believe that it has been disturbed.
SS34 Kouan Gnom- Outside The villagers believe that a spirit resides in a cave The cave is located in the base of cliff (Pha Local. O Arah malath LPA located at the site. Ceremonies are not routinely per- Sak), west of the village. The entrance to the Tai formed at the site however villagers avoid disturbing the cave is concealed by forest. tranquillity of the area.
SS35 Tham Noi Tham Outside Local villagers consider the cave to be a sacred site The cave is located north of the village. No Local. Phuang LPA because the quartz Buddha, currently residing at Wat historical objects were identified in the cave. Sibounheuang in Gnommalath Tai, was discovered at this site. Ceremonies are not routinely performed at the site. SS36 Tham Tham Outside Local villagers consider the cave to be an ancestral The site comprises two limestone caves and Local. Phuang Phuang LPA spirit site. Each year the village of Tham Phuang will a natural spring. It is claimed that main cave hold a ceremony to appease their ancestor’s spirits. extends to the other side of the limestone pin- nacle. The site is located north of the village. SS37 Tham Wat Nong Outside Local villagers believe that a spirit (phi bang bot) The site is located at the foot of a mountain Local. Sa Ping LPA resides at the site. The spirit is able to mend objects east of the village. The site is enclosed by that are broken and help the villagers in times of need. forest and comprises a pond and an adjacent Ceremonies are not routinely performed for the spirit cave. At the entrance to the cave a cement however individuals will make occasional offerings. The Buddha statue has been built. villagers do however conduct annual festivities at the Buddha image which has been built at the entrance to the cave.
SS38 Pang Phi Nong Inside The villagers believe a spirit called Pang Phi Nam The spring is located on the bank of the Nam Local. Nam Bor Ping LPA Bor, resides at the site. The villagers do not conduct Gnom northwest of the village. ceremonies at the site
SS39 Natural Kenglek Outside A spirit resides in a natural spring. The source of the The spring is located on the bank of the Nam Local. Spring LPA spring is believed to be Tham Phuang (SS42). The vil- Gnom north of the village. lagers do not conduct ceremonies at the site, however they do make offerings to the spirit in the event that someone is sick.
SS40 Peo Nam Kout Outside The villagers believe a spirit formerly resided in this The spring is located southeast of the village. Local. Phadang LPA natural spring. The spring is now used for agricultural use rather than village amenity. The villagers do not conduct ceremonies at the site.
SS41 Tham Pha Inside A healing spirit resides in the cave and the adjoining The cave is located at the northwestern corner Local. Bong Thoung LPA water hole. Villagers are accustomed to making prayers of the Phou Phatoung limestone pinnacle. at the site during occasions of illness and at Lao New Year SS42 Tham Pha Pha Outside A spirit is embodied in the limestone outcrop. The The limestone pinnacle is located south of the Local. Thoung Thoung LPA origin of the spirit is unknown however it is believed village on the eastern side of Road 12. The that in former times Buddha statues were made in a cave is located at the base of the cliff and cave at the base of the cliff. The cave contains a small concealed from view by vegetation. collection of stone and wooden Buddha images num- bering 17 in total. The village conducts a ceremony when a flag located on top of the cliff is replaced with a new one and the spirits are called upon to protect the village. SS65 Nong Kachou Outside Villagers believe that Nong Uthong (Nong “pond”) is The pond is located southwest of Ban Na Local Uthong LPA embodied with a spirit. Moang. (also referred to as Na Nong Khong)
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --27 27 EAMP Annexes
Table O.5: Spirit Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance SS66 Pak Houay Ma- Inside LPA The spirit is embodied in two large trees at the site. If The site is located in the village at the conflu- Local Mong haxai Xe Bang they have disturbed the spirit villagers will conduct an ence of Houay Mong with the Xe Bang Fai. Kang Fai appeasement ceremony. SS67 Pha Pet Nam Partially The stone monolith and adjacent cliff are sacred and The landscape comprises (i) a large free Local. Thi inside LPA every year an offering is made to the spirit. The spirit standing stone monolith (shape of a duck) 1a protects the rice fields and looks after the well being of within a rice paddy, and (ii) a limestone hill the people. (called Pha Pet – “Duck Cliff”). SS68 Ground- Pakka- Inside In former times B. Pakkatan believed that the site was The site comprises a groundwater spring Local water tan LPA 7 embodied with a spirit. Today the site is owned by B. marked by sandy soil on the western edge of Spring Phonkeo and many of the Pakkatan villagers have lost Road 8B. The site measures approximately their spiritual connection to the site. The villagers of B. 50 x 100 m. Phonkeo do not recognise the spring as a spirit site.
O SS69 Hin Sao Phonsy, Inside The rock outcrop is embodied with the spirit of those who Located on western embankment of Road 8B Local Man Thaland LPA 7 lost their life while constructing Road 8b under the French between B. Pakkatan and B. Nam Nian, the administration. The villagers do not routinely make offer- site comprises a sandstone outcrop of length ings at the site. 50 m. Annex
Table O.6: Religious Sites Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance TS1 Wat Sen Nakai Inside The temple hall is used as both a place for The temple was established in 2001. The temple Local Sayalarm Neua Inunda- religious ceremonies and a place for community is located in the village. No Buddhist sanctuary or tion Area meetings. There are no monks living in the vil- “sim” is located at the site. No significant movable lage. Monks and novices from Ban Oudomsouk PCR objects were identified. Three concrete stupas are invited to perform religious ceremonies. are located at the rear of the temple.
TS2 none Thalang Inside LPA The newly constructed temple is currently being The temple was established in April 2004. The Local 12 and inhabited by two monks and one novice for temple is located in the village. No movable PCR Inunda- performing religious ceremonies such as a funeral objects were identified. tion Area and blessings.
TS3 Aban- Done Inside The temple has not been actively used for reli- The temple was established in 1958. The temple Local doned Inunda- gious purposes for more than 10 years. There is is located on the bank of the Nam On, on the Temple tion Area no budget in the village to maintain the temple. outskirts of the village. No significant movable PCR objects were identified.
TS4 Wat Nong- Sop On Inside Today the villagers do not conduct worship at the The site is located on the pinch of land at the con- Local phai Inunda- abandoned temple. However the site is spiritually fluence between the Nam On and Nam Theun, and tion Area connected with a festival held in June. comprises an abandoned temple. The only visible evidence of the temple is a sand stupa which at its highest point stands 2 m. The area was overgrown with vegetation.
TS5 Wat That Phonsa- Inside The newly constructed temple is representative of The temple was established in 2004. The temple is Local vang Inunda- both spiritualism and Buddhism. located in a forested area and is constructed from tion Area bamboo. Some modern day concrete and glass Buddha images were identified inside the sanctu- ary, including some wooden folk art. The temple grounds also comprise a concrete stupa built in 1992 which contains the ashes of the former monk. TS6 Aban- Bouama Inside The temple has not been actively used for reli- The temple was established in the 1950s. The Local doned Inunda- gious purposes for 18 years. There is no budget temple is located on the outskirts of the village. The Temple tion Area in the village to maintain the temple. building is constructed from timber and comprises a hall, sanctuary and living quarters. A wooden shelter is located adjacent to the temple, containing the bones of the monk who formerly practised in the temple. Some disturbed palm leaf manuscripts and wooden images (folk art) were identified in the temple.
TS7 Nong Sim Keng Inside The village chief identified that the temple was The site is located approximately southwest of Ban Local Gnao Inunda- constructed by the former monk of the village who Keng Gnao close to the former site of the village. I tion Area was nicknamed Phi Pop. Since the death of the The area is overgrown with vegetation. There is no monk, the site has been inhabited by his spirit. visible evidence of the temple. Today the villagers do not conduct worship at site of the abandoned temple.
TS8 Wat Oudom- Inside LPA The temple represents the most formal Buddhist The site is located behind the district government Local Siboun souk 18 influence on the Plateau. The temple was estab- buildings. The site comprises a hall, a monastery, a heuang lished in 1995. Currently there are 6 monks and drum tower and a number of stupas. 6 novices living in the monastery. The monks are often called out to conduct ceremonies in other villages on the Plateau.
OI --28 28 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.6: Religious Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance TS9 Wat Tha Tha Thod Outside The temple hall is used as both a place for The site comprises a monastery and an offering hall. Local Thod LPA religious ceremonies and a place for community The temple is located in the village of Tha Thod. No meetings for the villages of Tha Thod, Phone Lat significant movable PCR objects were identified . Khuay, Thong Mang and Lao Na Ngam. TS10 Wat That Wat That, Outside The temple has been abandoned since the monk The site comprises a sanctuary / meeting hall, former Local Korbong LPA passed away. The former monastery is however monastery and a stupa. The sanctuary was constructed still used for village meetings. in the early 20th century when the village was estab- lished. The temple complex is located in the village. A drum and wooden gong are housed at the monastery. No other movable PCR objects were identified . TS11 Wat Nong Nong Outside The temple facilities are actively used for The site comprises two sanctuaries, a meeting hall, Local Ping Ping LPA traditional Buddhist ceremonies and village a monastery and a drum pavilion. The old sanctuary Annex meetings. A monk resides at the temple who and monastery was constructed in 1920 when the is responsible for presiding over all Buddhist village was established. The temple complex is located ceremonies. in the village. The sanctuary contains a rich collection of wooden and stone Buddha images. O TS25 Wat Pho- Kachou Outside The temple hall is used as both a place for Established in the early 20th century and subse- Local thikham LPA religious ceremonies and for community meet- quently refurbished, the site comprises an offering ings. A spirit rock located in the temple grounds hall, sanctuary and monastery. The temple grounds is believed to bring good fortune to those who also encompass a spirit rock which has been relocated appease the spirit. from a spirit site called Sang Phuak Nga Nin. A number of carved stone Buddha statues are located at the site but these are not believed to be particularly significant PCR objects. TS26 Catholic Kham- Inside Catholicism was introduced to the village in The site comprises a wooden church. No objects of Local Church nonesung LPA 55 recent years by Norwegian Church Aid. The PCR significance were identified at the site. church was established as part of the develop- ment assistance. A priest from Thakhek visits the village periodically. TS27 Wat Sen Mahaxai Inside The temple is used as both a place for religious The site comprises an offering hall, sanctuary and Provincial Sayalarm Kang LPA Xe ceremonies and for community meetings by monastery, constructed in the late 1970’s following Bang Fai surrounding villagers. The temple was first their destruction in the 2nd Indochina War. A drum established in the early 1900s but was destroyed pavilion is located opposite the temple on the banks in the 2nd Indochina War. The temple we see of the Xe Bang Fai. A collection of Buddha statues of today was rebuilt in the early 1980’s. PCR significance are housed in the sanctuary. TS28 Wat Phova Phova Tai Inside The temple is used as both a place for religious The site comprises a sanctuary and monastery, and an Local Tai LPA Xe ceremonies and for community meetings. The offering hall currently under construction. A collection Bang Fai sanctuary was built in 1901. The most valuable of Buddha statues are housed in the sanctuary which Buddha image in the sanctuary is Phra Ong Teu. are fabricated from bronze and wood. TS29 Wat Phova Phova Inside The temple was established in the 1930s. The The site comprises a sanctuary, offering hall, monas- Local Neua Neua LPA Xe site is used as both a place for religious ceremo- tery, Buddha statue and drum pavilion. Bang Fai nies and for community meetings. TS30 Wat Pha Nang Inside The temple was rebuilt in 1993 following its The site comprises a sanctuary, offering hall, Buddha Local Sisaket LPA Xe destruction in the 2nd Indochina War. The site statue and drum pavilion. The sanctuary houses 13 Bang Fai is used as both a place for religious ceremonies wooden Buddha statues however these are not consid- and for community meetings. One monk resides ered to be of high PCR significance. at the site. TS31 Wat Phra Pong Inside The original temple was built in 1965. The The site comprises a sanctuary, offering hall, and Local Ku LPA Xe structure was destroyed in the 2nd Indochina monastery. The former temple site is also marked by Bang Fai War and rebuilt in 1976. The site is used as a small hut, the sema stones of the original temple both a place for religious ceremonies and for are also visible. No objects of PCR significance were community meetings. No monks presently reside identified at the site. at the site. TS32 Wat Keng Keng Inside The temple was built in 2003. The site is used The site comprises a monastery. No objects of PCR Local Khene Khene LPA Xe as both a place for religious ceremonies and significance were identified at the site. Bang Fai for community meetings. No monks reside at the site. TS33 Wat Sisaat Keng Pe Inside The temple was relocated to this site in the The site is located on the banks of the Xe Bang Fai Local LPA Xe 1990s. The site is used as both a place for reli- and comprises an offering hall, and monastery. No Bang Fai gious ceremonies and for community meetings. objects of PCR significance were identified at the site. No monks presently reside at the site. TS34 Wat Tha Kor Outside The temple was built in 1947. The site is used The site comprises an offering hall and monastery. No Local Siboun- LPA as both a place for religious ceremonies and for objects of PCR significance were identified at the site. heuang community meetings. No monks permanently reside at the site. TS35 Wat Non- Nonesaat Outside The temple was built in 2003. The site is used The site comprises a monastery. No objects of PCR Local esaat LPA as both a place for religious ceremonies and significance were identified at the site. for community meetings. One monk resides at the site.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --29 29 EAMP Annexes
Table O.6: Religious Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance TS36 Catholic Keng Inside Catholicism was introduced to the village in The site comprises a wooden church and house. No ob- Local Church Kasi LPA Xe recent years by Norwegian Church Aid. The jects of PCR significance were identified at the site. Bang Fai church was established as part of the devel- opment assistance. A priest from Thakhek visits the village periodically. TS37 Wat Palai Palai Inside The temple was built in 2004. One monk The site comprises a wooden monastery. No objects of PCR Local LPA Xe and one novice reside at the site. significance were identified at the site. Bang Fai TS38 Wat Phosy Kua Xe Inside The temple was built in 2004. One monk, The site comprises three monasteries and one offering hall. Local Keo LPA Xe one nun and one novice reside at the site. The site is used as a place for religious ceremonies. No Bang Fai objects of PCR significance were identified at the site. TS39 Wat Na Outside The temple was built in 1997. One monk The site is located northwest of the village and comprises Local
O Phousy Tung LPA from B. Nakham and one novice have been one monastery. A collection of 7 Buddha images made residing at the site since 2004. The site is from wood is housed within the temple. These objects are used as a place for religious ceremonies. not considered to be of high PCR significance. TS40 Wat Sys Na Outside The temple was originally established in The site is located within the village and comprises one Local Annex Nga Kham LPA 1969 then rebuilt following the 1st Indochina offering hall and one monastery. No objects of PCR signifi- War in 1984. The site is used as a place for cance were identified at the site. religious ceremonies. TS41 Wat Lau Lau Outside No monk currently resides at the temple how- The site is located on the northern side of the village and Local LPA ever monks are invited from neighbouring comprises an offering hall and monastery with a second villages to preside over religious ceremonies. monastery under construction. A collection of approximate- ly 15 Buddha images made from wood and concrete is housed within the temple. These objects are not considered to be of high PCR significance. TS42 Wat Phou- Lak 4 Outside The site is used as a place for religious The site is accessed from Road 13, south of the Lak 4 inter- Local sakeo LPA ceremonies. section. The site comprises a sanctuary, at least 50 stupas and a Buddha altar. TS43 Wat Oudom Inside The temple was built in 1995. The site is used The site abuts the eastern edge of Road 8b. It comprises Local Oudom LPA 3 as a place for religious ceremonies and com- two monasteries, and one sanctuary. There are three stupas munity meetings. located approximately 30 m from the existing Road 8B alignment. No objects of PCR significance were identified at the site. TS44 Wat Nam Nam Outside The offering hall was constructed in 2003. The offering hall is located approximately 100 m from the Local Thi Thi LPA The site is used as a place for religious eastern edge of Road 8B. No objects of PCR significance ceremonies. were identified at the site. TS45 Wat Phonxai Outside The site is used as a place for religious The site is located approximately 100 from the western Local Phonxai LPA ceremonies and village meetings. edge of Road 8B and comprises an offering hall and monastery. No objects of PCR significance were identified at the site.
I
OI --30 30 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.7: Cemetery Sites Site ID. Village Location Significance C1 Bouama Inundation Area Local C2 Bouama Inundation Area Local C3 Done Inundation Area Local C4, 5, 6 Done Inundation Area Local C7 Hat Khamphane LPA 26a and Inundation Area Local C8 Ka Oy Inundation Area Local C9 Ka Oy Inundation Area Local C10 Ka Oy Outside LPA Local
C11 Keng Gnao Inundation Area Local Annex C12 Khone Khene Inundation Area Local C13 Khone Khene Inundation Area Local O C14 Khone Khene Inundation Area Local C15 Khone Khene Inundation Area Local C16 Nakai Neua Inundation Area and Resettlement Area Local C17 Nakai Neua Inundation Area and Resettlement Area Local C18 Nakai Tai Inundation Area and Resettlement Area Local C19 Nakai Tai Inundation Area Local C20 Nam Nian Inside LPA 4 and Inundation Area Local C22 Nong Boua Kham, Nakai Tai Inside LPA 12 and Inundation Area Local C23 Nong Boua Kham Inside Inundation Area Local C24 Oudomsouk Inside Inundation Area Local C25 Oudomsouk Inside LPA 18 Local C26 Phonphanpek Inside LPA 26a and Inundation Area Local C27 Phonsavang Inside Inundation Area Local C28 Sop Hia Inside LPA 5d and Inundation Area Local C29 Sop Ma Inside LPA 26a and Inundation Area Local C30 Sop On Inside Inundation Area Local C31 Sophene Inside Inundation Area Local C32 Thalang Inside LPA and Inundation Area Local C33 Lau Na Ngam Outside LPA Local C34 Nong Saeng, Phone Lat Khuay, Wat That, Korbong, Keovi- Outside LPA Local lay, Lau Na Ngam C35 Tha Thod Outside LPA Local C36 Na Mixay, Phone Kor, Nong Bone Outside LPA Local C37 Na Mixay Outside LPA Local C38 Thong Mang, Phone Lat Khuay, Nong Saeng, Phonsavanh Inside LPA 38 Local C39 Gnommalath Tai, Gnommalath Neau, Somsanouk Inside LPA 51 Local C40 Nong Ping Inside LPA 52 Local C41 Nong Ping Inside LPA 52 Local C42 Tham Phuang Inside LPA 51 Local C43 Kenglek, Nong Ping Outside LPA Local C44 Gnommalath Inside LPA 37 Local C45 Keovilay, Wat That and Kout Phadang Outside LPA Local C46 Kout Phadang, Korbong and Keovilay Outside LPA Local C47 Khok Savang Outside LPA Local C48 Pha Thoung, Phone Khene Outside LPA Local C49 Pha Thoung Outside LPA Local C50 Nong Saeng Outside LPA Local C51 Thang Beng Outside LPA Local
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --31 31 EAMP Annexes
Table O.7: Cemetery Sites cont. Site ID. Village Location Significance C52 Phonesaat Inside LPA 49a Local C53 Sorm Outside LPA Local C54 Thamlai Outside LPA Local C55 Koktong Outside LPA Local C56 Khamboun Inside LPA 55 C57 Khok Keng Khene, Bung Hua Na Outside LPA Local C58 Kua Xe Outside LPA Local C59 Nathong Inside LPA 54 Local C60 Na Muang Outside LPA Local O C61 Na Muang Outside LPA Local C62 Khamnonesung Outside LPA Local C63 Dongbak (abandoned) Inside LPA 54, 55 Local Annex C64 Dongphoung Inside LPA 54, 55 Local C65 Phak Kha Nga Kang Inside LPA 55 Local C66 Phak Kha Nga Kang Inside LPA 55 Local C67 Nong Sa Inside LPA 55 Local C68 Pong Inside LPA Xe Bang Fai Local C69 Nakok Nai, Lak 7, Lak 9 Inside LPA 55, 57 Local C70 Lak 9 Inside LPA 57 Local C71 Natung, Phonesavanh Inside LPA 57 Local C72 Phonlai Inside LPA 57 Local C73 Tarn, Donesavang Inside LPA 57 Local C74 Phonesaat Inside LPA 57 Local C75 Phonesaat Inside LPA 57 Local C76 Phonesaat Inside LPA 57 Local C77 Nam Phao Inside LPA 3 Local C78 Phonxai Inside LPA 3 Local C79 Phonxai Inside LPA 3 Local C80 Phonkeo Inside LPA 7 Local C81 Phonsaat Inside LPA 7 Local C82 Pakkatan Inside LPA 7 Local C83 Pakkatan Inside LPA 7 Local C84 Phachumkong, Khoksavang Inside LPA 54, 56 Local C85 Nong Khene Inside LPA 49a Local C86 Nong Khene Inside LPA 49a Local C87 Keovilay Inside LPA 34 Local
I
OI --32 32 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.8: Other Cultural Sites Site ID. Site Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance Name CS1 Nong Oudomsouk Inside LPA The pond is the site for the annual boat racing festival The pond is located on the western edge Local Oudom- 18 held in October. of the town. A small dam has been con- souk structed on the northern edge of the pond.
CS2 Recreation Oudomsouk Inside LPA The district government has proposed to develop a The exact location and size of the park Local Park 20b recreation park at this site. According to government is unknown, nor is it clear when the park (proposed) informants the proposal has been identified in their would be developed. 2003 planning document.
CS3 Holiday Oudomsouk Inside In 1996 Princess Pratheb, daughter to King Bhumipol It is a single storey, wooden building Local Lodge Resettlement Adunyadet of Thailand, made a private visit to the which is elevated on stilts. It is located Nakai Plateau. The Princess used the lodge for three (3) east of the district centre. The building has
Area Annex nights during her visit. fallen into disrepair since the Princess’s visit.
CS4, Tham Mut Tham Outside LPA The cave and surrounds is used as a recreation site by The site comprises a large limestone cave, Local
CS5 and Tham Phuang the local villages. There is potential for the site to attract an underground stream and a pond. O Keo tourists.
CS6 Tham Tham Outside LPA The cave and surrounds is both a spirit and recreation The site comprises a limestone cave Local Phuang Phuang site for the local villages. Although bathing and fishing called, an underground stream and a is not permitted the villagers do enjoy the tranquillity of pond. the site. There is potential for the site to attract tourists.
CS7 Pha Tham Phit Sikhay Inside LPA The cave and surrounds is used as a recreation site The site comprises three limestone caves Local None 56 by the local villagers. There is potential for the site to in a cliff face. The caves extend over a attract tourists. distance of approximately 200 m.
CS8 Tham Lom Khok Outside LPA During the aerial bombing campaigns of the 2nd The site comprises a limestone cave in Local Savang Indochina War, the cave was used as a shelter site for a cliff face. The cave extends over a Lao and Vietnamese soldiers. There is potential for the distance of at least 50 m. site to attract tourists.
CS9 Tham Tha Thod Outside LPA The cave and surrounds is recognised recreation site The site comprises a large limestone cave Local Tholapee for the local villages. There is potential for the natural and an underground stream. beauty of the site to attract tourists.
CS10, Tham Kenglek Outside LPA During the aerial bombing campaigns of the 2nd The site comprises a large limestone Local 11 Heua, Indochina War, the cave was used as a shelter site and cave that can be accessed by one of two Tham hospital. Today the cave is a recognised recreation site entrances. Muang for the local villages. There is potential for the natural beauty of the site to attract tourists.
CS12 Peo Hia Khok Outside LPA A natural spring used by the village as a source of The site comprises a pond at the base of Local Savang drinking water. a limestone cliff.
CS13 Tham Sorm Outside LPA Local informants confirmed that a bronze Buddha The cave is located in a karst pinnacle Local Phra statue, currently located in Wat Sen Sayalarm was north of Ban Sorm. formerly located in the cave. The Buddha was moved to the temple in the early 20th century by the Governor of Mahaxai. Small flecks of gold leaf are evident on the floor of the cave and local informants believe this origi- nates from the Buddha statue. Shards of clay pots and bones are also evident on the cave floor. It is possible that these pots may have been cremation urns. Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist ceremonies.
CS14 Tham Manilath Inside LPA Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist The sand stone rock shelter is located Provincial Saolua 55 ceremonies. The statues are not believed to be of high southeast of the village. The rock shelter PCR significance. Local informants indicated that the comprises a collection of more than 36 collection previously included bronze images but these stone and 30 wooden Buddha images. have since been lost.
CS15 Water Nonesan Inside LPA The water hole is spiritually connected to the Phi The water hole is located in a creek bed, Local Hole 55 Meuang (SS52). Water is collected from the site and approximately 450 m from the village and used in the appeasement ceremonies for the territorial 100 m from the territorial spirit hut. spirit.
CS16 Tham Bungthale Outside LPA Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist ceremo- The sand stone rock shelter is located Local Phra Mai nies. The statues are not believed to be of high PCR south west of the village. The rock shelter significance. comprises a collection of more than 20 stone and concrete Buddha images, plus various miscellaneous statues. CS17 Bung Ke Kengsa- Inside LPA The site was formerly an important fishing ground and The site is located on a bend in the river Local vang, Nong Xe Bang Fai thus the subject of local folk tales. where the flow of the river is breached by Song a sand bar.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --33 33 EAMP Annexes
Table O.8: Other Cultural Sites cont. Site ID. Site Name Village Location Cultural Description Physical Description Significance CS18 Hat Pha Mahaxai Inside LPA Xe Villagers from Mahaxai and Phova celebrate The site comprises a sand embankment on a Local Vieng Kang, Bang Fai O Pan Sah (commonly known as boat racing bend in the Xe Bang Fai, upstream of B. Mahaxai Mahaxai festival) at the site. The celebrations involve the Kang. Neua, construction of three large sand stupas which Mahaxai represent Wat Sen Sayalarm, Wat Phova Tai and Tai, Phova Wat Phova Neua, and the presentation of offer- Neua, ings in Tham Pha Vieng. Phova Tai CS19 Tham Lom Phova Tai Outside LPA Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist The cave is located in a limestone pinnacle. The Local ceremonies. The statues are not believed to be cave contains a collection of approximately 40 of high PCR significance. Buddha images, primarily made from wood and stone. CS20 Tham Phra Pha Nang Outside LPA The site comprises a cave which has been used The caves are located in a limestone pinnacle Provincial O and Tham as a place of worship for at least four genera- southwest of the village. Tham Phra contains two Lot tions. The cave is the subject of local folk tales stupas (one built in 1958 and the other in 1994) and is well known throughout the Province. and a collection of over 100 wooden Buddha The adjacent cave site of Tham Lot was used images. Some of the images show a high quality Annex as a place of refuge during the aerial bombing of craftsmanship however with time their physical campaigns if the 2nd Indochina War. condition has deteriorated. CS21 Tad Kham Hat Phek Inside LPA Xe A site of natural beauty which affords recrea- A water fall located 50 m upstream of the conflu- Local Bang Fai tional value for the local villagers. The site has ence of the Houay Tad Kham, and the Xe Bang the potential for tourism development. Fai. The site comprises a 5 m high wall of sand- stone over which the flow of the tributary passes. CS22 Tham Men, Nakok Outside LPA Sites of natural beauty which afford recreational Three large caves sites located south of Road 12 Local Tham Nai value for the local villagers. The sites have the and south of B. Lak 9. Seua, potential for tourism development. The caves Tham Gnai were used as a place of refuge during the aerial bombing campaigns if the 2nd Indochina War from 1971 to 73. CS23 Tham Than Nakham Outside LPA Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist The cave is located in a limestone pinnacle, ap- Local ceremonies. The statues are not believed to be proximately 400 m east of B. Nakham. The cave of high PCR significance. contains one wooden and two concrete Buddha images. CS24 Tham Phra Phine Outside LPA Local villagers visit the site to perform Buddhist The cave is located in a limestone pinnacle on Local ceremonies. The statues are not of high PCR the southern side of Road 12, south of B. Phine. significance. The cave contains one wooden and two concrete Buddha images. CS25 War Me- Lak 4 Inside LPA 57 The memorial commemorates the loss of life The site is located on south eastern side of Road Local morial during the 2nd Indochina War. The site is open 12, approximately 350 m from the Road 13 to the public and used for the conduct of official junction. functions in remembrance of lost life. CS26 Tham Pha Nam Thi Outside LPA In the 1950’s more than 50 ceramic, painted Tham Pha Phra is located on the western side of Local Phra Buddha images were placed in the cave. These the Phou Phako massif. At the rear of cave there images and the cave are sacred for the people is a rock shelf holding more than 100 Buddha of Ban Nam Thi. The local villagers “water” the images. Note the Buddha images themselves are images and make an offering to Buddha as part not significant PCR objects. of their Lao New Year ceremony. The ceremony looks after the well being of the people.
I
OI --34 34 Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan EAMP Annexes
Table O.9: Palaeontological Sites Site ID. Site Villages Location Palaeontological Description Physical Description Significance Name PS1 Tham Tham Outside Whilst fossil assemblages are not well documented The cave is located at the base of a limestone Local Phuang Phuang LPA in Laos, it is considered unlikely that the fossil occur- outcrop on the eastern side of Road 8b, north of rence is unusual to the area or of unique scientific B. Tham Phuang. The limestone outcrop in places interest. However, the occurrence of the fossils contains a marine fossil assemblage including within a cave setting could have the potential to be crinoids and shells. It is believed that the age of a site with educational and / or tourist values. these rocks are Carboniferous. PS2 Pha Phen Nam Inside The composition of these deposits, and in particular The south western side of the Pha Phen limestone Potential Thi LPA 1a the bones, is likely to provide evidence of both pinnacle contains three primary rock shelters ex- National human and animal life during the early to late tending over a distance of 200 m. These three rock Paleolithic period. shelters comprise a stratified sequence of prehistoric living floors containing, freshwater shells, and fos-
silised bones. These deposits have been cemented Annex and in places carbonate veining is evident. In at least one cave these cave floor deposits have been disturbed. It is thought likely that this is the activity of local peoples in search of fossilized bones or O prehistoric artefacts and without the knowledge of the potential significance of these deposits. PS3 Pha Bong Nam Inside Whilst fossil assemblages are not well documented Pha Bong is located on the western side of the Phou Local Thi LPA 1a in Laos, it is considered unlikely that the fossil occur- Phako limestone massif. The limestone outcrop rence is unusual to the area or of unique scientific in places contains a marine fossil assemblage interest. However, the occurrence of the fossils including crinoids and shells. It is believed that the within a cave setting could have the potential to be age of these rocks are Carboniferous. The fossil as- a site with educational and / or tourist values. semblage is most spectacularly displayed in a cave on the eastern side of Pha Bong. PS4 Possible Veun- Outside Impression in sandstone believed to be Jurassic to The site is located approximately 300 m from the Unknown , Dinosaur sanan LPA Cretaceous age (approximately 65 to 200 million Xe bang Fai, and comprises a sandstone outcrop. unlikely to be print years ago) may possibly be a foot imprint of a The imprint measures approximately 10 x 10 cm. significant dinosaur or erosion feature. No other imprints were found near the site and this would appear important to have confidence that this is a dinosaur footprint.
Annex O: Physical Cultural Resources Plan OI --35 35 Nam Theun 2 Power Company http://www.namtheun2.com/